Datasheet - Mục III.iii.7 Hệ Thống Nhiên Liệu -8 Và 9 Tham Khảo Webber Hydraulik GbmH

Product Catalog
Valve Technology
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH
Felix-Wankel-Straße 4 • D-78467 Konstanz

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 • Fax.: +49 7531 9748-44
www.weber-hydraulik.com • info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
Table of contents
CONTENTS CHAPTER
Proportional directional valves 1
Proportional pressure relief valves 2
Proportional pressure control valves 3
Proportional throttle valves 4
Proportional flow control valves 5
Electronics and sensors 6
Directional valves 7
Pressure valves 8
Flow valves 9
Check valves 10
Special valves 11
Manifolds and accessories 12

C D
Mobile Classic A B 13
Appendix: general information I

Proportional
Chapter
Directional Valves 1
Subplate Mounting Valves

W4_E-5PS03
direct operated, solenoid operated
operating pressure max. 315 bar
volume flow max. 5 l/min
size NG 3
W4_E-1AS06
size NG 6, DIN 24340 A06
Screw-in Valves
S22E-1V08
pilot operated, solenoid operated
nominal flow 25 l/min
cavity SAE08
Proportional directional valve W42E-5PS03 and W43E-5PS03
A B

operating pressure max. 315 bar a b
volume flow max. 5 l/min P T
size NG 3
010111_W4_E-5PS03_e
12.2022
Table of contents Contents Page

Characteristics 1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 5
Accessories and additional information 6
Characteristics proportional directional valve in spool design

miniature edition
minimum oil leakage
spring centred spool
maintenance-free
available with various volume flows
1/ 6
Proportional directional valve 010111_W4_E-5PS03_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 315 bar
port T: 75 bar
total pressure A, B: 350 bar
Flow rate: 1, 3, 5 l/min at Δp = 7 bar
Flow direction: see symbols in type code
Hydraulic fluid: mineral oil according to DIN 51524,
other hydraulic fluids upon request
Viscosity range: 10 - 350 cSt
Filtration: oil cleanliness according to ISO 4406 (1999)
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Repeatability: < 3 % with optimized PWM-signal*
Hysteresis: < 5 % with optimized PWM-signal*
* at 20 % to 100 % of the nominal valve current
Mechanic Design : spool type, direct operated

Size: NG 3 (company standard)
Fluid temperature: -20 ° C to +80 ° C
Ambient temperature: -20 ° C to +50 ° C
Storage temperature: -30 ° C to +60 ° C (non-condensing)
Installation position: any, preferably horizontal
Maximum acceleration: 5g
Weight: 4/2-way-design: 0,42 kg
4/3-way-design: 0,58 kg
Material: valve parts: steel
seals: NBR, Viton optional
Surface protection: coil: zinc coated
body: nitrocarburized
Electric Nominal voltage: 12 V DC, 24 V DC

Nominal valve current: 1,3 A (12 V), 0,63 A (24 V)
Nominal resistance (R20): 5,9 Ω (12 V), 24,0 Ω (24 V)
Power consumption: 9,6 W at nominal valve current
Shifting time: 100 % ED
Control command: PWM-signal
PWM-frequency: typically 140 Hz (depending on application)
Protection class: IP65 with correctly mounted and locked mating connector
Electric termination: electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803 (formerly
DIN 43650) shape B, unterminated wire
Electronic controllers: see “electronics and sensors” as well as our online cata-
logue at www.weber-hydraulik.com
2/6
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 010111_W4_E-5PS03_e Proportional directional valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) W4_E-5PS03 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) W4_E-5PS03 at IN
Δp = 7 bar
7 8 1 3
Q [l/min]
Δp [bar]
6 5
5
6
5
4
3 4
3
2 1
2
1
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
IN [%] Q [l/min]
NOTE Maximum tolerance of flow rate ±10% at symmetric flow. Maximum pressure drop
at control edge Δp: 20 bar.
Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt)
3/6
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
DimensionsMaßstab 1:1,35
Maßstab 1:1,35
A
A
Electric plug acc. to

DIN EN 175301-803
shape B
39
39
12
12
B
B 51,5 30,2
51,5 30,2
141,9
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
141,9
Maßstab 1:1,35
Maßstab 1:1,35
24 13,75
C 24 13,75
C 12
12
T T
THIS DOCUMENT IKS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
T T
o25
15 26
15
o25 19
B A
26
19
B P A
P
O-rings 4,48 x 1,78
D
D
Port pattern NG 3
(company standard) HM3/01 51 10
NOTE The valve must be mounted with fitting screws according to DIN EN ISO 4762
M4 x 30 - 12.9. Installation torque: 2,2 ± 0,2 Nm, screw-in depth min. 7 mm. The
flatness tolerance at the flanging surface must be less than 0,001 mm.
NOTE For the appropriate mounting plates, see our „accessories“ in the appendix or
E contact us.
E DATUM
DATE 30.11.2017 AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
NOTE
GEZ. DATUM 30.11.2017 AEND.-NR.
For a detailled drawing of the port pattern please see „general MOD.
P. J. information“ under
16.03.2018
AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. DATE MOD. NO.
DATE
V20
the category „port patterns“ or our online catalogue

GEPR. GEZ.
CHECK H.
DRAW. at
W. P. J. GEAEND.
MODIF. MOD. RoS 16.03.2018
AEND.-DATUM VERANT.
www.weber-hydraulik.com.
DATE RESP. H.W. V20
GEPR.
CHECK H. W. REVISION GEAEND.
MODIF.
REVISION
RoS
ERP VERANT. H.W.
9 x b ERP S.H.
RESP.
NOTE For a detailled drawingWEBER-HYDRAULIK

of theKonstanz
cavityValveTech
please see „general information“ or our
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
D-78467
FORMAT
SIZE
REVISION
A4
REVISION 9 x b ERP
ERP S.H.
GmbH
online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB
D-78467 Konstanz HALBZEUG
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISOALLG.
2768- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
TOL. / GEN. TOL.
ISO1302 2768-
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
WERKSTOFF
RAW MAT. NO.
EN ISOOBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1ZEICHN.-NR.
MATERIAL
WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302
KANTEN / EDGE
ISOKANTEN
13715
MATERIAL
DRAWING NO. HM3 / 17 48 05
F HM3 / 17 48 05
/ EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
GEWICHT ca.
0.616 kg ENTSTANDEN AUSNO.
DRAWING ERSATZ FUER
F WEIGHT approx.
GEWICHT ca.
BENENNUNG / TITLE 0.616 kg
DERIVATE FROM
ENTSTANDEN AUS
REPL. FOR
ERSATZ FUER
ART.-NR. / PART
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR NO.
W43E-5PS03-**N-01-***-*** siehe
BENENNUNG / TITLE
Tabelle ART.-NR. / PART NO.
W43E-5PS03-**N-01-***-***
4/3-Wege Prop.-Ventil NG3; N Kolben; DIN siehe Tabelle BLATT VON
4/3-Wege Prop.-Ventil NG3; N Kolben; DIN

PAGE OF
4/6 BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 010111_W4_E-5PS03_e Proportional directional valve
Type code
- 5 PS03 - - 01 - -
Series Revision
Model Magnet options Seals

4/2-way-design 12 V DC, DIN plug with NBR
W42E D12V-H406
(proportional) manual override (pin) Viton V
4/3-way-design 24 V DC, DIN plug with
W43E D24V-H406
(proportional) manual override (pin)
24 V DC, unterminated
Mounting interface
wire 300 mm, L24
Mounting plate without manual override
FT (steel), PS03
size 03
Nominal flow Spool type

1 l/min 01 A B
3 l/min 03 D a b
5 l/min 05
P T
A B
DA a
P T
A B
DB b
P T
A B
N a b
P T
A B
NA a
P T
A B
NB b
P T
5/6
Accessories and additional information

Accessories/spare Article: Material number:
parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803, shape B, black 149.0005
Adapter plug DIN EN 175301-803, shape B to shape A 109.0006
Seal kit W43_-5PS03 (NBR) 405.0066
Seal kit W43_-5PS03 (Viton) 405.0067
Adapter plate NG 6 to NG 3, including seals and screws 203.0153
Mounting plate NG 3, ports sidewise 151.0171
NOTE For the appropriate electronic controllers, see our chapter „electronics and
sensors“ as well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
Manual Information regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our
product catalogue in the chapter „general information” under the category
„general operating manual“ or will be provided upon request.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH www.weber-hydraulik.com

Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
Tel.: +49 7531 9748-0
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 Änderungen vorbehalten
6/6
Proportional directional valve W42E-1AS06 and W43E-1AS06

010130_W4_E-1AS06_e
01.2020

Characteristics 1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 5
Characteristics proportional directional spool valve

controls volume and direction of flow rate
maintenance-free
rotatable and replaceable coils
available with various volume flows
1/ 6
Proportional directional valve 010130_W4_E-1AS06_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure: port P, A, B: 350 bar (if T = 0 bar)
port T: 210 bar (if P and A or P and B max. 315 bar)
Flow rate: 8, 16, 24 l/min at ∆p = 10 bar
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: NG 6 (DIN 24340 A06, ISO 4401-03, CETOP 3)
Installation position: any
Surface protection: coil: zinc-nickel
body: comparable

Power consumption: 21,6 W (at nominal valve current)
Protection class: IP65 with correctly mounted and locked mating con-
nector
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer
Electronic controllers: see chapter 6 "electronics and sensors" as well as our
2/6
ValveTech | 010130_W4_E-1AS06_e Proportional directional valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) W4_E-1AS06 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) W4_E-1AS06 at IN
at Δp = 10 bar
25 20
Q [l/min]
Δp [bar]
8 16 24
24
20
15
16
15
8 10
10
5
5
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30
IN [%] Q [l/min]
NOTE Maximum tolerance of flow rate ±10% at symmetric flow. Maximum pressure drop
at control edge Δp: 20 bar.

Higher viscosity changes the performance diagrams.
3/6
Proportional directional valve 9,5 010130_W4_E-1AS06_e | ValveTech
Dimensions
9,5
61,8
47
DIN EN 175301-803
22
(formerly DIN 43650)
shape A
5,3
61,8
47
66
144,15
22
210,8
5,3
66
144,15
210,8
Solenoid, rotatable 360°

11,5 40,5
46,4
45
A B
11,5 40,5
P
6,95
32,5
7,7
T
31
O-rings 9,25 x 1,78
46,4
45
A B
P
Port pattern NG 6
DIN 24340 A06, ISO 4401-03, CETOP 3 HM3/12 48 05
6,95
32,5
7,7
31
M5 - 12.9. Installation torque: 5,7 ± 0,3 Nm.
The minimum screw-in depth depends on the material of the screw and the mate-
rial in which it is screwed in.
Steel typically: 1,2 x d 12.9 (10.9)
Aluminium typically: 1,6 x d 8.8 (10.9)
If in doubt, please use the appropriate table books or carry out tests.
The mounting surface of the valve must have a flatness better than 0,01 mm.
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the port pattern please see chapter 11 „general informa-
tion“ or our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
NOTE For appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ as
well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
4/6
ValveTech | 010130_W4_E-1AS06_e Proportional directional valve
Type code
- 1 AS06 - - 01 -
Series Revision
Model Electric Nominal

W42E 4/2-way-design termination voltage
W43E 4/3-way-design DIN D 12 V DC 12

Deutsch 24 V DC 24
C
(on request)
AMP Junior
J
Timer
Mounting interface Manual override

Mounting plate without
ISO 4401 (steel), AS06 manual override
size 06 H401
(push pin)
Nominal flow Spool type Seals

08 l/min 08 A B NBR
16 l/min 16 D a b Viton V
24 l/min 24
P T
DA
A B
DB b
P T
NA
A B
NB b
P T
5/6
Proportional directional valve 010130_W4_E-1AS06_e | ValveTech

parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A, black 149.0007
Screw M5 x 30 DIN EN ISO 4762, 12.9 1093159
Seal kit W4_E-1AS06 (NBR) 405.0070
Seal kit W4_E-1AS06 (Viton) 405.0071
Coil 12 V DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A 147.0011
Coil 24 V DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A 147.0009
Coil 12 V, AMP Junior Timer 147.0007
* (formerly DIN 43650)
NOTE For the appropriate electronic controllers, see chapter 6 „electronics and sensors“
as well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
product catalogue in chapter 11 „general information” under the category
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH www.weber-hydraulik.com

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 All rights reserved
6/6
Proportional 2/2-way poppet valve S22E-1V08
2

nominal flow 25 l/min
cavity SAE08 1
010210_S22E-1V08_e
02.2021

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions3
Type code 4
Characteristics proportional poppet valve

compact design
leakage free closing
volume flow control
maintenance-free
rotatable and replaceable solenoid coils
1/ 4
Proportional 2/2-way poppet valve 010210_S22E-1V08_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Nominal flow: 25 l/min
Flow direction: 1 to 2 check valve function, 2 to 1 proportional throttle
Viscosity range: 7,4 - 420 cSt
20/18/15
Mechanic Design: screw-in poppet valve, pilot operated

Size: SAE08
Weight: 0,39 kg
Surface protection: exterior parts: zinc coated

Power consumption max.: 26 W at nominal valve current (coil temperature 20 ° C)
Electric termination: electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803 shape A,
AMP Junior Timer, Deutsch connector
Electronic controllers: see chapter 6 “electronics and sensors” as well as our
online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com
2/4
ValveTech | 010210_S22E-1V08_e Proportional 2/2-way poppet valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) S22E-1V08 at Δp = 75 bar
35
Q [l/min]
30
1 225 3 4
M.K.
20
15
10
A 5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%]

Dimensions
Screw-in valve 1 2 44
3
M.K.
B S22E-1V08
electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803,

shape A
A
71,6
solenoid coil, rotatable 360°
C locating shoulder SAE08
installation torque 40-45 Nm 2 27

S CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
SW 24
B 1
12,7
3/4-16 UNF
NG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
19401-043-ZD
D
Cavity SAE08 3/4-16 UNF-2B
13
2
>30
C
8,5
1
HE4/14 31 03
ENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
E NOTE For a detailled drawing of the port pattern please see chapter 11 „general informa-
tion“ under the category „port patterns“ or our online catalogue at www.weber-
hydraulik.com.
NOTE Please contact us for appropriate manifolds.
D 3/4
Proportional 2/2-way poppet valve 010210_S22E-1V08_e | ValveTech
Type code
S22E - 1 V08 - 25 - X - -
Series Mounting interface Revision Seals

V08 size 08 NBR
Viton V
Design Nominal flow Electric Nominal

termination voltage
2/2-way poppet 25 l/min 25
S22E DIN D 12 12 V DC
valve (proportional)
Deutsch C 24 24 V DC
AMP Junior Timer J

parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, black 149.0007
Coil 24 V, DIN EN 175301-803, shape A 146.0020
Coil 12 V, Deutsch connector 1091887
Aluminium housing 3/8” 093.0024
Steel housing 3/8” 153.0139
Seal kit (NBR) 1096036

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Proportional
Chapter
Pressure Relief Valves 2
direct operated types

EEPDBDS 02
cavity T-8A
EPDBD 05
various cavities, degressive version available
pilot operated types

EPDB 08
various cavities, degressive version available
EPDBS 10
cavity T-3A, degressive version available
Proportional Valves with large nominal size
different versions available, suitable in-line bodies and subplates up to NG 25
EPDZA-06
mounting plate NG 6
Proportional pressure relief valve EEPDBDS 02

volume flow max. 2 l/min 2
cavity T-8A
020120_EPDBDS02_e
04.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance 3
Dimensions4
Type code 5
Appendix5
Characteristics screw-in valve for cavity T-8A

miniature edition (edge length of solenoid: 25 mm)
suitable as pilot valve
low vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 5
Proportional pressure relief valve 020120_EPDBDS02_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 315 bar (with free return flow in port 2)
Flow rate: see pressure drop diagram
Flow rate min.: 0,2 l/min
Pressure setting range: see type code
Flow direction: 1 to 2 (2 to 1 not allowed)
Hydraulic fluid: mineral oil according to DIN 51524, other hydraulic
fluids upon request
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
NOTE The pressure on port 2 adds directly to the set pressure. The total pressure of port
1 and 2 must not exceed the maximum operating pressure.
Mechanic Design : screw-in valve, direct operated by solenoid

Size: T-8A cavity
Weight: 0,24 kg
Surface protection: exterior parts: zinc coated steel, partially burnished

Nominal resistance (R20): 6 Ω (12 V), 24 Ω (24 V)
Power consumption max.: 9,6 W at nominal valve current
nector
Electric termination: Electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803 (formerly
2/5
ValveTech | 020120_EPDBDS02_e Proportional pressure relief valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EEPDBDS 02 at Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EEPDBDS 02 at IN
Q = 0,5 l/min
350 315 * 350 315
p [bar]
p [bar]
300 300 210
250 250
160
210
200 200
150 160 150 105
100 105 100
50 50 25
25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0
IN [%] Q [l/min]
* The maximum operating pressure of 315 bar is not to be exceeded.
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EEPDBDS 02 at

I = 0 mA (currentless)
30 315 210
Δp [bar]
25 160
20
15
105
10
5
25
0
0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0
Q [l/min]

3/5
A
Proportional pressure relief valve 020120_EPDBDS02_e | ValveTech
Dimensions
Screw-in valve installation torque: 1,1 ± 0,1 Nm 12,5 25
EEPDBDS 02 SW 2,5
4 B 5 6 7
solenoid rotatable
electric plug according to
65,2
DIN EN 175301-803
(formerly DIN 43650) shape B
installation torque: 35 Nm
22,2
SW 19
16
locating shoulder T-8A
C
9,6
19
2
THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1
HM4/95 43 01
Cavity T-8A M16x1,5-6H
>9,9
HB4/954301
19,05
D 2
65,2
1 HM4/14 08 20
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
HM4/140820
NOTE We also provide a variety of suitable manifolds for T-8A. Please contact us for
further assistance.
DATUM
DATE 01.01.1601
GEZ.
DRAW. BrandnerLu
4/5
GEPR.
CHECK X.X.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
D-78467 Konstanz
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
ValveTech | 020120_EPDBDS02_e Proportional pressure relief valve
Type code
EEPDBDS 02 - - 1 - -
Size Revision Seals

NBR
Viton V
Model Pressure setting range Magnet options

pressure relief 25 25 bar 12 V DC, DIN plug with
EEPDBDS 12V-NH
valve 105 105 bar manual override (pin)
160 160 bar 24 V DC, DIN plug with
24V-NH
210 210 bar manual override (pin)
315 315 bar 24 V DC, unterminated
24V-K wire 300 mm,
without manual override
Appendix
Accessories/ Part: Material number:
spare parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape B, black 149.0005
Seal kit EEPDBDS 02 (NBR) 405.0072
Seal kit EEPDBDS 02 (Viton) 405.0069
product catalogue in chapter 11 „general information” under the category „gen-
eral operating manual“ or will be provided upon request.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Proportional pressure relief valve EPDBD 05
P
cavity EPDBD 05 or T
cavity T-10A or C-10-2
020140_EPDBD_05_e
07.2016

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 8
Appendix9
Characteristics proportional pressure relief valve in spool design

slip-in valve for cavity EEPDBD 05
or screw-in valve for cavity T-10A
or screw-in valve for cavity C-10-2
low vibration
maintenance-free
degressive versions available
versions according to the ATEX-directive for the use in potentially explosive
atmospheres available (see datasheet 020141_EPDBD_05_EX_e)
1/ 9
Proportional pressure relief valve 020140_EPDBD_05_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 315 bar (with free return flow in port T),
for aluminium manifolds: 210 bar
max. pressure at port T: 35 bar
Flow rate: pressure range 25-115 bar: 12 l/min
pressure range 175-315 bar: 8 l/min at Δp = 10 bar
Flow direction: P to T (T to P not allowed)
fluids upon request
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Repeatability: < 3 % with optimized PMW-signal*
Hysteresis: < 5 % with optimized PMW-signal*
* at 20 % to 100 % of the nominal valve current.
NOTE The pressure at port T adds directly to set pressure.
Mechanic Design: EEPDBD slip-in valve, EPDBDR in in-line body, ZEPDBD

in sandwich body NG 6, EPDBDA in mounting plate NG 6
EEPBDBS screw-in valve T-10A
EEPDBDM screw-in valve C-10-2, direct operated
Size: 05
Fluid temperature: -25 °C to +70 °C
Ambient temperature: -25 °C to +50 °C
Storage temperature: -30 °C to +60 °C (non-condensing)
Weight: EEPDBD 05: 0,7 kg, EPDBDR 05: 1,13 kg,
ZEPDBD(05/06): 1,05 kg, EPDBDA (05/06): 0,99 kg
EEPDBDS 05: 0,74 kg, EEPDBDM: 0,73 kg
Material: valve parts and in-line body: steel, sandwich body and
mounting plate: aluminium; seals: NBR, optional Viton
Surface protection: exterior parts and in-line body: zinc coated steel, par-
tially burnished, sandwich body and mounting plate:
anodized aluminium

Power consumption: 16 W at nominal valve current
Electric termination: Electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803 shape A,
AMP Junior Timer, unterminated wire
Electronic controllers: see chapter 6 “electronics and sensor technology” as well
as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com
2/9
ValveTech | 020140_EPDBD_05_e Proportional pressure relief valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDBD 05 at Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDBD 05 degressive
Q = 0,8 l/min version at Q = 0,8 l/min
350 315 350 315
p [bar]
p [bar]
300 275 300 275
250 210 250 210
200 200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100
70 70
50 45 50 45
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDBD 05 at IN Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDBD 05
degressive version at IN
350 350
315
p [bar]
p [bar]
300 275 300 315

275
250 250
210
200 200 210
175
175
150 150
115
115
100 100
70
70
50 45 50 45
25 25
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDBD 05 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDBD 05
I = 0 mA (currentless) degressive version at I = 100 % (full current)
50 50
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
40 315 40 315
30 275 30 275
210 210
20 175 20 175
115 115
10 70 10 70
45 45
25 25
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 °C (~32 cSt)

Higher volume flow and viscosity lead to higher pressure at port P. The higher the
pressure setting range, the stronger this effect will be.
3/9
A
Dimensions
Slip-in valve
EEPDBD 05
45,3
B
3 4 installation torque 4 Nm 5 36 6 7
SW 3
3 4 5 6 7
79
C electric plug according to
DIN EN 175301-803 shape A
solenoid 4 x 90° rotatable

8
T
24
16 H7
Cavity 16 H7 T
25
EEPDBD 05 D
P
T
25
79
4 x M4 28
79
E
8
24
4 x M4 28
HM4/95 17 03
8
24
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 12 „general information“
under the category „valve cavities and port patterns“ or our online catalogue at
www.weber-hydraulik.com. Stufenbohrung für
EEPDBD 05
NOTE The valve is also available as EPDBDR 05 in in-line body, as ZEPDBD (05/06) in a
sandwich body NG 6 and as EPDBDA (05/06) in a mounting plate NG 6. Dimension
F sheets are available upon request. Stufenbohrung für
EEPDBD 05
DA
DA
GE
DR
GE
4/9 CH
DA
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH DA
D-78467 Konstanz GE
DR
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBDS 05
36
installation torque 4 Nm
SW 3
B
4 5 6 7
89,7
C
11,9
39,6
SW 22
T
Cavity T-10A M20x1,5

D
>12,7
T
>46
P HM4/91 42 01
NOTE
E For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 12 „general information“
Stufenbohrung
under the category „valve cavities and port patterns“ or our
T-10Aonline catalogue at
NOTE For appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „manifolds“ as well as our online cata-
logue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
NOTE The valve is also available as degressive version.
5/9
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBDM 05
36
B SW 3


4 5 6 7
90
C solenoid 4 x 90° rotatable
locating shoulder C-10-2

10
33,7
SW 22 T
DCavity C-10-2 7/8-14 UNF

>15,9
>33,3
P
90
H4/94 47 01
E NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 12 „general information“
www.weber-hydraulik.com. Stufenbohrung
C 10-2
NOTE We also provide a variety of suitable manifolds for C-10-2. Please contact us for
further assistance.
10
NOTE
33,7
The valve is also available as degressive version.
6/9
DATUM
DATE
A
Dimensions
Slip-in valve 45,3
EEPDBD 05
36
degressive
B
SW 3
3 4 5 6
C3 4 5 6
132,4
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
8
T
24
16 H7
Cavity EEPDBD 05 16 H7 T

25
P
T
25
E
79
4 x M4 28
8 IS CONFIDENTIAL.
79
8
24
4 x M4 28
THIS DOCUMENT
HM4/95 17 03
F
24
www.weber-hydraulik.com. Stufenbohrung für
EEPDBD 05
NOTE The degressive version of the valve is also available as EEPDBDS 05 (with cavity
T-10A) or as EEPDBDM 05 (with cavity C-10-2).
Stufenbohrung für
EEPDBD 05
7/9
Type code
- - X - - - - -
Revision Nominal Special design

voltage without
12V 12V DC degressive* DEG
Design 24V 24V DC
EEPDBD 05 Slip-in valve
Pressure Manual override*
Slip-in valve in in-line setting range Seals
EPDBDR 05 without
body NBR
25 25 bar lockable manual over-
ZEPDBD Slip-in valve in sand- FNH
45 45 bar (see ride with hexagon Viton V
(05/06) wich body NG 6** note) socket and lock nut
70 70 bar
EPDBDA Slip-in valve in moun- manual override with
115 115 bar DNH
(05/06) ting plate NG 6** push knob
175 175 bar
EEPDBDS 05 Screw-in valve T-10A
210 210 bar
EEPDBDM 05 Screw-in valve C-10-2
275 275 bar Electric termination
315 315 bar DIN
AMP AMP Junior Timer

(only 24 V version)
unterminated wire
* for degressive versions no additional manual override selectable K 500 mm
** aluminium manifolds are approved for max. operating pressure of 210 bar (only 24 V version)
NOTE FOR FNH The lockable manual override with hexagon socket and lock nut (FNH) could be used
to override the pressure relief function of the valve. Be aware that the valve can not fulfil
its pressure relief function if the FNH is screwed in and locked. This can lead to exces-
sive pressure and cause breakage or failure of the components if no parallel pressure
relief protection is present.
The FNH should never be screwed in and locked when used in conjunction with
a running system! The application as a pressure relief valve with extended throttle
function is dangerous and not suggested. All liability for doing so lies with the operator!
8/9
Appendix
Accessories/ Article: Article number:
spare parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, black 149.0007
Seal kit EEPDBD 05 (NBR) 405.0050
Seal kit EEPDBD 05 (Viton) 405.0051
Seal kit T-10A (NBR) 405.0013
Seal kit T-10A (Viton) 405.0037
Seal kit C-10-2 (NBR) 405.0079
Seal kit C-10-2 (Viton) 405.0080
NOTE For appropriate electronic controllers, see chapter 6 „electronics and sensor tech-
nology“ as well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
catalogue in chapter 12 under the category „general operating manual“ or will be
provided upon request.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
9/9
Proportional pressure relief valve EPDB 08
1

cavity T-10A or C-10-2 2
020210_EPDB_08_e
03.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 7

screw-in valve for cavity T-10A
or slip-in valve for cavity C-10-2
low vibration
maintenance-free
degressive version available
1/ 8
Proportional pressure relief valve 020210_EPDB_08_e | ValveTech
Technical data
with aluminium manifolds 210 bar
max. pressure at port 2: 35 bar
Flow rate: 80 l/min
Pressure setting range see type code
Flow direction: 1 (P) to 2 (T) (2 to 1 not allowed)
Hydraulic fluid: mineral oil according to DIN 51524, others upon request
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
NOTE The pressure on port 2 (T) adds directly to the set pressure. The total pressure of
ports 1 (P) and 2 (T) must not exceed the maximum operating pressure.
Mechanic Design: EEPDBS screw-in valve T-10A or EEPDBM screw-in valve

C-10-2, EPDBSA screw-in valve in mounting plate
NG 6, pilot operated
Size: 08
Weight: EEPDBS 08 and EEPDBM 08: 0,7 kg, EPDBSA 08: 1,1 kg

DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer, unterminated wire
2/8
ValveTech | 020210_EPDB_08_e Proportional pressure relief valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EEPDB 08 Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EEPDB 08 degressive
at Q = 20 l/min version at Q = 20 l/min
350 315 350
p [bar]
p [bar]
275 315
300 300
275
250 210 250
210
200 200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100 70
70
45 45
50 50
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EEPDB 08 at IN Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EEPDB 08
degressive version at IN
315
p [bar]
p [bar]
275 315
300 300
275
210
175 210
200 200
175
115
115
100 70 100
70
45
25 45
25
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EEPDB 08 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EEPDB 08
35 315 35 315
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
30 30
25 25
20 20
25- 25-
15 275 15 275
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

Higher viscosities change the performance curves.
3/8
1 2 3
M.K.F.T.
Dimensions Maßstab 65/100

Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBSA08
o36
SW 3
installation torque:
. max. 0,5 Nm
1 2 3
electric plug acc. to
DIN EN 175301-803
89,5
B (formerly DIN 43650) shape A
A SW 22
IESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Maßstab 65/100
11,7
39,5
C 2
1
B HM4/94 14 04
HIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.

R DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
M20x1,5
>12,7
2
D
>46
>12,7
C 2
>46
1
HE4/14 09 14
HTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general
1 information“ or
E well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
NOTE The valve is also available as EPDBSA (08/06) in a mounting plate NG 6.Lu.
Please
B. GEZ.
DRAW.
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
D contact us for further information. GEPR.
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
V
R
REVISION
REVISION x N
N
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 6,5:10 WERKSTOFF
TLV-003 (Sauberkeit) EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
HM4 / 94 14 04
KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung) ISO 13715 DRAWING NO.
4/8
F - Maße in eckigen Klammern sind GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PAR
DIN 406 Teil 10 und Teil 11
-EMaße mit E gekennzeichnete EEPDBS 08
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions A
Maßstab 65/100
Slip-in valve 45,3
EEPDBM 08
o36
A
SW 3
.
max. 0,5 Nm
1 2 3
DIN EN 175301-803
B (formerly DIN 43650) shape A
111,5
A
E VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
SW 22
14,2
C Maßstab 65/100
32,2
B 2
DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1
HM4/93 41 03
ER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Cavity C-10-2 7/8-14 UNF

n30,26
7/8"-14 UNF - 2B
D
>15,9
>33,3
C 2
15,9
33,3
2
HTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1
HE4/14 10 04
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapterStufenbohrung

11 „general information“ or 1
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. C10-2
NOTE EWe also provide a variety of suitable manifolds for C-10-2. Please contact us for
further assistance. 04.03.2014
DATUM AEND.-N
D
DATE MOD. NO
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B. AEND.-D
MOD. DA
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND
MODIF.
REVISIO
REVISIO
FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz SIZE
ISO 2768 - f H SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 6 : 10 WERKSTOFF
-
EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
HE4 / 14
ISO 13715 DRAWING NO.
5/8
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
E
R
E BENENNUNG / TITLE A
1 2 3 4
M.K.F.T.
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBS 08 degressive Maßstab 65/100
o36
Do not adjust!
B
SW 3
143
.
max. 0,5 Nm 1 2 3
DIN EN 175301-803
C (formerly DIN 43650) shape A
A SW 22
Maßstab 65/100
locating shoulder
M20x1,5 T-10A
11,7
39,6
>12,7
2
D
>40,6
2
1
Cavity T-10A
B HM4/06 51 01
M20x1,5-6H
ILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
1
>12,7
2
>46
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
C
V34
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND. VERANT.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
1 HE4/14 09NAV.
14
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
SIZE
our online catalogue
ISO 2768 at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 65:100 WERKSTOFF
NOTE For appropriate ENmanifolds

ISO 1302see chapter 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ as
MATERIAL
HM4 / 06 51 01
well as our online
ISO catalogue
13715 at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
DRAWING NO.
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
6/8
D EEPDBS 08-xx-2-xxV-AMP_DEG
SAA 2016.06.16 BLATT
1 VON
1
PAGE OF
Type code
08 - - X - - - - -
Size Revision Nominal Special design

voltage without
12V 12 V DC degressive* DEG
24V 24 V DC
Design Pressure set- Manual override* Seals

EEPDBS Screw-in valve T-10A ting range without NBR
EEPDBM Screw-in valve C-10-2 25 25 bar lockable manual Viton V
FNH
Screw-in valve EEPDBS 45 45 bar (see override with hexagon
EPDBSA in mounting plate 70 70 bar
note) socket and lock nut
NG 6** 115 115 bar manual override with
DNH
push knob
175 175 bar
210 210 bar Electric termination
275 275 bar
DIN
315 315 bar
(only 24 V version)
unterminated wire
K 500 mm
* for degressive version no additional manual override selectable (only 24 V version)
** aluminium manifolds are only approved for max. operating pressure of 210 bar
In case the manual override FNH is screwed in to achieve a throttle function (even
though this is not suggested), the reduction of the nominal valve current has to be
taken into consideration.
7/8

Accessories/ Part: Article number:
Seal kit C-10-2 (NBR) 405.0079

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
8/8
Proportional pressure relief valve EPDBS 10
1

cavity T-3A 2
020220_EPDBS_10_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 6

low vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 6
Proportional pressure relief valve 020220_EPDBS_10_e | ValveTech
Technical data
max. pressure at port 2: 35 bar
Flow rate: 150 l/min
Flow direction: 1 (P) to 2 (T) (2 to 1 not allowed)
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
ports 1 (P) and 2 (T) must not exceed the maximum operating pressure.
Mechanic Design: EEPDBS screw-in valve T-3A, EPDBSA screw-in valve in

mounting plate NG 10, pilot operated
Size: 10
Weight: EEPDBS 10: 0,84 kg, EPDSA 10: 1,78 kg

nector
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer, unterminated
wire
2/6
ValveTech | 020220_EPDBS_10_e Proportional pressure relief valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDBS 10 Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDBS 10 degressive
at Q = 35 l/min version at Q = 35 l/min
350 315 350
p [bar]
p [bar]
275 315
300 300
275
250 210 250
210
200 200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100 70
70
45 45
50 50
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDBS 10 at IN Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDBS 10 degressive
version at IN
350 315 350
p [bar]
p [bar]
275 315
300 300
275
250 210 250
175 210
200 200
175
150 115
150
115
100 70 100
70
45
50 50 45
25
25
0 0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDBS 10 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDBS 10 degres-
I = 0 mA (currentless) sive version at I = 100 % (full current)
35 315 35 315
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
30 30
25 25
20 20
25- 25-
15 275 15 275
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

3/6
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions
Maßstab 65/100
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBS 10
o36
A installation torque: 3 Nm
SW 3
SW 3

.
DIN EN 175301-803
1 2 3
98
(formerly DIN 43650) shape A
B
SW 24
ORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
A Maßstab 65/100
13
47,8
C 2
1
HM4/92 12 02
CUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
B 1-14 UNS
Cavity T-3A 1-14 UNS-2B
ALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
>15,9
>15,9
D 2
>57,2
2
>57,2
11
ERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
HE4/14 09 12
E DATUM
07.05.2014 AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.

GEZ.
DRAW. jakab AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND. V
NOTE
D The valve is also available as EPDBSA 10 in a mounting plate NG 10. Dimension
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
R
REVISION x N
N
sheets are available upon request. FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
SIZE
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
Allgemein
4/6
HM4 / 92 12 02
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx. 1,04 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
1 2 3
M.K.
ValveTech | 020220_EPDBS_10_e
Maßstab 65/100 Proportional pressure relief valve
Dimensions
A
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDBS 10
o36
degressive version
Do not adjust!
B
SW 3
151,05
max. 0,5 Nm
1
electric plug acc. to 2 3
DIN EN 175301-803
C
SW 24
A Maßstab 65/100
13
47,8
D
2
1 HM4/06 50 02
B
Cavity T-3A 1-14 UNS-2B
NES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
>15,9
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
2
>57,2
GEZ.
DRAW. Ro.S. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 22.04.2
GEPR.
CHECK V.L. GEAEND.
MODIF. RoS VR
C 1xa E
REVISION E
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
F THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF

1 HE4/14 09 12
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715 HM4 or/
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. 06 50 02
F our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx. 0,840 kg
ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
NOTE
DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
For appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ as
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PAR
EEPDBS 10-...-1-..V - DEG 5/6
D Einschraub-Prop.-Druckbegrenzungsventil, vorgest. BLATT

PAGE
Type code
10 - - X - - - - -
Size Revision Nominal Special Seals

voltage design NBR
12V 12V DC without Viton V
Design Pressure
setting range 24V 24V DC degres-
Screw-in DEG
EEPDBS sive**
valve T-3A 25 25 bar
Screw-in 45 45 bar Manual override** Electric termination
valve in 70 70 bar without DIN
EPDBSA moun-
115 115 bar lockable manual AMP Junior Timer AMP
ting plate FNH
NG 10* 175 175 bar override with (only 24 V version)
(see
hexagon socket
210 210 bar note) unterminated wire
and lock nut
275 275 bar 500 mm K
manual override (only 24 V version)
315 315 bar DNH
with push knob
* aluminium manifolds are only approved for max. operating pressure of 210 bar
** for degressive version no additional manual override selectable
In case the manual override FNH is screwed in to achieve a throttle function (even
though this is not suggested), the reduction of the nominal valve current has to be
taken into consideration.

spare parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A, black 149.0007
* formerly DIN 43650

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
6/6
Pilot-operated proportional valves with large nominal size
P A
pressure relief valves
pressure control valves
max. operating pressure 315 bar T P T
max. volume flow 760 l/min
020230_Info16_25_e
07.2018
Pilot-operated proportional pressure relief valves or pressure control valves with

large nominal size
Modular set-up out of proportional pilot valves and mechanical cartridge valves
with cavities up to T-19A
Pressure relief valves up to 760 l/min
Pressure control valves up to 320 l/min
Suitable in-line bodies and subplates up to NG 25
Varied combinations with different technical characteristics possible
We would be happy to develop with you the ideal solution for your project.
1/ 1
Proportional Sequence Valve EPDZA
Cover Plate CETOP/ISO 3  max. 350 bar  max. 40 l/min
Description
The proportional sequence valve EPDZA lets the oil of P
flow after A, starting from a proportionally adjustable
opening pressure. If the pressure drops again, the valve
closes with small hysteresis. Contrary to standard
pressure relief valves the actual opening pressure remains
constantly, independent of pressure fluctuations in
channel A. The EPDZA consists of a mechanical pressure
relief valve, which is pilot-controlled by a proportional
pressure relief valve. The spring chamber of the
mechanical valve is separately relieved over channel T. If
the pressure fluctuations are negligible in the T-channel,
the pilot flow can be led also after T (plug 1, see symbol ).
Otherwise it must flow off after channel B (plug 2). The
valve has a mechanical maximum pressure setting. Below
this setting the valve works proportionally.
Applications Symbol
● The EPDZA is used for the more exact setting of
consumer or system pressures, since it is independent of
pressure fluctuations of the flowing off oil.
● For clamping and brake functions, in order to guarantee
that a certain pressure is given before the oil flows to
further consumers.
Technical Data for terms and definitions see chapter 12
Hydraulic
Rated Pressure: max. 350 bar Installation: no restrictions
Rated Flow: max. 40 l/min Weight: 1,33 kg
Pressure Ranges: see model code Materials: valve parts: steel
Minimum Pressure: see model code. Flow rate and body: aluminium
viscosity dependently. Pressure at seals: NBR, Viton
port T adds directly to the setting. backup rings: Teflon, PU
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524, Surface Protection: solenoid: zinc plated
others upon request ext. valve parts: zinc plated, burnished
Viscosity Range: 10 – 350 cSt body: anodised
Filtration: class 18/16/13, filter ß 6...10 ≥ 75
Pilot Flow (from P to B): appr. 0,15 – 0,20 l/min Electrical
Leakage (from P to T): max. 50 ccm/min/ 100 bar/ 32 cSt Nominal Voltage: 24 V DC; 12 V DC
Repeatability: < X% * Rated Current: 700 mA (24 V); 1700 mA (12 V)
Hysteresis: < X% * Nominal Resistance (R20): 25  (24 V); 4  (12 V)
Linearity: < X% * Wattage: max. 20 W
* at optimum dither signal between the 20% and 100% values Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 %
of the pressure range Control Command: PWM (Pulse-Width-Modulated DC)
Dither Frequency: preferably 140 Hz
Mechanical Environmental Protection: IP 65
Design: piston-sleeve style pilot operated Electrical Termination: plug as per DIN 43650 form A,
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C – +50 °C incl. square connector Pg9
Fluid Temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C Control Devices: see chapter 6 'Electronic Amplifiers'
WEBER-Hydraulik ValveTech GmbH Fon: +49/7531/9748-0 www.weber-hydraulik.com

D-78467 Konstanz Felix-Wankel-Str. 4 Fax: +49/7531/9748-44 info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
EPDZA-06-E Date: 08/08 Page 1 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Performance
Oil: HLVP 32, temperature: 40 °C (~ 32 cSt). I= 100 %= 700 mA (24 V) or 1700 mA (12 V).
Higher oil flows and higher viscosities will cause higher pressures at port P.
Pressure vs. Current (p/I) at Q= Pressure vs. Flow (p/Q) at max. setting
Pressure vs. Flow (p/Q) no current (I= 0 mA) Leakoil from P to T (Q/p) below setting
Model Code
EPDZA 06 – 350 – 0 – * – 24V / *
Proportional Sequence Valve, Pressure Nominal Special

Pilot Flow Plug Design
Pilot Operated, Size 06 Range Voltage Executions
350 = X - 350 bar 0 = to B and T (intern) 12V DC

(no plug) 24V DC
1 = to T
2 = to B
Dimensions [mm]
H3-941302

EPDZA-06-E Date: 08/08 Page 2 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Proportional
Chapter
Pressure Control Valves 3
direct operated types

EPDRD3-04
cavity EPDRD3-04, mounting plates NG 4 and NG 6
EPDRD3-05
cavity T-11A or C-10-3, various housings
pilot operated types

EPDR3-06
sandwich body or mounting plate NG 6
EPDR3-08
cavity T-11A or C-10-3, various housings
EPDRS3-10
cavity T-2A, various housings
Proportional Valves with large nominal size

suitable in-line bodies and subplates up to NG 25
Proportional pressure control valve EPDRD3-04

volume flow max. 4 l/min 2 3
cavity EPDRD3-04
030110_EPDRD3_04_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 8
Characteristics 3-way proportional pressure control valve in spool design

slip-in valve for cavity EPDRD3-04
compact design
minimum oil leakage
low vibration
maintenance-free
versions according to the ATEX-directive for the use in potentially explosive
atmospheres available (see datasheet 030111_EPDRD3_04_EX_e)
also usable as 2-way proprotional pressure reducing valve (after consultation
with WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech)
1/ 9
Proportional pressure control valve 030110_EPDRD3_04_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: port 2 (P): 315 bar, with aluminium manifolds: 210 bar
port 1 (A): 45 bar, pressure port 3 (T) < pressure port 1 (A)
Flow rate: 4 l/min
Flow direction: see symbol
fluids upon request
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
ports A and T must not exceed the maximum operating pressure.
Mechanic Design: EEPDRD slip-in valve, EPDRDR in in-line body,

EPDRDA in mounting plate NG 4 or NG 6,
direct operated
Size: 04
Maximum acceleration: 5 g, crossways
Weight: EEPDRD3-04: 0,7 kg, EPDRDR3-04: 0,96 kg,
DEPDRDR3-04: 1,86 kg, EPDRDA3-04/04: 0,92 kg,
EPDRDA3-04/06: 0,98 kg, DEPDRDA3-04/06: 1,82 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, in-line body and mounting plate:
aluminium; seals: NBR, optional Viton
Surface protection: solenoid: zinc coated steel
in-line body and mounting plate: anodized aluminium

2/9
ValveTech | 030110_EPDRD3_04_e Proportional pressure control valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRD3-04 at Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRD3-04
Q = 0 l/min (static) degressive version at Q = 0 l/min (static)
50 45 50
p [bar]
p [bar]
45
40 40
30 30
30 30
20 20
15 15
10 10
10 10
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRD3-04 with Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRD3-04 degres-
15 bar spool at various currents sive version with 15 bar spool at various currents
20 20
p [bar]
p [bar]
current-
100 % less
15 15
≈ 66 % ≈ 40 %
10 10
≈ 40 % ≈ 66 %
5 5
0 0
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRD3-04 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRD3-04
15 15
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
1(A)→3(T) 1(A)→3(T)
10-45 10-45
12 12
9 9
6 6
3 3
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

Higher viscosities change the characteristic curves.
3/9
Maßstab 1:1,35
A
. Dimensions
1 valve
Slip-in 2 3 45,3
4
EEPDRD3-04
Maßstab 1:1,35 installation torque 3 Nm o36
SW 3
B
A
max. 0,5 Nm
n16
81,5
DIN EN 175301-803
shape A 3
C
>32
B
.
1
1 2 3
6
3
E IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
29,7
2
Maßstab 1:1,35
1
D A
HM3/90 44 04
Cavity EPDRD3-04
C 4 x M4
o28 n16
T IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
3
>32
2
E
B
1
HE4/14 10 06
D
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
NOTE The valve is also available as EPDRDA3-04/04 in a mounting plate NG 4 or as

EPDRDA3-04/06 in a mounting plate NG 6. Dimension sheets are available upon
F request.

C 4 x M4
o28
E
OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V39
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
4/9
D OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
1 2 3 4 5
M.K.
Dimensions Maßstab 1:1,35

Slip-in valve in 45,3
A body G 1/4“
in-line installation torque 3 Nm
o36
EPDRDR3-04 SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm

B DIN EN 175301-803
81
shape A
G1/4
3
C 2
50
43
n8,4
40
29
7
2 3 4 5 1 6 7
8
29
44
45,3
D 58
o36
E
81
G1/4
3
G1/4
F 2
50
43
n8,4
40
29
1
8 G1/4
29 40
44 HM3/94 39 03
58
5/9
Katalogzeichnung
SAA 2016.08.30
1 2 3 4
M.K.
Dimensions Maßstab 1:1,35

A
Two slip-in valves in 45,3
double-in-line body installation torque 3 Nm

o36
G 14“ DEPDRDR3-04 SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm
B
DIN EN 175301-803
shape A
116
C
45
35
22
2 3 4 5 6 7
G1/4
11
5
29
45,3
D
40
o36
E
116
G1/4
3 3
G1/4
F 2 2
45
35
22
n8,5
1 1
G1/4 38
11 80
29 110
40
HM4/98 35 03
Katalogzeichnung
6/9 SAA 2016.09.02
DATU
DATE
GEZ
DRA
GEP
CHE
1 2 3 4 5
M.K.
ValveTech | 030110_EPDRD3_04_e
Maßstab 1:1,35 Proportional pressure control valve
A
Dimensions
Slip-in valve 45,3
EEPDRD3-04 o36
.
degressive
1 2 3 4
Do not adjust!
BMaßstab 1:1,35
A
SW 3
n16
134,5
C
max. 0,5 Nm
3
>32
DIN EN 175301-803 shape A 2
B
.
1
D 1 2 3
EIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
29,5
Maßstab 1:1,35
6
2
1
HM4/12 46 04
A
C E 4 x M4
o28 n16
FIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
3
>32
F B
1
HE4/14 10 06
D
HUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
NOTE The valve is also available as EPDRDR3-04 in an in-line body, and as

EPDRDA3-04/04 in a mounting plate NG 4 or as EPDRDA3-04/06 in a mounting
plate NG 6. Dimension sheets are available upon request.
C 4 x M4
o28
E
RANT OF A PATENT.
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V39
GEPR.
M. K. GEAEND. VERANT.
CHECK MODIF.
7/9 RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
Type code
- - X - - - - -

voltage without
12V 12V DC degres-
24V 24V DC DEG
Design sive**
EEPDRD3-04 Slip-in valve
Pressure Electric termination***
Pressure control valve setting range
EPDRDR3-04 DIN
in in-line body*
10 10 bar
2 pressure control 15 15 bar AMP AMP Junior Timer
(only 24 V version)
DEPDRDR3-04 valves in double-in-
line body* 30 30 bar
unterminated
45 45 bar K wire 500 mm
Pressure control
EPDRDA3- (only 24 V version)
valve in mounting
04/04
plate NG 4*
Manual override** Seals
Pressure control
EPDRDA3- without NBR
valve in mounting
04/06 lockable manual over- Viton V
plate NG 6*
FNH ride with hexagon
2 pressure control socket and lock nut
DEPDRDA3-
valves in double-
04/06 manual override with
mounting plate NG 6* DNH
push knob
* aluminium manifolds are approved for max. operating pressure of 210 bar
** for degressive versions no additional manual override selectable
*** DEUTSCH plug on request
to override the pressure control function of the valve. Be aware that the valve can not
fulfil its pressure control function if the FNH is screwed in and locked. This can lead
to excessive pressure and cause breakage or failure of the components if no parallel
pressure relief protection is present.
a running system!
8/9

Seal kit EEPDRD3-04 (NBR) 405.0060
Seal kit EEPDRD3-04 (Viton) 405.0097

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
9/9
Proportional pressure control valve EPDRD3-05

030120_EPDRD3_05_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 7

screw-in valve for cavity T-11A or
screw-in valve for cavity C-10-3
minimum oil leakage
low vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 8
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 315 bar, with aluminium manifolds: 210 bar
pressure at port 3 (T) < pressure at port 1 (A)
Flow rate: 12 l/min
fluids upon request
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: EEPDRDS screw-in valve T-11A, EEPDRDM screw-in

valve C-10-3, or EPDRDSA screw-in valve in mounting
plate NG 6, direct operated
Size: 05
Weight: EEPDRDS3-05: 0,76 kg, EEPDRDM3-05: 0,86 kg,
EPDRDSA3-05/06: 1,07 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, mounting plate: aluminium,
seals: NBR, optional Viton
mounting plate: anodized aluminium

2/8
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRD3-05 at Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRD3-05
Q = 0 l/min (static) degressive version at Q = 0 l/min (static)
350 315 350 315
p [bar]
p [bar]
300 275 300 275
250 210 250 210
200 200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100
70 70
50 45 50 45
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRD3-05 with Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRD3-05 degres-
120 120
p [bar]
p [bar]
current-
100 % less
100 100
80 80
≈ 80 % ≈ 45 %
60 60
40 ≈ 45 %
40 ≈ 80 %
20 20
-12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRD3-05 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRD3-05
7 7
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
6 1(A)→3(T)
6 1(A)→3(T)
30-315 30-315
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

3/8
Maßstab 1:1,35
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDRDS3-05
o36
SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm

104,7
SW. 22
1 2 3
3
10,8
Maßstab 1/1,35
2
39,2
A
1
HM4/04 18 09
Cavity T-11A M20x1,5 6H
B
>18,3
3
EILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2
>41
anzuwendende Fluid T
TLV-003 (Kons
AA 05/04 (Expand
- Maße in eckigen Klam
1 Vorbearbeitungs
HM4/04 18 09
DIN 406 Teil 10
C - Maße mit E geken
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or gilt Size
E EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
D
4/8
Maßstab 1:1,35
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDRDM3-05 o36
B
SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm

89,2
C
SW 22
locating shoulder C-10-3 .
1 2 3 4
14
Maßstab 1:1,35
3
51,8
A
D 2
1 HM3/07 18 03
Cavity C-10-3 7/8-14 UNF-2B

B
GE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
E
15,9
3
>47,6
2
C
ENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1
HE4/14 10 18
NOTE
F For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
NOTE We also provideD a variety of suitable manifolds for C-10-3. Please contact us for
further assistance.
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H
A4
5/8
FORMAT
HE4 / 14 10 18
1 2 3 4
M.K.

Maßstab 1/1,35
Dimensions
Screw-in valve A 45,3
EEPDRDS3-05
o36
degressive
Do not adjust!
B SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm
158
C electric plug according to
installation
.
torque 45 Nm
SW 22 1 2 3
3
D Maßstab 1/1,35
10,8
A 2
40
1
HM4/14 39 03
B
>18,3
3
HUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2
>41
F
1 HM4/04 18 09
NOTE C
For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
GRANT OF A PATENT.

NOTE The degressive version of the valve is also available as EEPDRDM3-05 (with cavity
6/8 C-10-3).
Type code
- - X - - - - -

voltage without
12V 12V DC degres-
24V 24V DC DEG
sive**
Design Pressure Electric termination***

setting range DIN
Screw-in pressure
EEPDRDS3-05 30 30 bar
control valve T-11A
45 45 bar AMP AMP Junior Timer
(only 24 V version)
Screw-in pressure
EEPDRDM3-05
control valve C-10-3 60 60 bar
unterminated
Pressure control 75 75 bar K wire 500 mm
EPDRDSA3- valve in mounting (only 24 V version)
115 115 bar
05/06 plate NG 6 175 175 bar
(port 2 to 1 and 3)* Manual override** Seals
250 250 bar
without NBR
315 315 bar
lockable manual over- Viton V
socket and lock nut
* aluminium manifolds are approved for max. operating pressure of 210 bar manual override with
** for degressive versions no additional manual override selectable DNH
push knob
a running system!
7/8

Seal kit T-11-A (NBR) 405.0038
Seal kit T-11-A (Viton) 405.0039
Seal kit C-10-3 (NBR) 405.0063

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
8/8
Proportional pressure control valve EPDR3-08

030220_EPDR3_08_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 7

screw-in valve for cavity T-11A or
screw-in valve for cavity C-10-3
low vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 8
Proportional pressure control valve 030220_EPDR3_08_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow rate: 40 l/min
Flow direction: see hydraulic symbol
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: EEPDRS screw-in valve T-11A or EEPDRM screw-in valve

C-10-3, EPDRSA screw-in valve in mounting plate NG 6,
pilot operated
Size: 08
Maximum acceleration 5 g, crossways
Weight: EEPDRS3-08: 0,76 kg, EEPDRM3-08: 0,79 kg,
EPDRSA3-08/06: 1,01 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, mounting plate: aluminium
Surface protection: exterior parts: zinc coated steel,

2/8
ValveTech | 030220_EPDR3_08_e Proportional pressure control valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDR3-08 at Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDR3-08
Q = 1,0 l/min degressive version at Q = 1,0 l/min
350 350
p [bar]
315
p [bar]
315
300 300
275 275
250 250
210 210
200 200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100
75 75
50 45 50 45
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDR3-08 with Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDR3-08 degres-
350 350 current-
100 %
p [bar]
p [bar]
less
300 300
250 250
200 200
150 150
100 100
50 50
0 0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDR3-08 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDR3-08
30 1→3 30 1→3
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
315 315
25 25
20 20
15 15
2→1 2→1
10 315 10 315
1(A)→3(T) 1(A)→3(T)
315 315
5 5
1→3 1→3
25 25
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

3/8
Dimensions
Screw-in
B valve 45,3
EEPDRS3-08
o36
SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm

C DIN EN 175301-803
113,3
1
installation torque 45 Nm 2 3
SW 22
D Maßstab 1/1,5
locating shoulder T-11A 3
11,4
35
2
1 HM4/03 10 03
E
B
>18,3
3
NG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2
>41
1
F HE4/14 09 19
NOTE C For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
ENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
NOTE The valve is also available as EPDRSA3 08/06 in a mounting plate NG 6. Dimension
sheets are available upon request.
4/8 D
1 2 3 4
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDRM3-08
o36
SW 3
max. 0,5 Nm

DIN EN 175301-803
100,2
. installation torque 45 Nm
SW 22 1 2 3 4
Maßstab 1:1,35
14
A
3
46,7
2
1 HM4/03 13 01
Cavity C-10-3 7/8-14 UNF-2B

B
DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
15,9
Maßstab 1: 1,35
3
>47,6
2
C
ED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1 HE4/14 10 18
NOTE We also provide a variety of suitable manifolds for C-10-3. Please contact us for
further assistance.
D
5/8
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDRS3 08
degressive A o36
Do not adjust!
SW 3
B
max. 0,5 Nm
166,6
DIN EN 175301-803
C DIN 43650) shape A
(formerly
installation
.
torque 45 Nm
SW 22 1 2 3
3
Maßstab 1/1,5
11,4
D
A
2 35
1 HM4/15 46 02
E
B
>18,3
3
TZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2
>41
F
1 HE4/14 09 19
C
ANT OF A PATENT.
6/8 NOTE The degressive version of the valve is also available as EEPDRM3-08 (with cavity
C-10-3).
Type code
- - X - - - - -

voltage without
12V 12V DC degres-
24V 24V DC DEG
sive**
Design Pressure set- Electric termination***

ting range DIN
Screw-in pressure
EEPDRS3-08
control valve T-11A 25 25 bar
Screw-in pressure 45 50 bar (only 24 V version)
EEPDRM3-08
control valve C-10-3 70 70 bar unterminated
Pressure control 115 115 bar K wire 500 mm
EPDRSA3- (only 24 V version)
valve in mounting 175 175 bar
08/06
plate NG 6*
210 210 bar Manual override** Seals
275 275 bar
without NBR
315 315 bar
socket and lock nut
push knob
a running system!
7/8

Seal kit C-10-3 (NBR) 405.0063

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
8/8
Proportional pressure control valve EPDRS3-10

cavity T-2A
030230_EPDRS3_10_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 6

low vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 7
Proportional pressure control valve 030230_EPDRS3_10_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow rate: 80 l/min
Flow direction: see hydraulic symbol
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: EEPDRS screw-in valve T-2A, EPDRSA screw-in valve in

mounting plate NG 10, pilot operated
Size: 10
Weight: EEPDRS3-10: 0,86 kg, EPDRSA3-10: 1,69 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, mounting plate: aluminium
Surface protection: exterior parts: zinc coated steel,

2/7
ValveTech | 030230_EPDRS3_10_e Proportional pressure control valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRS3-10 at Pressure drop diagram (p/I) EPDRS3-10
Q = 1,0 l/min degressive version at Q = 1,0 l/min
350 350
p [bar]
315
p [bar]
315
300 300
275 275
250 250
210 200 210
200
175 175
150 150
115 115
100 100
75 75
50 45 50 45
25 25
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRS3-10 with Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPDRS3-10 degres-
60 60
p [bar]
p [bar]
50 50
40 100 40 0%
%
30 75 30 45
% %
20 20
45 75
% %
10 10
100
0% %
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRS3-10 at Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) EPDRS3-10
30 30
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
1→3 1→3
25 bar 25 bar
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

3/7
1 2
M.K.
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions
Screw-in valve A 45,3
A EEPDRS3-10 o36
SW 3

DIN EN 175301-803
B B
123,3
E IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
SW 24
12,5
C
35,1
C 2
1
Cavity T-2A 1"-14 UNS-2B

1"-14 UNS-2B
>18,3
>18,3
3
3
D
>15,9
D
>15,9
>45,2
2
>45,2
1
1 HM4/05 25 01
NOTE
KATALOGZEICH
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. SAA 2017.05.08
E NOTE E 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ asaus HM4/0525
For appropriate manifolds see chapter
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
NOTE SantacroceA
The valve is also available as EPDRSA3-10 in a mounting plate NG 10. Dimension
GEZ.
DRAW.
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
sheets are available upon request. GEPR.

CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERAN
RESP.
REVISION
x NAV.
Ein NOTE
Anziehen The valve is also available as degressiveValveTech EinGmbH
version. Anziehen einer GPS Norm WEBER-HYDRAULIK
REVISION Valve
NAV.
einer GPS Norm WEBER-HYDRAULIK
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT D-78467 Konsta
A4
bedingt kein automatisches ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. bedingt kein automatisches SIZE
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
4/7 AnziehenRAWaller
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
GPS Normen ISO 2768-
Anziehen aller GPS Normen ISO 2768- SCALE MAT. NO.
-
- anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: EN ISO 1302
56:100
anzuwendende Fluid
WERKSTOFF Team Norm:
EN ISO 1302
TLV-003 (Konservierung)
MATERIAL
KANTEN / EDGE
A ValveTech | 030230_EPDRS3_10_e Proportional pressure control valve
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
EEPDRS3-10
o36
degressive
T2-A Do not adjust!
B
1"-14 UNS-2B installation torque 3 Nm
SW 3
>18,3

>15,9
163,6
DIN EN 175301-803
>45,2
2
C
HIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
1 installation torque 65 Nm
SW 22
12,5
35,1
D 2
1
HM4/15 50 14
KATALOGZEICHNUNG
SAA 2017.05.15
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. SAA AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V9

CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - m K SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 56:100 WERKSTOFF
TLV-003 (Konservierung) EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
HM4 / 15 50 14

- ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR 5/7
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
- Maße mit E gekennzeichnete EEPDRS3-10-XXX-5-XXV_DEG
Type code
- - X - - - - -

voltage without
12V 12V DC degres-
24V 24V DC DEG
sive**
Design Pressure set- Electric termination***

ting range DIN
Screw-in pressure
EEPDRS3-10
control valve T-2A 25 25 bar
Pressure control 45 50 bar (only 24 V version)
EPDRSA3-10 valve in mounting 70 70 bar unterminated
plate NG 10* K wire 500 mm
115 115 bar
(only 24 V version)
175 175 bar
210 210 bar Manual override** Seals
275 275 bar
without NBR
315 315 bar
socket and lock nut
push knob
a running system!
6/7
ValveTech | 030230_EPDRS3_10_e Proportional pressure control valve


Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
7/7
Pilot-operated proportional valves with large nominal size
P A
pressure relief valves
pressure control valves
pilot operated, solenoid actuated
max. operating pressure 315 bar T P T
030240_Info16_25_e
07.2018
pilot-operated proportional pressure relief valves or pressure control valves with

large nominal size
modular set-up out of proportional pilot valves and mechanical cartridge valves
with cavities up to T-19A
pressure relief valves up to 760 l/min
pressure control valves up to 320 l/min
suitable in-line bodies and subplates up to NG 25
varied combinations with different technical characteristics possible
We would be happy to develop with you the ideal solution for your project.
1/ 1
Proportional Pressure Reducing/Relieving Valve Size 06
pilot operated " 3-way function ! max. 315 bar ! max. 30 l/min
Description
The proportional pressure reducing/relieving valve size 06
is a pilot operated valve. It reduces a higher input pressure
into a lower consumer pressure. The consumer pressure
can be set proportionally to the solenoid current. If the
adjusted pressure on the consumers side is exceeded, the
pressure relief function of the valve is used (3 way
function). It flows so long oil from the consumer after T,
until the adjusted pressure is again reached.
The valve is applicable also as a pure pressure-reducing
valve (2-way-function). The third port (T) may not be
closed however. All internal parts are hardened and
ground/ honed. In order to achieve an optimal resolution,
numerous pressure ranges are available. The valve has a precise and good-natured responsing mode.
Note: if the difference between input pressure and consumer pressure is very high, the oil should be very clean (filtration
up to 3 µm is necessary).
Designs Symbol
The valve is available in a sandwich body CETOP/ISO 3
(DIN 24340 A06, NG 6).
Hydraulic Electrical
Rated Pressure: port P and A: max. 315 bar Nominal Voltage: 24 V DC; 12 V DC
port T: not higher than port A pressure Rated Current: 700 mA (24 V); 1700 mA (12 V)
Rated Flow: max. 30 l/min Nominal Resistance (R20): 25 : (24 V); 4 : (12 V)
Pressure Ranges: see model code Power Consumption: 17 W (24 V); 20 W (12 V)
Minimum Pressure: appr. 6 bar Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 %
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524, Control Command: PWM (Pulse-Width-Modulated DC)
others upon request Dither Frequency: preferably 140 Hz
Viscosity Range: 10 – 350 cSt Environmental Protection: IP 65
Pilot Flow: appr. 0,15 – 0,20 l/min/ 32 cSt Electrical Termination: plug as per DIN 43650 form A,
Filtration: class 18/16/13, filter ß 6...10 ! 75 incl. square connector Pg9
Control Devices: see chapter 6 'Electronic Amplifiers'
Mechanical
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C – +50 °C
Fluid Temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C
Installation: no restrictions
Weight: 1,51 kg
Materials: valve parts: steel
seals: NBR
backup rings: Teflon, PU
Surface Protection: solenoid: zinc plated
body: anodised
ext. valve parts: burnished

EPDR3-06-E Date: 02/04 Page 1 of 2 Subject to change. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Model Code
ZEPDR3-06 – 175 – * – 24V / *
3-Way Proportional Pressure Reducing Valve, Pressure Nominal Special

Design
pilot operated, size 06 Range Voltage Executions
deliverable executions: 25 = 25 bar (intern) 12V = 12 V DC

45 = 45 bar 24V = 24 V DC
Sandwich body: ZEPDR3-06 70 = 70 bar
= CETOP/ISO 03 ( NG 6) 115 = 115 bar
function in P 175 = 175 bar
210 = 210 bar
315 = 315 bar
Dimensions (mm)
H3-940907

EPDR3-06-E Date: 02/04 Page 2 of 2 Subject to change. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Proportional
Chapter
4
Throttle Valves
PVDE2-11
cavity PVDE2-11 or T-13A
PVDES2-14
cavity T-5A
PVDES2-18
cavity T-16A
Proportional throttle valve PVDE_2-11

cavity PVDE2-11 or T-13A 1
040110_PVDE_2-11_e
07.2021

Characteristics 1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 7
Characteristics proportional 2/2-way throttle valve

normally open or normally closed models
slip-in valve for cavity PVDE2-11
or screw-in valve for cavity T-13A
maintenance-free
also available with EX-plug according to the ATEX-directive for the use in poten-
tially explosive atmospheres (see datasheet 040111_PVDE_2-11_EX_e)
1/ 8
Proportional throttle valve 040110_PVDE_2-11_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 350 bar, differential pressure control Δp max. 25 bar
Flow rate: 3, 7, 11, 17, 21 l/min
at differential pressure control Δp = 10 bar
Performance limit: max. nominal flow rate also at a higher differential
pressure control Δp
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design : PVDE slip-in design, PVDR in in-line body or PVDES

screw-in design, direct operated
Size: 11
Weight: PVDE2-11: 0,61 kg, PVDR2-11: 1,27 kg,
PVDES2-11: 0,72 kg
Material: valve parts and manifold: steel
Surface protection: exterior parts: zinc coated steel

Protection class: IP65 with correctly mounted and locked mating
connector
AMP Junior Timer or unterminated wire
Electronic controllers: see chapter “electronics and sensors” as well as our
2/8
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 040110_PVDE_2-11_e Proportional throttle valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) PVDE2-11 at Δp = 10 bar
30
Q [l/min]
25
20
17
15
11
10
7
5
3
0 21
0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%]

3/8
Proportional throttle
Maßstab 1/1,35valve 040110_PVDE_2-11_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Dimensions
1 Slip-in valve 2 3 4
M.K.
45,3
PVDE2-11
installation torque 3 Nm o36
Maßstab 1:1,35 SW 3
A installation torque max. 0,5 Nm
n28
n20 H8
71,2
1 2 3
M.K.
25
2
B
Maßstab 1:1,35
5,8
25,2
2
1
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
A 1
HM3/89 42 01
Cavity PVDE2-11 n28
o28 n20 H8
4 x M4
C
25
2
B
1
RTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
HE4/14 10 03
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see our „general information“ or our
D online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
o28
4 x M4
C
HE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu.B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 30.11.2017 V29
GEPR.
CHECK M.K. GEAEND.
MODIF. P. J. VERANT.
RESP. H. W.
D WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
REVISION
REVISION 4 x b NAV. S. H.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
4/8 ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
-
1 2 3 4
M.K.

Maßstab 1/1,35
A
Dimensions
Slip-in valve in 45,3
in-line body G3/8"
o36
PVDR2-11
X
B
installation torque
max. 0,5 Nm
71
C
4 5 6 7 8
measuring port G1/4"
G3/8
2
x
45
25
7,5
n8,4
1
D 36
60
SW 3

E
71
F
G3/8
G1/4
2
n8,4
G3/8
40 HE4/94 09 01
5/8
Maßstab 1:1,35
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve 45,3
PVDES2-11
. installation torque 3 Nm o36
1 SW 3 2 3
B installation torque
Maßstab
max. 0,5 Nm 1:1,35

A DIN EN 175301-803 shape A
90
SW 22
11,25
34,9
2
B 1
HM4/04 44 01
D
ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
>12,7
2
>40,4
E
C
1
THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
HE4/14 09 20
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see our „general information“ or our
NOTE F We also provide a variety of suitable manifolds for T-13A. Please contact us for
further assistance.
6/8
Type code
PVD 2 - 11 / x - - x - - - -
Size Revision Nominal Seals

voltage NBR
12V 12 V DC Viton V
24V 24 V DC
Model Nominal flow Manual override

at Δp = 10 bar
E slip-in valve without
R in in-line body 1x1 3 l/min
spring loaded manual
2x1 7 l/min DNH
ES screw-in valve override (push knob)
2x2 11 l/min lockable manual
4 x 1,5 17 l/min override with hexagon FNH
4x3 21 l/min socket and lock nut
lockable manual over-
ride with hand wheel HNH
and lock nut
Electric Termination
DIN
AMP Junior Timer AMP
(only for 24 V model)
unterminated wire
500 mm K
(only for 24 V model)
Spool type
normaly closed
2
SG
1
normaly open
2
SO
1
7/8

Accessories/ Article: Material number:
Seal kit PVDE2-11 (NBR) 405.0020
Seal kit PVDE2-11 (Viton) 405.0068
a variety of alternative solenoids with manual overrides are available on request
NOTE For the appropriate electronic controllers, see our chapter „electronics and
sensors“ as well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
8/8
Proportional throttle valve PVDES2-14

cavity T-5A 1
040120_PVDES2-14_e
06.2019

Characteristics 1
Technical data 2
Performance 3
Dimensions3
Type code 5
Characteristics proportional 2/2-way throttle valve in spool design

maintenance-free
rotatable and replaceable solenoid coil
1/ 5
Proportional throttle valve 040120_PVDES2-14_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 350 bar, differential pressure control Δp max. 25 bar
Flow rate: see type code at differential pressure control
Δp = 10 bar
Performance limit: max. nominal flow rate also at a higher differential pres-
sure control Δp
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design : PVDES screw-in valve or PVDR in in-line body,

direct operated
Size: 14
Weight: PVDES: 0,7 kg, PVDR: 2,1 kg
Material: valve parts and manifolds: steel

Nominal valve current: 12 V: DIN and AMP 2,3 A, Deutsch 2,0 A
24 V: DIN and AMP 1,1 A
Nominal resistance (R20): 12 V: DIN and AMP 2,7 Ω, Deutsch 3,85 Ω
24 V: DIN and AMP 12,6 Ω
nector
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer, Deutsch con-
nector
2/5
ValveTech | 040120_PVDES2-14_e Proportional throttle valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) PVDES2-14 at Flow rate diagram (Q/I) PVDES2-14 at
Δp = 10 bar, normaly closed Δp = 10 bar, normaly open
80 80 40
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
36
66
60 30
51 25
40 36
20
1 2 3 4
M.K.
27
10
20 10
15
0
Maßstab 1:1,35 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
A
Dimensions 60,8
Screw-in valve installation torque: 4 Nm n45
PVDES2-14
solenoid
B coil,
rotatable 360°
SE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
max. 0,5 Nm 1 2 3
82,5
Maßstab 1/1,35
DIN EN 175301-803
C A
installation torque: 60 to 65 Nm
41,2
SW 24
2
D 1
HM4/10 18 10
Cavity T-5A B 1-14 UNS-2B

S SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
>15,9
2
>50,8
E
C
1 HE4/14 09 13
HE GRANT OF A PATENT.
3/5
F
Maßstab 1:2,1
Proportional throttle valve A 040120_PVDES2-14_e | ValveTech
Dimensions
Screw-in valve in 50,8
in-line body G1/2“
PVDR2-14
n45
2
solenoid coil,
X rotatable 360°
B
72,5
72,5DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
measuring port G1/4“
G1/2
2 3 4 5 2 6
C x
80
50
25
n8,4
1
10
30
50,8 53
D
n45 65
FUER DEN FALL
E
electric plug according
to DIN EN 175301-803
8,4 GEHEIMZUHALTEN.

G1/2
2
x shape A
G1/4
80
50
25
DIESE VORLAGEnIST
1
F
10 G1/2
30 46
53 HM4/14 11 28
65
4/5
Type code
- 14 / x - - 11 - - H402 - -
Size Revision Seals

NBR
Model Spool type
Viton V
screw-in throttle normaly closed
PVDES2
valve
SG
2
Electric termination
PVDR2 in in-line body
1 DIN
normaly open AMP Junior
AMP
SO
2
Timer
Nominal flow Deutsch
at Δp = 10 bar 1
(only for 12 V)
DEU
15 l/min only 2 x 1,3
27 l/min SG 4 x 1,5 Nominal voltage Manual override
36 l/min 5 x 1,5 12 V DC 12V manual override
H402
24 V DC 24V with push pin
51 l/min 7 x 1,5
66 l/min 9 x 1,6 lockable manual
H301
override with lock nut
80 l/min 8 x 3,0
lockable manual over-
10 l/min only 2 x 1,8 H302
ride with hand-wheel
25 l/min SO 5 x 1,8
36 l/min 7 x 1,8

spare parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A, black 149.0007
Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A, grey 149.0008
Coil 12 V, DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A 147.0011
Coil 24 V, DIN EN 175301-803*, shape A 147.0009
Coil 12 V, Deutsch connector 147.0012

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Proportional throttle valve PVDES2-18

cavity T-16A 1
040130_PVDES2-18_e
01.2020

Characteristics 1
Technical data 2
Performance 3
Dimensions3
Type code 4
Characteristics proportional 2/2-way throttle valve in spool design

high flow rate
maintenance-free
rotatable and replaceable solenoid coil
1/ 5
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 315 bar (dynamic)
differential pressure control Δp max. 25 bar
Flow rate: 95, 130, 195 l/min at differential pressure control
Δp = 10 bar
Performance limit: max. nominal flow rate also at a higher differential
pressure control Δp
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: screw-in valve, direct operated

Size: 18


Weight: 1,9 kg including coil

Power consumption (P20): 20,3 W (12 V), 20 W (24 V)
Power consumption max.: 30,6 W (12 V), 30,1 W (24 V)
nector
Electric termination: Electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803, shape A
Electronic controllers: see chapter 6 „electronics and sensors“ as well as our
2/5
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) PVDES2-18 at Flow rate diagram (Q/I) PVDES2-18 at
Δp = 10 bar, normaly closed Δp = 10 bar, normaly open
200 200
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
195 195
150 150
130
130
1 2 3
M.K.
100 95 100
95
50 50
0 0
0 20
A40 60 80 100
IN [%]
0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%]

Dimensions Katalogzeichnung Maßstab 1 : 2

Screw-in valve 69,2
PVDES2-18
installation torque 4 Nm n63,4
B
EN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
solenoid coil, rotatable 360 °
installation torque
123
max. 0,5 Nm
C
DIN EN 175301-803, shape A

17
61,9
installation torque 200 to 215 Nm 2

SW 36
D
1
HM4/11 33 10
E 3/5
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. P.J. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 22
Dimensions B
Cavity T-16A M36x2-6H
>17,48
2
>72,1
C
1
HE4/14 10 01
NOTE D For appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ as
Type code
PVDES2 - 18 / - - 11 - - -
Size Nominal flow Revision Nominal Seals

at Δp = 10 bar voltage
Model
E NBR
95 95 l/min 12V 12 V DC DATUM
DATE Viton V
03.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
PVDES2 throttle valve 130 130 l/min 24V 24 V DC GEZ.
MOD. DATE
195 195 l/min GEPR.

CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
REVISION
REVISION x
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
Spool type ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. Manual override
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
normalyOBERFLAECHEN
closed / SURFACE manual override
WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302 H402
(pushZEICHN.-NR.
pin)
MATERIAL
SG
2
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715 DRAWING NO. HE4_141001 - S
F GEWICHT[KG] lockable override
ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FU
H301 with hexagon

1
WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
normalyBENENNUNG
open / TITLE
socket and lock nut ART.-NR.
SO T-16A 2
lockable override 77
Stufenbohrung H302
1 with hand wheel BLATT
and lock nut

PAGE
4/5

Seal kit T-16A (NBR) 1094187
Seal kit T-16A (Viton) 1094190

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Proportional
Chapter
Flow Control Valves 5
EPSR2-11 and EPSR3-11

in-line body, sandwich body or mounting plate NG 6
EPSR2-14 and EPSR3-14
in-line body or sandwich body NG 6 or NG 10
Proportional flow control valve EPSR2-11 and EPSR3-11

2 A 1 A
in in-line body, sandwich body NG 6

or mounting plate NG 6 1
050110_EPSR_11_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions3
Type code 6
Characteristics 2- or 3-way proportional flow control valve in in-line body, in sandwich body
NG 6 or in mounting plate NG 6
available with or without check valve
maintenance-free
1/ 7
Proportional flow control valve 050110_EPSR_11_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow rate: see type code, at differential pressure control Δp = 7 bar
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Slip-in valve in in-line body or in sandwich-body or

mounting plate NG 6
Size: 11
Weight: EPSR: 2,39 kg, EPSRV: 1,63 kg, ZEPSR: 2,41 kg, EPSRA:
1,84 kg
Material: valve parts and manifolds: steel,

2/7
ValveTech | 050110_EPSR_11_e Proportional flow control valve
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) EPSR2-11 Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) EPSR2-11
21 20 25
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
18 15
20
20
1 2 3
M.K.
15
15
12 15
10
10
9 10
6 5
5 122,5 5
3 2 2
0
A 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 35 70 105 140 175 210 245 280 315 350
IN [%] Δp [bar]
Dimensions 45,3
Proportional flow o36

control valve in
in-line body EPSR 11
B
SW 3
ZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803

G 3/8
150
146
A
G 3/8
C 8,5 8,5
n n 1 75
NTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
61
42
35
X 2
t=36
15 31
95
D
HM3/90 08 02
NOTE The valve is also available as EPSRA-06-11 in a mounting plate NG 6. Dimension

KATALOGZEICHNUNG
SAA 2016.12.08
E DATUM
DATE 10.09.2014 AE
MO
3 / Lu.
7 B.
GEZ. AE
DRAW. MO
GEPR. GE
CHECK MO
RE
RE
122,5
Dimensions
Proportional flow 45,3
control valve
in in-line body o36
with check valve

EPSRV 11
140
DIN EN 175301-803
4 1 A
5 (formerly DIN 43650) shape A 6 7 8
146,2
A
G3/8 n
8,5 8,5 1
G3/8
n
75
59,5
42
X 2
G3/8
30
15
15
t=36
47 29
125
SW 3
140
146,2
1
G3/8
42
2
G3/8
15
KATALOGZEICHNUNG
36
SAA 2017.03.03
HM3/90 46 03
4/7
50
Dimensions
Proportional flow
control valve in
sandwich body NG 6
50
ZEPSR 06-11
122,5
4 x o-rings 9,25 x 1,78
SW 3
122,5
52,5 4 x n5,5
T
7
o36
45
A B
52,5 4 x n5,5
P
15 114
T
7
185
o36
45
A B
port pattern NG 6 HM4/90 37 05
(DIN 24340 A06) P

DIN EN 175301-80315 (formerly DIN 43650)
114
shape A 185
hydraulik.com.
M5 x 60 - 12.9. Installation torque: 6 Nm, screw-in depth min. 8 mm.
anzuwendende
TLV-
AA 05/04 (E
- Maße in eckige
Vorbearbe
DIN 406 T
-anzuwendende
Maße mit E
gil
TLV-
AA 05/04 (E
- Maße in eckige
Vorbearbe
DIN 406 T
- Maße mit E
gil
5/7
Type code
- 11 - - - X - - S - - -
Size* Revision steel manifold
Model Spool type Nominal voltage Seals

2 2-way valve normally 12V 12 V DC NBR
SG closed
3 3-way valve 24V 24 V DC Viton V
normally
SO open Manual override
without
Design Nominal flow
spring loaded manual
(at Δp = 7 bar) DNH
Flow control override (push knob)
EPSR valve in in-line 2 2 l/min
lockable manual
body 5 5 l/min override with hexagon FNH
Flow control 10 10 l/min socket and lock nut
valve in in-line 15 15 l/min
EPSRV lockable manual over-
body with check
20 20 l/min (Δp = 10 bar) ride with hand wheel HNH
valve
and lock nut
Flow control
ZEPSR valve in sandwich Electric termination**
body NG 6
DIN
Flow control AMP Junior Timer
EPSRA valve in moun- (only 24 V version)
AMP
ting plate NG 6
unterminated wire
500 mm K
* with sandwich body (ZEPSR) and mounting plate (EPSRA): size „06-11“ (only 24 V version)
** DEUTSCH plug on request
6/7

Accessories / Article: Article number:
Seal kit PVDE2-11 (NBR) 405.0020
Seal kit PVDE2-11 (Viton) 405.0068
4 x o-ring 9,25 x 1,78 (NBR) 401.0128
4 x o-ring 9,25 x 1,78 (Viton) 401.0147
A variety of alternative electric terminations and manual overrides are available on request

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
7/7
Proportional flow control valve EPSR2-14 and EPSR3-14

volume flow max. 70 l/min 1 A 2 A
in in-line body or
sandwich body NG 6 or NG 10 1
050120_EPSR_14_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions3
Type code 5
Characteristics 2- or 3-way proportional flow control valve in in-line body or in sandwich body
NG 6 or NG 10
versions available where surplus flow can be pressurised
maintenance-free
1/ 6
Technical data
Flow rate: see type code, at differential pressure control Δp = 7 bar
Flow direction: 2-way: 1 to A, 3-way: 2 to A (1 = tank)
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Screw-in valve in in-line body or in sandwich-body

NG 6 or NG 10
Size: 14
Weight: EPSR: 4,30 kg, ZEPSR2-06: 3,88 kg, ZEPSR3-06: 2,69 kg
ZEPSR3-10: 5,65 kg
Material: valve parts and manifolds: steel,

Nominal valve current: 12 V: DIN and AMP 2,3 A, DEUTSCH 2,0 A
24 V: DIN and AMP 1,1 A
Nominal resistance (R20): 12 V: DIN and AMP 2,7 Ω, DEUTSCH 3,85 Ω
24 V: DIN and AMP 12,6 Ω
Power consumption: 23,0 W at nominal valve current
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer, DEUTSCH
2/6
Performance
Flow rate diagram (Q/I) EPSR2-14 at ∆p = 7 bar, Flow rate diagram (Q/I) EPSR2-14 at ∆p = 7 bar,
normally closed normally open
70 70
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
70
60 60
60
50 50
40 40
40 40
30
30 30 30
2 20 3 4
20 5
10 10
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
IN [%] IN [%]
Dimensions
Proportional flow 50,8
control valve in n45
in-line body EPSR 14
solenoid coil
360 ° rotatable

G1/2
177,5
A M8x20 G1/2
1
105
88
82
G1/2
64
45
40
X 2
21
21
t=45
15
38
101
115
HM3/12 27 14
NOTE 122,5
The valve is also available as EPSRR, where the surplus flow can be pressurised and
can therefore be supplied to a second actuator.
Please contact us for further information.
3/6
1 2 3 4
122,5
A
Dimensions
Proportional flow solenoid coil 360 ° rotatable
control valve in
sandwich body NG 6 36,5 4 x n5,3
ZEPSR-06-14
7,5
T
n45
A B
46
B
P t=50
12,7 130
140
215,2
4 x o-rings 9,25 x 1,78 electric plug according to 122,5

port pattern NG 6 installation torque 4 Nm
C (DIN 24340 A06) HM3/16 02 03
M5 x 60 - 12.9. Installation torque: 6,3±0,3 Nm, screw-in depth min. 8 mm.
Proportional flow solenoid coil 360 ° rotatable

control valve in
sandwich body NG 10 65 4 x n6,5 Ein An
ZEPSR-10-14 bedi
8
Anzi
D P
- anzuwend
A B TL
n45
62
TA TB AA 05
- Maße in
t=65
Vor
16 180 DIN
268,6 - Maße m
140
5 x o-rings 14,00 x 1,78 electric plug according to

E port pattern NG 10 installation torque 4 Nm
(DIN 24340 A10) HM3/15 14 04
NOTE Operating pressure max.: P, A, B: 350 bar; TA, TB: 10 bar.
NOTE The valve is also available as EPSRA2-10-14 in a mounting plate NG 10. Dimension
M6 x 30 - 12.9. Installation torque: 10±0,5 Nm, screw-in depth min. 8 mm.
F NOTE For a detailled drawing of the port pattern please see chapter 11 „general informa-
hydraulik.com.
4/6
Type code
- 14 - - - XX - - S - - -
Size* Revision steel manifold Seals

NBR
Viton V
Model Spool type Nominal voltage Electric termination

2 2-way valve normally 12V 12 V DC DIN
SG closed
3 3-way valve 24V 24 V DC AMP Junior
AMP
normally Timer
SO open
DEU DEUTSCH
(only 12 V)
Design Nominal flow Manual override

(at Δp = 7 bar)
Flow control valve without
EPSR 30 30 l/min
in in-line body manual override with
40 40 l/min H402
Flow control valve push pin
ZEPSR in sandwich body 60 60 l/min (only SG) lockable manual
NG 6 or NG 10* 70 70 l/min (only SG) override with hexagon H301
socket and lock nut
* with sandwich body: lockable manual over-
NG 6: ZEPSR2-06-14 respectively ZEPSR3-06-14 H302
ride with hand wheel
NG 10: ZEPSR3-10-14 (only available as 3-way-version)
NOTE The valve is also available as EPSRR where the surplus flow can be pressurised and
can therefore be supplied to a second actuator.
Please contact us for further information.
5/6

Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, grey 149.0008
Coil 12 V, DEUTSCH connector 147.0012
Seal kit EPSR2(3)-14 (NBR) 405.0116
Seal kit EPSR2(3)-14 (Viton) 405.0117
Seal kit ZEPSR2-06-14 (NBR) 405.0118
Seal kit ZEPSR2-06-14 (Viton) 405.0119
Seal kit ZEPSR3-06-14 (NBR) 405.0120
Seal kit ZEPSR3-06-14 (Viton) 405.0121
Seal kit ZEPSR2(3)-10-14 (NBR) 405.0122
Seal kit ZEPSR2(3)-10-14 (Viton) 405.0123

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
6/6
Electronics and Sensors
Chapter
6
Proportional Chopper Amplifier

SC-/ ESC-/ DSC-2000
electric amplifier for proportional valves
operating voltage 8-35 V DC
maximum current 2,6 A
Accessories
Pressure Transmitter MODS
compact and robust universal pressure transmitter
shock and vibration resistant
nominal voltage 12-32 V DC
measuring range 6-600 bar
Proportional Chopper Amplifier SC-/ESC-/DSC-2000-U
electric amplifier for

proportional valves
operating voltage 8-35 V DC
maximum current 2,6 A
060110_SC2000_e
01.2021

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Dimensions3
Operational elements 4
Type code 4
Set up 5
Characteristics compact design

compensating the temperature-dependent magnetoresistance of the
proportional solenoid
multi-course potentiometers for adjusting Imin, Imax and time ramp
LED signaling
fuse-protected output 2 A or 3 A
external voltage or current control
1/ 7
Proportional Chopper Amplifier 060110_SC2000_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Mechanic Design: amplifier module, amplifier for installation onto moun-
ting rails, double amplifier for 2 prop. solenoids for
installation onto mounting rails
Weight: SC-2000-U: 0,32 kg
ESC-2000-U: 0,08 kg
DSC-2000-U: 0,14 kg
Maximum acceleration: 2G
Electric Operating voltage: 8 to 35 V DC

Nominal voltage (solenoid): 12 V DC, 24 V DC
Nominal resistance (solenoid): 2,5 to 60 Ω
Maximum current: 0 to 2,6 A adjustable
Minimum current: 0 to 0,6 A adjustable
Dither frequency: 140 Hz, 85 Hz, 300 Hz
Stand-by current con- 0,016 A
sumption:
Ramp generator: 0 to 5 s adjustable
Protection class: IP65
Fuse: Wickmann microfuse 2 A (max. 3 A)
Input signal: 0 to 10 V (0 to 5 V)
0 to 20 mA (external load resistor)
4 to 20 mA (special version)
Deviation: 0,6 % / Ω for temperature fluctuations of the solenoid
0,3 % / V for voltage fluctuations
Electromagnetic compa- CE conform to EMV standard 2004/108/EG
tibility: Transient emissions EMA: EN 55 011-1B
Stability EMB: EN 50 082-2
2/7
A
ValveTech | 060110_SC2000_e Proportional Chopper Amplifier
Dimensions
SC-2000-U
B
1 2 3
M.K.
77,4
C
A
39,8 60
HE4/152316
D
ESC-2000-U
B
FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
70
E
C DATUM
MOD. NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
x
RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
REVISION NAV.
REVISION NAV.
35 FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH 76
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
HE4/152315
Allgemein
NOTE For the double amplifier DSC-2000-U
EN ISO 1302 a second board will be integrated. The
MATERIAL
dimensions stay the same.ISO 13715

DRAWING NO. HE4 / 15 23 16
F GEWICHT ca.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
D
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
SC - 2000 - U
BLATT VON
PAGE OF
3/7
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
Operational
elements Potentiometer Imax
Potentiometer Imin
Potentiometer Ramp
Fuse
Wickmann 2 A / 3 A
LED
Voltage supply and fuse
LED
initial state
Type code
- 2000-U - - -
Series Dither frequency Ramp time Cable lenght**

140 Hz 0-5 s 1,5 m
Design
85 Hz 85 0-60 s* 60s 5m 5M
SC Amplifier
300 Hz 300
Amplifier for
ESC
mounting rails
Double amplifier
DSC * only partially available
for mounting rails
** only option for SC-2000-U

spare parts Adapter plug DIN EN 175301-803 shape B to shape A 109.0006
Replacement fuse 2 A 109.0003
Replacement fuse 3,15 A 109.0004
4/7
ValveTech | 060110_SC2000_e Proportional Chopper Amplifier
Set up
NOTE The chopper amplifier has to be adjusted on-load (with connected prop. solenoid).
Never disconnect the solenoid while the operating current is connected.
To get optimal results and to avoid defects on the chopper amplifier and the
valves, adjust the chopper amplifier with the following instructions
Adjust minimum current (Imin) always before maximum current (Imax).
Potentiometer ► Connect supply voltage (see figure).

control ► Connect external potentiometer (see figure).
Potiansteuerung
externe Stromansteuerung
poti ansteuerung
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
weiss weiss
white 8-35 V DC white
grün +4,5V
green Imax Magnet 250
gelb Solenoid gelb Ohm
yellow yellow
Imin
250
braun braun
brown brown
+ - 0-10 V +
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35
V DC (SPS) V DC
► Switch on hydraulic supply. Zweipunktschaltung externe Spannungsansteu

zweipunkt
► Observe the function of the valve.

externe Spannungsansteuerung
1 2 3 4
► Set external potentiometer to minimum
8-35 value.
1 2 3 4 5 6
weiss weiss
white V DC white
grün
► Adjust the Imin potentiometer so that+4,5V

there is no hydraulic outlet (pressure or
green Imax
gelb gelb
volume flow).
yellow yellow
Imin
Magnet
► Set external potentiometer to maximum value.

braun Solenoid braun
brown brown
► Adjust the Imax potentiometer so that the desired max. pressure or volume flow is externe Stromansteuerung
reached.
Potiansteuerung
+ - 0-10 V +
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35
V DC
► The chopper amplifier is adjusted. The desired adjustment

1 2 3range
4 5 6is between the
(SPS) V DC
1 2 3 4
minimum value and the maximum value.
poti ansteuerung
► If there is still a dead range, repeat the basic adjustments (Imin and Imax). externe Stromansteuerung
► Adjust the ramp potentiometer to the8-35

desired value (0-5 s).
Magnet 250
weiss Solenoid weiss Ohm
white V DC white
grün +4,5V
green Imax
gelb gelb
Two-point control ► Connect supply voltage (see figure).

yellow yellow
Imin + - 0-10 V +
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 250
8-35
V DC
braun (SPS) V DC
► Connect selector switch (min./max. value, see figure).

braun
brown brown
► Adjust selector switch to minimum value (1 to 4 connected).

Zweipunktschaltung externe Spannungsansteu
zweipunkt 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
weiss weiss
white 8-35 V DC white
grün
green Imax Magnet
gelb +4,5V Solenoid gelb
yellow yellow
Imin
braun braun
brown brown
+ - 0-10 V +
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35
V DC (SPS) V DC
► Switch on hydraulic supply.

► Adjust the Imin potentiometer so that there is no hydraulic outlet (pressure or
volume flow).
5/7
Set up
Two-point control ► Adjust selector switch to maximum value (1 to 3 connected).
► Adjust the Imax potentiometer so that the desired max. pressure or volume flow is
reached.
► The chopper amplifier is adjusted. The desired adjustment range is between the
► If there is still a dead range, repeat the basic adjustments (Imin and Imax).
► Adjust the ramp potentiometer to the desired value (0-5 s).
External current ► Connect load resistor (250 Ω, see figure).

control ► Connect supply voltage (see figure).
0-20 mA
► Connect external current control (see figure).
Potiansteuerung
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
weiss weiss
white 8-35 V DC white 8-35 V DC
grün +4,5V Magnet 250 Magnet
green Imax Solenoid Ohm Solenoid
gelb gelb 0-20 mA
yellow yellow
Imin
250 Ohm
braun braun
brown brown
+ - 0-10 V + -
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35 GND
V DC (SPS) V DC

Zweipunktschaltung externe Spannungsansteuerung

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
► Adjust external current to approx. 0,058-35mA.
weiss weiss
white 8-35 V DC white V DC
grün
► Adjust the Imin potentiometer so that there
0-10 V is no hydraulic outlet (pressure or
green Imax
gelb gelb
volume flow).
yellow +4,5V (0-5 V)
yellow
Imin
Magnet Magnet
Solenoid
► Adjust external current to 20 mA.

Solenoid
braun braun
brown brown
► Adjust the Imax potentiometer so that the desired max.0-10pressure or volume flow is
reached.
+ - V + -
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35 GND
V DC (SPS) V DC
6/7
Potiansteuerung
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
ValveTech | 060110_SC2000_e
Magnet Proportional
250 Chopper Amplifier
Magnet
Solenoid Ohm Solenoid
weiss weiss
+4,5V
Set up
grün
green Imax
gelb gelb 0-20 mA
yellow +
yellow - 0-10 V + -
External voltage ► Connect supply voltage (see figure).

Imin 8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35 GND
V DC 250 Ohm
(SPS) V DC
control
braun braun
► Connect external voltage control (5/10 V, see figure).

brown brown
Zweipunktschaltung externe Spannungsansteuerung
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
weiss weiss
grün Magnet Magnet
green Imax Solenoid
Solenoid
gelb gelb 0-10 V
yellow +4,5V (0-5 V)
yellow
Imin
braun braun
brown +
brown - 0-10 V + -
8-35 GND (0-5 V) 8-35 GND
V DC (SPS) V DC

► Adjust external voltage to approx. 0,005 V.
► Adjust the Imin potentiometer so that there is no hydraulic outlet (pressure or
volume flow).
► Adjust external voltage to accumulated value (5/10 V).
► Adjust the Imax potentiometer so that the desired max. pressure or volume flow is
reached.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
7/7
piezoresistive
nominal voltage 12 - 32 V DC
measuring range -1 - 600 bar
060210_MODS_e
02.2020

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Dimensions3
Pin assignment 3
Type code 4
Characteristics robust
compact
pressure peak resistant
overload protected
with reverse voltage protection
limitation of power loss
electronic calibration
stainless steel
fully welded, “dry” measuring cell, therefore no internal transmission media
applicable with all standard signals for industry, hydraulics and pneumatics
various signal-, thread- and connecting options available
Certifications: German Lloyd (GL) for marine applications
CE-Directive 2014/30/EU
Railway apllications (DIN EN 50155)
1/ 4
Pressure Transmitter 060210_MODS_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Hydraulic Measuring range: see type code
Pressure type: relative pressure
Overload pressure: 2 x full scale*
Burst pressure: 3 x full scale*
Mechanic Design: screw-in pressure transmitter

Weight: 0,1 kg
Material: stainless steel
Measuring principle: piezoresistive
Shock resistance: 1000 g according to DIN EN 60068-2-32
Vibration resistance: 20 g according to DIN EN 60068-2-6
Damping: ø 0,6 mm at hydraulic connector, integrated in sensor
Electric Nominal voltage: 12 - 32 V DC or 5 V DC ±10 %

Protection class: IP67 (according to plug-system, if correctly mounted)
Response time: ≤ 2 ms
Output signal: see type code
Electric termination: Electric plug M12x1, 4-pin
Electric plug DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, 3-pin + PE
Electromagnetic 25 V/m (according to DIN EN 61000-4-3)
compatibility:
Temperature coefficient in ≤ 0,15 % / 10 K
compensated temperature
range:
Radiation: < 30 BμV/m (according to DIN 61000-4-3)
Accuracy @ RT: ≤ 0,50 % of the range
Stability/Year: ≤ 0,15 % of the range
Non-linearity: ≤ 0,15 % of the range
NOTE Due to electronic calibration the pressure transmitter has a total error of 2 % of full
scale*. Customised versions with better accuracy are available on request.
* integral linearity error
2/4
1 2 3
M.K.
ValveTech | 060210_MODS_e Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions
MODS A 68,1
M12x1
SW22
G1/4
20
2
HE4/152321
Pin assignment
B
electric plug
M12x1, 4-pin
2 1
View on MODS-sensor
3 4
Output signal Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4
C A supply n.c. output signal n.c.

voltage + 4 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
B supply n.c. GND output signal
voltage + 0 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
C supply n.c. GND output signal
voltage + 0 - 10 V DC
(12 - 32 V DC)
D supply n.c. GND output signal
voltage + 0,5 - 4,5 V DC
D (5 V DC ±10 %) ratiometric
E supply output signal GND n.c.
voltage + 4 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
n.c. = not connected
electric plug 3
DIN EN 175301-803
shape A,
3-pin + PE View on MODS-sensor
E 2 1
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
Output signal Pin 1 Pin 2FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik
Pin 3 GmbH REVISION
FORMAT
C supply GNDISO 2768 - outputSCALE signal RAW MAT. NO.
Allgemein
EN ISO 1302
(12 - 32 V DC)
MATERIAL
HE4 / 15 23
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSAT
REPL.
BENENNUNG / TITLE 3/4 ART.
Druckaufnehmer
BLATT
Type code
MODS - - G 1/4 - -
Pressure transmitter Measuring range Connection Output signal Electric plug

thread M12x1 M12
6 -1 - 6 bar (DIN 3852)
4 - 20 mA A
60 0 - 60 bar 0 - 20 mA B DIN EN 175301-803
160 0 - 160 bar 0 - 10 V DC C shape A, N
3-pin + PE
250 0 - 250 bar 0,5 - 4,5 V DC D
400 0 - 400 bar 4 - 20 mA
(3-wire)
E
600 0 - 600 bar

spare parts Seal ring (Viton) 1095335

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Directional valves
Chapter
7
2/2-way Poppet Valves

2/2-way Poppet Valve MSVT
direct operated or pilot operated
normally open or normally closed
2/2-way Miniature Pilot Poppet Valve SMSVP
direct operated
normally closed
Sandwich Body 2/2-double Poppet Valve ZMSV2
pilot operated, normally closed
sandwich body NG 6, NG 10
3/2-way Poppet Valves

3/2-way Miniature Pilot Poppet Valve SMSV6
direct operated
normally closed
3/2-way Compact Poppet Valve MSV3/2
cavity MSV3/2
Spool Valves
Hot Oil Shuttle W33H-1X06
screw-in valve for cavity NCS06/4
4/2, 4/3 Directional Valve W4_S-5PS03

size NG 3
4/2, 4/3 Directional Valve W4_S-A1AS06
Page 1 of 2
Directional valves
Chapter
7
Shuttle Valves
Shuttle Valve FTRW
Page 2 of 2
2/2-way poppet valve MSVT
solenoid operated
1
080120_MSVT_e
01.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 4
Characteristics screw-in poppet valve

pilot operated or direct operated available
normally open or normally closed models available
maintenance-free
1/ 5
2/2-way poppet valve 080120_MSVT_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 350 bar (MSVT 20 and MSVT 21: 250 bar,
flow from 1 to 2: 150 bar)
Flow rate: 40 l/min (MSVT 20: 15 l/min, MSVT 21: 30 l/min)
Flow direction: from 2 to 1 (1 to 2)
18/16/13, filter with ß 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Screw-in valve

Weight: 0,31 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, coil: plastic
seals: NBR
Surface protection: burnished/zinc coated

max. power consumption: 18 W (12 V), 22 W (24 V)
Shifting-time: 100 % ED
Protection class: IP65 correctly mounted and locked mating connector
DIN 43650) shape A
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) MSVT-03 and Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) MSVT-07
MSVT-04
15 12
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
9
10
5
3
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
2/5
ValveTech | 080120_MSVT_e 2/2-way poppet valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) MSVT-20 and Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) MSVT-22
MSVT-21
20 15
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
1→2
15
10 2→1
MSVT-21
10
MSVT-20
5
1 2 3
M.K.F.T.
0 0
0 5 10 Maßstab
15 20 1:125 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
A
Dimensions
Screw-in valve
MSVT 42
o38
B
solenoid rotatable 360°
R DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
installation torque
max. 0,5 Nm 59

DIN EN 175301-803
shape A
C installation torque 45 Nm SW 24
locating shoulder
TS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
10,5
27
1
D HM4/07 13 04
3/5
E
2/2-way poppet valve 080120_MSVT_e | ValveTech
B
Dimension
Cavity MSVT
3/4-16 UNF-2B
13
2
>30
C
1
HE4/14 31 03
Type code D
MSVT - -
2/2-way poppet valve Model Nominal voltage

normally closed 12 V 12 V DC
24 V 24 V DC
2
03
E 1
normally closed with DATUM
29.07.2014 AEND.-NR
manual overrride DATE MOD. NO.
04 2
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B. AEND.-DA
MOD. DAT
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
REVISION
1 REVISION
FORMAT
normally open D-78467 Konstanz SIZE
2
ISO 2768-
07
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
-
1 KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 14
bi-directional, normally
DRAWING NO.
F GEWICHT ca.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS ER
closed (15 l/min) WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM RE
20 2 BENENNUNG / TITLE AR
Maßblatt Stufenbohrung
1
zu MSVT BL
PA
closed (30 l/min)

21 2
closed
22 2
4/5
ValveTech | 080120_MSVT_e 2/2-way poppet valve

Aluminium housing 3/8" 093.0024
Steel housing 3/8" 153.0139

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Sandwich body-2/2-double poppet valve ZMSV2
NG 6, NG 10 ● one solenoid valve operates A and B ● max. 80 l/min
Description
The ZMSV2 includes two hydraulically controlled 2/2-
way-poppet valves. They are both operated by a pilot
valve. Therefore channel A and B can be shut off tight,
regardless of the load pressure. The switching process
is slightly damped, to avoid negative effects of sudden
decompression. The minimum switching pressure
(pressure difference between channel P and
T) should be at least 20 bar. The sandwich bodies are
available in size NG 6 or NG 10 (also with X-and Y-
channel).
Symbol
Technical Data
Hydraulic Materials: valve parts: steel

Rated pressure: max. 250 bar body: aluminium
Rated flow: NG 6: max. 40 l/min Seals: NBR, Viton optional
NG 10: max. 80 l/min Backup rings: Teflon, PU
Minimum pressure: 28 bar (P-T) Surface protection: body: anodized
Fluids: hydraulic fluids acc. to DIN 51524, ext. valve parts: zinc plated, burnished
others upon request
Viscosity Range: 10 – 300 cSt Electric
Filtration: min. 25 µm, optimally 15 µm Nominal voltage: 24 V DC ± 10 %
Leakage: max. 5 drops/min. Nominal resistance (R20): 29 Ω
Power consumption: max. 20 W
Mechanic Shifting time: 100 % ED
Ambient temperature: -20 °C – +40 °C Protection class: IP 65

Fluid temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C Electric termination: electric plug acc. to DIN 43650
Installation position: any shape B, incl. female connector Pg7
Weight: NG 6: 1,76 kg; NG 10: 3,10 kg
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH Phone: +49/7531/9748-0 www.weber-hydraulik.com

D-78467 Konstanz Felix-Wankel-Str. 4 Fax: +49/7531/9748-44
info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
ZMSV2-E Date: 10/2021 Page 1 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH
Type code
ZMSV2–06–A/B – SGV – * – 24V – *
Sandwich body-2/2-double poppet valve, in A and in B Function Revision Nominal Special

voltage designs
SGV = normally
Available models: (in-house) 24 V DC
closed, pilot operated
NG 6 (DIN 24340 A06) ZMSV2–06-A/B
NG 10 (DIN 24340 A10) ZMSV2–10–A/B
NG 10 (DIN 24340 A10 with X and Y) ZMSV2–10Y–A/B
Dimensions
NG 6
H3-954407
NG 10
Fig. shows
model with X
and Y channel
H3-934301
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH Phone: +49/7531/9748-0 www.weber-hydraulik.com

D-78467 Konstanz Felix-Wankel-Str. 4 Fax: +49/7531/9748-44
ZMSV2-E Date: 10/2021 Page 2 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH
3/2-way poppet valve MSV32

3 1
080220_MSV32_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 4
Characteristics screw-in poppet valve

with manual override
also available in in-line body or mounting plate NG 6
maintenance-free
1/ 4
3/2-way poppet valve 080220_MSV32_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow rate: 20 l/min
18/16/13, filter with ß 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: screw-in poppet valve

Size: MSV3/2
Weight: 0,42 kg
seals: NBR, backup rings: PU, Teflon
Surface protection: zinc coated steel

Nominal resistance (R20): 5,8 Ω (12 V), 22 Ω (24 V)
Max. power consumption: 27 W
Protection class: IP65 correctly mounted and locked mating connector
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) at IN Switching power diagram (p/Q) at IN
15 320
Δp [bar]
p [bar]
1<>2
280
240
10
2>3 200
160
3>2
120
5
80
40
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
2/4
ValveTech | 080220_MSV32_e 3/2-way poppet valve
1 2 3
M.K.F.T.
Dimensions
Maßstab 1:1,35
Screw-in valve 44,5
MSV3/2
n39
A
solenoid 360 ° rotatable
B max. 0,5 Nm
99
electric termination
1 2 3
M.K.
DIN EN 175301-803
ESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
shape A
installation torque 45 Nm SW 24
Maßstab 1:1,35
A locating shoulder
10
C 1
39
2
IS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
3
HM4/94 44 01
B
Cavity MSV3/2 M20x1,5 6H
D
11,3
1
>41
C
3 HE4/14 10 22
E
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general
DATUM information“ or AEND.-NR.
IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. DATE MOD. NO.

GEZ.
DRAW. Ahlers
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
NOTE The valve is also available as LMSVA-06 in a mounting plate NGGEPR.

6. Dimension
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
sheets are available upon request. REVISION
x
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - m k SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
D anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1 : 1,5 WERKSTOFF
TLV-003 (Sauberkeit) EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung)
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. HM / 94 44 01
WEIGHT approx. 0.37 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
3/4 ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / P
3/2-way poppet valve 080220_MSV32_e | ValveTech
Type code
- - NH - -
Nominal voltage lockable Electric Termination Body

12 V 12 V DC manual DIN without
override
24 V 24 V DC AMP Junior in-line body
AMP G3/8
Timer G 3/8 “ 90 °
3/2-way poppet valve
MSV3/2 screw-in valve
LMSVA- in mounting plate NG 6,
06-321 0-position P closed
LMSVA- in mounting plate NG 6,
06-322 0-position P open

Sealing kit MSV32 (NBR) 405.0006

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Hot oil shuttle W33H-1X06
direct operated
cavity NCS06/4 1 3
090610_W33H-1X06_e
05.2020

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 5
Characteristics directional flush valve in spool design

screw-in valve for cavity NCS06/4
used e.g. for cooling in closed circuits
also available in in-line body G3/8” or mounting plate NG 10
robust and durable
minimum oil leakage
maintenance-free
1/ 5
Hot oil shuttle 090610_W33H-1X06_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow rate max.: 40 l/min
Switching pressure: 10 bar
20/18/15, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design : W33H spool type screw-in valve, cavity NCS06/4 or in

in-line body G3/8”
Weight: valve: 0,17 kg
valve in in-line body: 0,97 kg
seals: NBR / PUR, Viton optional
Surface protection: zinc coated
Performance
Pressure drop diagramm (∆p/Q) W33H-1X06 Pressure drop diagramm (∆p/Q) W33H-1X06
from 1 to 2 from 3 to 2
16 16
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
12 12
8 8
4 4
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

2/5
Dimensions
g seines Inhalts sind verboten,

Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung ausdrücklich
soweit nichtdieses gestattet.
Dokuments, Zuwiderhandlungen
Verwertung und Mitteilung verpflichten
seines Inhalts
zu sind verboten, Schadenersatz.
soweitAlle Rechte
nicht für den Fall
ausdrücklich der Patent-,
gestattet. Gebrauchsmuster-
Zuwiderhandlungen oder Geschmack-
verpflichten zu Schadenersatz. Alle Rechte für den Fall der Patent-, Gebrauchsmuster- oder Geschmack-
well as the communication of its contents without express authorization Offenders be held liable for damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant
NOTE
Cavity NCS06/4
W33H-1X06
Screw-in valve
this document as mustereintragung vorbehalten. / The reproduction,

to othersdistribution and utilization of this
is document
prohibited.as well as the
willcommunication of the
its contents
paymenttoofothers without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders
of a will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a
016) patent, utility model or design.(According DIN ISO 16016 / Gemäß DIN ISO 16016)
D
F
E
A
BD
SW 27
ValveTech | 090610_W33H-1X06_e
1
Blocating shoulder NCS06/4
installation torque 65 ± 5 Nm
68
13
2
2

1
1
30,5
M22 x 1,5
122,5
122,5
1
2
3
1
3
11
63 20
Hot oil shuttle
3/5
20501-079-TR-0
19501-009-TR-0
3
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieses Dokuments, Verwertung und Mitteilung seines Inhalts sind verboten, soweit nicht ausdrücklich gestattet. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz. Alle Rechte für den Fall der Patent-, Gebrauchsmuster- oder Geschmack-
mustereintragung vorbehalten. / The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as well as the communication of its contents to others without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a
patent, utility model or design.(According DIN ISO 16016 / Gemäß DIN ISO 16016)
4/5
F
E
B
A
D
1
2
3
Hot oil shuttle
Dimensions
NOTE
G3/8“
in-line body
Screw-in valve in
1
46 20
24
G3/8
ble upon request.

2
8,5
9
2
58
40
34
27
30,5
122,5
1
3
3
G3/8 G3/8
24 24
28
64
80 19
The valve is also available in a mounting plate NG 10. Dimension sheets are availa-
090610_W33H-1X06_e | ValveTech
20501-087-TR-0
4
238
ValveTech | 090610_W33H-1X06_e Hot oil shuttle
Type code
- - - -
W33H 1X06 10 01
Hot oil shuttle Model Switching Revision Design

pressure 10 bar Hot oil shuttle
Hot oil shuttle
in in-line body G3/8
G3/8“
NOTE On request the valve is also available in a mounting plate NG 10 as W33H-1X06-10-

01-NG10.

Accessories /
spare parts Article: Material number:
Seal kit NCS06/4 (NBR) for W33H-1X06-10-01 1097614

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
On/off directional valve W42S-5PS03 and W43S-5PS03
A B

size NG 3 (company standard)
080311_W4_S-5PS03_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 5
Characteristics on/off directional spool valve

miniature edition
2-way- or 3-way-version available
maintenance-free
1/ 6
On/off directional valve 080311_W4_S-5PS03_e | ValveTech
Technical data
port T: 75 bar
summated pressure A, B: 350 bar
Flow rate: 8 l/min at Δp = 7 bar
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: NG 3 (company standard)
Surface protection: coil: zinc coated
body: nitrocarburized

Nominal valve current: 2 A (12 V), 1 A (24 V)
Shifting time: 100% ED
nector
2/6
ValveTech | 080311_W4_S-5PS03_e On/off directional valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) W4_S-5PS03
15
Δp [bar]
12
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Q [l/min]
3/6
On/off directional valve
1 2 3
080311_W4_S-5PS03_e | ValveTech
4
Maßstab 1:1,35
Dimensions 1 2 3 4
A Maßstab
DIN EN1:1,35
175301-803
shape B
A
39
12
B
39
51,5 30,2
12
141,9
B
51,5 30,2
141,9
WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Maßstab 1:1,35
24 13,75
C
Maßstab 1:1,35 12
T T
OF A PATENT.
24 13,75
C
o25
12
26
15
19
B A
BEHALTEN
T P T
DOCUMENT IKS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
OF THE GRANT
O-rings 4,48 x 1,78

o25
26
15
19
B A
SCHUTZRECHTES
P
D
Port pattern NG 3
(company standard) HM3/17 48 05
THE EVENT
D
EINES
M4 x 30 - 12.9. Installation torque: 2,2 ± 0,2 Nm, screw-in depth min. 7 mm. The
ERTEILUNGIN
mounting surface of the valve must have a flatness better than 0.01 mm.
DER RESERVED
NOTE For the appropriate mounting plates, see our „accessories“ or contact us.
RIGHTS
E NOTE For a detailled drawing of the port pattern please see chapter 11 „general informa-
tion“ under the category „port patterns“ or DATE
our online catalogueAEND.-NR.
at www.weber-
FALL
DATUM
30.11.2017 MOD. NO.
hydraulik.com.
ALL
GEZ.
DRAW. P. J. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 16.03.2018 V20
FUER DEN
GEPR.
H. W. GEAEND.
RoS H.W.
VERANT.
IKS CONFIDENTIAL.
E CHECK MODIF. RESP.
9xb S.H.
REVISION ERP
DATUM
REVISION
MOD. NO.
ERP
D-78467 Konstanz GEZ.

P. J.
FORMAT
A416.03.2018
SIZEAEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
V20
DRAW. MOD. DATE
ISO 2768- SCALE
GEPR.
RAWCHECK
MAT. NO. H. W. GEAEND.
MODIF. RoS VERANT.
RESP. H.W.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFF REVISION
9xb
ERP
S.H.
EN WEBER-HYDRAULIK
ISO 1302 ValveTech GmbH MATERIAL REVISION ERP
05A4
FORMAT
HM3 / 17 48
KANTEN / EDGE D-78467 Konstanz ZEICHN.-NR.
DOCUMENT

SIZE
F ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.

ISO
GEWICHT ca.
2768-0.616 kg
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
ENTSTANDEN
RAW MAT. AUS
NO. ERSATZ FUER
WEIGHT approx.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 DERIVATE FROM
WERKSTOFF
REPL. FOR
EN ISO/ TITLE
BENENNUNG 1302 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
THIS IST
MATERIAL
W43E-5PS03-**N-01-***-***
HM3 / siehe
17 48 05 Tabelle
4/6 ISO 13715
E VORLAGE
DRAWING NO.
F 0.616 kg NG3; N Kolben; DIN
GEWICHT ca. ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
4/3-Wege Prop.-Ventil
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM BLATT
REPL. FOR
PAGE
VON
OF
ValveTech | 080311_W4_S-5PS03_e On/off directional valve
Type code
- 5 PS03 - - 01 - -
Series Revision
Model Electric termination Nominal

DIN D voltage
4/2-way-design
W42S 12 12 V DC
(on/off ) unterminated wire L
4/3-way-design 24 24 V DC
W43S
(on/off )
Mounting interface Spool type* Seals

Mounting plate A B NBR
FT (steel), PS03 D a b Viton V
size 03 P T
A B
DA a
P T
A B
DB b
P T
A B
N a b
P T
A B
NA a
P T
A B
NB b
P T
* Other spool types are available upon request.
5/6
On/off directional valve 080311_W4_S-5PS03_e | ValveTech

Accessories/spare Part: Article number:
parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape B, black 149.0005
Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803*, shape B, grey 149.0004
Adapter plug DIN EN 175301-803*, shape B to shape A 109.0006
Seal kit W43_-5PS03 (NBR) 405.0066
Seal kit W43_-5PS03 (Viton) 405.0067
Adapter plate NG 6 to NG 3, including seals and screws 203.0153
Mounting plate NG 3, ports sidewise 151.0171

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
6/6
On/off directional valve W42S-A1AS06 and W43S-A1AS06
A B

080330_W4_S-A1AS06_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 5
Characteristics on/off directional spool valve

2-way- or 3-way-version available
maintenance-free
1/ 6
On/off directional valve 080330_W4_S-A1AS06_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: port P, A, B: 350 bar
port T: 210 bar
21/18/15, filter with ß 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: spool type, direct operated by solenoids

Size: NG 6 (DIN 24340 A06, ISO 4401-03, CETOP 3)
Surface protection: solenoid: zinc coated
body: phosphatised

Power consumption max.: 32,6 W (12 V), 31 W (24 V)
nector
DIN 43650) shape A, AMP Junior Timer, DEUTSCH
2/6
ValveTech | 080330_W4_S-A1AS06_e On/off directional valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) W4_S-A1AS06 Switching power diagram (p/Q) W4_S-A1AS06 at IN
32 6 5 4 350 5 4 3 2 1
Δp [bar]
p [bar]
6
300
24 250
3
2 200
16
150
1
100
8
50 1, 2, 3,
6 4, 5
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
spool type* P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T spool type*

N 2 2 3 3 N 1
NA 2 3 NA 1
NB 2 2 3 3 NB 1
D 2 2 2 2 D 2
H 2 2 2 3 3 H 3
C 5 5 5 6 3 C 6
CA 2 3 4 CA 6
CB 5 5 5 6 3 CB 6
R11 2 2 3 3 R11 3
R21 2 2 3 3 R21 4
* The different spool types are pictured in the type code on page 5.
3/6
Dimensions

DIN EN 175301-803 shape A 9,5
56,5
49,3
37,3
5,3
40,5
68
149,5
215
solenoid coil 360 ° rotatable 12,5 40,5
T

45,5
A B

45

P

31
HM3/15 34 06
NBR: Quad-ring 9,25 x 1,68 (4 pcs.)
Viton: O-ring 9,25 x 1,78 (4 pcs.)
port pattern NG 6
DIN 24340 A06, CETOP 3
NOTE The valve must be mounted with four fitting screws according to DIN EN ISO 4762
M5 x 45 - 10.9. Installation torque: 8,9 Nm.
hydraulik.com.
4/6
ValveTech | 080330_W4_S-A1AS06_e On/off directional valve
Type code
- A1 AS06 - - XX - - H407 -
Series Revision
Design Electric termination Nominal Seals

voltage
4/2-way-design DIN D NBR
W42S
(on/off ) AMP Junior Timer J 12 12 V DC Viton V
4/3-way-design DEUTSCH C 24 24 V DC
W43S
(on/off )
Mounting interface Manual override

Mounting plate Manual override
H407
ISO 4401 (steel), AS06 (push pin)
size 06
Spool type Crossover position
A B
N a b
P T
A B
NA a
P T
A B
NB b
P T
A B
D a b
P T
A B
H a b
P T
A B
C a b
P T
A B
CA a
P T
A B
CB b
P T
R11
R21
5/6

Accessories/spare Part: Article number:
parts Socket connector DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, black 149.0007
Srew DIN EN ISO 4762 M5 x 45 - 10.9 on request
Seal kit W4_S-A1AS06 (NBR) on request
Seal kit W4_S-A1AS06 (Viton) on request
Coil 12 V DIN EN 175301-803, shape A on request
Coil 24 V DIN EN 175301-803, shape A on request
Coil 12 V, AMP Junior Timer on request
Coil 24 V, AMP Junior Timer on request
Coil 12 V, DEUTSCH on request
Coil 24 V, DEUTSCH on request

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
6/6
Shuttle valve FTRW
1 3
2
090310_FTRW_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Dimensions2
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in shuttle valve

sizes G1/8“ or G1/4“ available
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Shuttle valve 090310_FTRW_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: FTRW-2,5: 315 bar
FTRW-5: 350 bar
Flow rate: FTRW-2,5: 8 l/min
FTRW-5: 15 l/min
Flow direction from 1 or 3 to 2
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: screw-in valve

Size: G1/8“ or G1/4“
Fluid. temperature: -20 ° C to +80 ° C
1
Ambient temperature: -20 ° C to +80 ° C 2 3
.
Storage temperature: 1 -20 ° C to +60 ° C (non-condensing)

2 3
Weight: FTRW-2,5: 0,005 kg
FTRW-5: 0,012 kg
A
seals: NBR
A
Dimensions G1/8
3,8
Shuttle valve SW 4 3G1/8
FTRW-2,5
SW 4 3 3,8
18
2
B
18
2
1
B
UNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
1
A PATENT. WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Cavity FTRW-2,5 G1/8
3G1/8
C
5
C
5
13
2
THE GRANT OF BEHALTEN
13
2
1
HM4/98 12 02
1
SCHUTZRECHTES
2/3
D
VENT OF
D
EINES
.
1 2 3
A
ValveTech | 090310_FTRW_e Shuttle valve
G1/4
A SW 6 3
Dimensions
Shuttle valve
6
G1/4
FTRW-5
SW 6
23
3
2
6
1
23
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR. 2
B
1
Cavity FTRW-5
G1/4
C G1/4
6,2
3
OF A PATENT.
17
2
6,2
BEHALTEN
OF THE GRANT
17
1 2 44 02
HM4/08
SCHUTZRECHTES
D
1
THE EVENT
Type code
D
ERTEILUNGINEINES
FTRW - - N
DERRESERVED
Shuttle valve Size Seal NBR

2,5 G 1/8“
E
RIGHTS
5 G 1/4“ DATUM
ALLFALL
DATE
GEZ.
Ri.A.
Manual Information regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our DRAW.
FUER DEN
GEPR.
E
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK
provided upon request. WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH DATUM

DATE
Ri.A.
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB DRAW.

HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 - m k SCALE GEPR.
RAW MAT. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 CHECK
WERKSTOFF
HM
KANTEN / EDGE
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715D-78467 Konstanz DRAWING NO.
F ALLG. TOL.
ISO
GEWICHT
WEIGHT
ca. / GEN. TOL.
2768 -0,00
approx.
MASZSTAB
m kkg SCALE
HALBZEUG AUS
ENTSTANDEN
RAW MAT. NO.
1:1
DERIVATE FROM
EN ISO 1302
BENENNUNG / TITLE
THISIST
MATERIAL
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH FTRW-5-N

www.weber-hydraulik.com
H
DIESE VORLAGE
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
F FTRW-5-N
GEWICHT ca.
0,00 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 All

BENENNUNG / TITLE rights reserved
FTRW-5-N 3/3
FTRW-5-N
Pressure valves
Chapter
8
Pressure relief valves

Pressure Relief Valve DBG1
direct operated
cavity DBG1
Pressure Relief Valve DBG4

direct operated
cavity DBG4
Pressure Relief Valve EDB

direct operated, with anti-cavitation/check function
cavity EDB, T-10A or T-13A
Pressure Relief Valve DBT

direct operated
cavity T-13A
Pressure Relief Valve DB12-FT
direct operated
available with CE type examination
Pressure discharge valves

Pressure Discharge Valve ZMSVD2
sandwich body NG 6, NG 10, NG 16
discharge from A and B to T
Pressure switching valves

High/low pressure switching valve ZHD/ND
Accumulator charging valves

Accumulator Charging Valve SLV
pilot operated
mounting plate NG 6, NG 10
Pressure relief valve DBG1
direct operated
max. operating pressure 365 bar
2
090130_DBG1_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in pressure relief valve

compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Pressure relief valve 090130_DBG1_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Tank pressure max.: 100 bar
Flow rate: 15 l/min
Flow direction: 1 (P) to 2 (T)
20/18/15, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Weight: 0,067 kg
seal: NBR, PTFE
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) DBG1
400
p [bar]
360 365
320
280 285
240 228
200
160
120
80
40
0
0 3 6 9 12 15
Q [l/min]
2/3
1 2
M.K.
ValveTech | 090130_DBG1_e Pressure relief valve

B
Dimensions A
Screw-in valve
DBG1 M16x1,5
installation torque 35 - 40 Nm
18,5
SW 21
locating shoulder
11,5
9,9
2
C 26
23,7
2
B
1
Cavity DBG1 M16x1,5
11,5
D
2
C 26
1 HM3/09 49 08
E
Type code DATUM AEND.-NR.
D DATE
GEZ.
M.K.
MOD. NO.
AEND.-DATUM
DBG1 - X P -
DRAW. MOD. DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
Pressure relief valve Setting screw with Seal PTFE Set pressure
SIZE
max. 15 l/min lock nut ISO 2768- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
Allgemein
Pressure setting range KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 09 49 03
F 70-140 bar A
GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx. 0.186 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
181-365 bar E BENENNUNG
W / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
DATUM
DATE
Accessories and additional information GEZ.

DRAW. M
BLATT VON
GEPR.
PAGE OF
CHECK
catalogue in chapter 11 under the category „general operating manual“ orValveTech

WEBER-HYDRAULIK will beGmbH
provided upon request. D-78467 Konstanz
ISO 2768- SCALE RAW MAT. NO
ISO 13715 DRAWING NO
WEBER-HYDRAULIK F ValveTech GmbH www.weber-hydraulik.com
GEWICHT ca.
0.186 kg ENTSTANDEN

WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FR
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0

BENENNUNG / TITLE
3/3
Pressure relief valve DBG4
direct operated
2
090140_DBG4_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3

compact design
low leakage
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Technical Data
Tank pressure max.: 100 bar
Flow rate: 30 l/min
Pressure setting range: 175 bar respectively 320 bar ±3 %
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
NOTE The pressure at port 2 (T) adds directly to the set pressure.

Weight: 0,215 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, seals: NBR
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) DBG4
350
p [bar]
320
300
250
200
175
150
100
50
0
0 4 8 12 16
Q [l/min]
2/4
ValveTech | 090140_DBG4_e Pressure relief valve
Dimensions
Screw-in valve DBG4
installation torque 25 +5 Nm
SW 24
45
2,9
2
28,6
1
n14,95
Datenblatt DBG4
M20x1,5
n23,76
Datenblatt Stu
Cavity DBG4 M20x1,5
45
n25 min
h 0,05 A
M20x1,5
1 (2 max)
11,5 min
b
Ra 3,2
Z
28 min
2
11,5 min
2,9
+ 0,2
+ 0°
14,5 - 0
60° - 2°
n6 max
26 - 0 PT
2 2
28 min
+1
28,6
1 n6 max
HM3/09 49 15
1 NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“
1 or
n14,95 our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. n15 max
M20x1,5 A n15 H8
Ra 1,6
Typencode
23,76
DBG4 - /X
Datenblatt Stufenbohrungen
Pressure relief valve Pressure setting range
n25 min KATALOGZEICHNUNGRevision
h 0,05 A
max. 30 l/min XAN-175 175Zbar( 2 : 1 ) WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveT
M20x1,5 zu HM3 / 09 49 15 D-78467 Konstanz

XWP-320 320 bar
1 (2 max)
b 0,1 A
SAA 2013.01.04
ISO 2768-
Ra 3,2 0,5° 15° `
Z Ra 1,6EN ISO 1302
Ra 3,2
KANTEN / EDGE
3 / 413715
ISO
11,5 min
+ 0,2
h 0,1 A GEWICHT ca.

13 - 0,2
+ 0° 0.021 k
4,5 - 0
+0
WEIGHT approx.
60° - 2°
PT
n21,3 +0,2BENENNUNG / TITLE

2
in

Spare parts Seal kit DBT4 (NBR) 405.0114

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Pressure relief valve EDB
2
direct operated
with anti-caviation/check function
cavity EDB, T-10A or T-13A 1
090120_EDB_e
09.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 7
Characteristics pressure relief valve with anti-caviation/check function

slip-in valve for cavity EDB or
screw-in valve T-10A or T-13A
also available in in-line body or as double slip-in valve in in-line body
compact design
minimum oil leakage
maintenance-free
1/ 7
Pressure relief valve 090120_EDB_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: EDB: 420 bar
EDB38, DEDB, EDB10, EDB13: 350 bar
Flow rate max.: EDB: 60 l/min
EDB38, DEDB, EDB10, EDB13: 50 l/min
Opening pressure anti- <0,5 bar
caviation valve:
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Hysteresis: 10 %
Mechanic Design : EDB: slip-in valve, EDB38: slip-in valve in in-line body,
DEDB: double valve in in-line body, EDB10/EDB13:
cartridge valve T-10A/T-13A
Weight: EDB: 0,015 kg, EDB38: 0,3 kg, DEDB: 1,15 kg,
EDB10/EDB13: 0,06 kg
Performance
Pressure diagram (p/Q) EDB from 2 to 1 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) anti-caviation/
check valve from 1 to 2
480 15
Δp [bar]
p [bar]
420
400
350
320 10
280
240 210
160 130 5
70
80
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

Factory pressure settings established at Q = 10 l/min.
NOTE With manifolds the performance may vary.
2/7
1 2 3
M.K.
1 2 3
M.K.
ValveTech | 090120_EDB_e Pressure relief valve

M18x1,5
A
Dimensions SW 10
Slip-in valve EDB M18x1,5

A SW 10
44,6
36,6
B
44,6
36,6
RECHTE VOR.
B
VOR.
UNS ALLE
Cavity EDB
WIR RECHTE
26
M18x1,5
C
WIR UNS ALLE
26
BEHALTENBEHALTEN
M18x1,5
C
OF A PATENT.
16
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
13
2
>36,5
A PATENT.
16
OFGRANT
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
13
2
>36,5
D
OF THE
THE GRANT
1
OF EVENT
FALL DER ERTEILUNG
HE4/15 26 01
D
NOTE Stufenbohrung
For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter EDB or
11 „general information“
IN THE
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. 1

IN THE EVENT
DEN ERTEILUNG
RIGHTS RESERVED
Stufenbohrung EDB
FALL DER
RESERVED
E
FUER DEN FUER
DATUM
DATE 25.06.2015 AEND.-N
MOD. N
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-D
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
ALL
DRAW. MOD. D
E
ALL RIGHTS
GEPR. GEAEN
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF.
DATUM
DATE 25.06.2015 AEND.-N
REVISIO
MOD. NO
REVISIO
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-D
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
FORMA
D-78467 Konstanz DRAW. MOD.
SIZE DA
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB GEPR.
HALBZEUG GEAEND
ISO 2768 -
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF.
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
REVISIO
REVISIO
EN
FLUIDISO
TEAM1302
Automationstechnik GmbH MATERIAL FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz
KANTEN / EDGE SIZE
THIS DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
VORLAGE
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
F ISO 2768
GEWICHT ca.
OBERFLAECHEN
-
WEIGHT approx. / SURFACE
-
SCALE
1:1
RAW MAT. NO.
ENTSTANDEN AUS
WERKSTOFF
DERIVATE FROM
EN ISO 1302
DIESE IST
MATERIAL
BENENNUNG / TITLE
EDB
KANTEN / EDGE
HIS DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
IESE VORLAGE
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM 3/7
E
R
BENENNUNG / TITLE A
EDB
1 2 3
M.K.

1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions n22
Cartridge valve n22

SW 10
EB10 A
SW 10
A
21
21
10,5
60,65
10,5
B
60,65
2
B 2
PATENT. WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
1
M20x1,5
1
M20x1,5
C
C M20x1,5
THE GRANT OF ABEHALTEN
>12,7
>12,7
SCHUTZRECHTES
2
>46
2
>46
D
D
IN THE EVENT
DER ERTEILUNG OF
EINES
1
HE4/15 27 10
1
RESERVED
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. Stufenbohrung:
T-10A
DEN FALL
Stufenbohrung:
NOTE For appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „connecting plates
T-10A and manifolds“ as
E as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
RIGHTS
well
E
DATUM
MOD. NO.
FUER
GEZ.
Lu.02.07.2015
B. AEND.-DAT
IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL
DATUM AEND.-N
DRAW. MOD. DATE
DATE MOD. NO
GEPR. GEAEND.
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-D
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
CHECK MODIF.
DRAW. MOD. DA
REVISION
GEPR. GEAEND
REVISION
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH CHECK MODIF.
FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz REVISION
SIZE
REVISION
FLUID
ALLG. TOL. TEAM
/ GEN. Automationstechnik
TOL. GmbH
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG FORMAT
ISO 2768 - D-78467 KonstanzSCALE RAW MAT. NO. SIZE
ALLG. TOL. / GEN.
OBERFLAECHEN TOL.
/ SURFACE 1:1
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
WERKSTOFF
ENISO
ISO2768
1302- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
MATERIAL
KANTEN / EDGE
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 HM4 / 15 2
DOCUMENT
WERKSTOFF
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO
EN13715
ISO 1302 MATERIAL
DRAWING NO.
4/7
F KANTENca.
GEWICHT / EDGE
- ZEICHN.-NR.AUS
ENTSTANDEN
HM4 / 15ERS
VORLAGE
ISO 13715
WEIGHT approx. DRAWING NO.
F
DERIVATE FROM REP
GEWICHT ca. / TITLE
BENENNUNG - ENTSTANDEN AUS E
ART
EDB 10
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM R
EHIS
BENENNUNG / TITLE A
1 2 3
M.K.
1 2
M.K.
n22 SW 10
Dimensions A
Cartridge valve n22 SW 10
EDB13 A
23
23
58
11
B 2
58
11
B 2
M20x1,5
1
M20x1,5
C
C
M20x1,5
>12,7
>12,7
2
>40,4
D
>40,4
D
1
HE4/15 27 11
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 T-13A
„general information“ or
Stufenbohrung: KATA
1
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. SAA
HM4
Stufenbohrung
NOTE
EFor appropriate manifolds see chapter 10 „connecting plates and manifolds“ as
well as our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. DATUM
T-13A
AEND.-NR
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ.
Fluid Team AEND.-DA
E DRAW.
GEPR.
MOD. DAT
GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
REVISION
FORMAT
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302 D-78467
MATERIAL Konstanz
HM4 / 01
KANTEN / EDGE ALLG.ZEICHN.-NR.
TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB
ISO 13715 ISO 2768 -
DRAWING NO. SCALE
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
-
OBERFLAECHEN
EN ISO 1302
ENTSTANDEN/ SURFACE
DERIVATE FROM
AUS 1:1 ER
RE
KANTEN / EDGE
BENENNUNG / TITLE
ISO 13715 AR
F Druckbegrenzungsventil EDB13-250
- GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
mit Umgeh.-RV; T-13A; 250 bar 5 / 7

BENENNUNG / TITLE BL
Druckbegrenzungs
PA
mit Umgeh.-RV; T-13A; 25

A
Dimensions
1 2 3 4
M.K.
Slip-in valve in 85 SW
in-line body
EDB38
A B
G3/8"
G3/8"
P R
1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5
85 SW 22
G3/8"
G3/8"
C
GE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
HM4/08 04 14
double slip-in valve

in in-line body DEDB
7
18,5
18,5
C D
G1/2"
G1/2"
G1/2"
G1/2"
A A
40 IN THE EVENT OF 40
40
n6,5
n6,5
NT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
43
43
G1/2"
G1/2"
G1/2"
G1/2"
40
THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
18,5
18,5
B B
7
D E 50 50 DATUM
DATE
35
01.01.1601
35
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
70 70 GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND.
HM3/15 37 06
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
REVISION
FORMAT
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF

TLV-003 (Sauberkeit) KANTEN / EDGE
AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung) ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
HM4 / 08 04
E F - Maße in eckigen Klammern sindDATUM GEWICHT ca.
-AEND.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ
01.01.1601
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM REPL. F
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nachGEZ.BENENNUNG / TITLE AEND.-DATUM
DATE MOD. NO.
V5
ART.-N
DIN 406 Teil 10 und Teil 11DRAW.
EDB38
MOD. DATE
- Maße mit E gekennzeichneteCHECK MODIF. RESP.
gilt Size ISO 14405

REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. BLATT
A4
FORMAT PAGE
6/7
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF

TLV-003 (Sauberkeit)
HM4 / 08 04 14
Type code
- -
Design Pressure setting range* Locking screw

EDB slip-in valve 20-70 bar 20-70 with locking screw, with CV*** spring
slip-in valve in in- 71-130 bar 71-130 without locking screw, with CV spring F
EDB38
line body (G 3/8“) 131-210 bar 131-210 without locking screw, without CV spring O
double slip-in valve 211-280 bar 211-280
DEDB in in-line body 281-350 bar 281-350
(G 1/2“)
351-420 bar** 351-420
cartridge valve
EDB10 * Please select pre-adjusted pressure setting according to your needs.
T-10A
Once set, the pressure setting is permanent and can not be changed afterwards.
cartridge valve Exception: The EDB is available with or without a fixed pressure setting.
EDB13 ** only available for EDB
T-13A *** CV = check valve
NOTE Factory pressure settings are established at Q = 10 l/min.

spare parts Seal kit T-10A / T-13A (NBR) 405.0036
Seal kit T-10A / T-13A (Viton) 405.0037

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
7/7
Pressure relief valve DBT
direct operated
2
090110_DBT_e
07.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 6

also available in in-line body or sandwich body
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 7
Pressure relief valve 090110_DBT_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Tank pressure max.: DBT1: 350 bar, DBT2 and DBT3: 70 bar
Flow rate: see type code
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
port 1 (P) and 2 (T) must not exceed the maximum operating pressure.

Weight: DBT1, DBT3: 0,14 kg
DBT2: 0,10 kg
seals: NBR, backup rings: PU, teflon
Surface protection: zinc coated
Performance
Pressure diagram (p/Q) DBT1 and DBT3 Pressure diagram (p/Q) DBT2
250 250
p [bar]
p [bar]
225 225
200 200
W A
175 175
150 150
125 A 125
100 100 D
75 B
75
50 50
25 25
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 0 2 4 6 8 10
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
2/7
1 2 3
M.K.
Katalogbereich hochkant
ValveTech | 090110_DBT_e M.K. 26,63 Pressure relief valve

1 2 3
A Katalogbereich hochkant
Dimensions
Screw-in valve DBT1 26,63
44
SW 19
44
9,8
SW 24
2
B
33
9,8
33
1
1
HM4/14 33 09
Cavity DBT1 C SW24
3/4-16 UNF
SW19
SW5
13
SW24
D SW19
3/4-16 UNF
2
33,5
SW5
13
D 2
33,5
1
HM4/14 11 22
E our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
DATUM AEND.-NR.
1
NOTE The valve is also available in an in-line body. Dimension sheetsGEZ.
are available upon
DATE MOD. NO.
jakab AEND.-DATUM
request. DRAW.
GEPR.
MOD. DATE
GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
E x
REVISION
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
DATUM
DATE
FORMAT
SIZE A4AEN
MO
ISO 2768 - m k
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. jakab AEN
MO
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm:

OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1 : 1 WERKSTOFF Allgemein GEPR. GE

CHECK MO
REV
AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung) GEWICHT ISO 13715 WEBER-HYDRAULIK
ZEICHN.-NR.
ValveTech GmbH
DRAWING NO. HM4 / 14 33 09 REV
FOR
F ca.
0,02 kg
D-78467 Konstanz
- Maße in eckigen Klammern sind WEIGHT approx. ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
ENTSTANDEN AUS
MASZSTAB
FROM HALBZEUG
SIZ
ERSATZ FUER
ISO 2768 - m k SCALE

DERIVATE REPL. FOR
RAW MAT. NO.
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / OBERFLAECHEN
TITLE
1 : 1 ART.-NR. / P
Allgemein
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm:
Druckbegrenzungsventil
/ SURFACE WERKSTOFF
DIN 406 Teil 10 und Teil 11 EN
- Maße mit E gekennzeichnete ISO
ISO
13715
1302 MATERIAL
ZEICHN.-NR.
HM4 /
134
3/7
AASize
05/04 14405 20-130 bar,
ISO (Expanderbohrung) Qmax. 25 l/min
DRAWING NO.
F - Maße
gilt GEWICHT
in eckigen Klammern sind WEIGHT approx.
ca.
0,02 kg
BLATT
ENTSTANDEN AUS PAGE
DERIVATE FROM
1
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / TITLE
1 2 3 4
M.K.
1 2 3 4
M.K.

1 2 3
M.K.
A
Dimensions
A n24
Screw-in valve DBT2 n24
A
n24
33
33
B
B
8,8
8,8
BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
26
B 2
26
2
1
SW21 1 2
SW21
SW17 HM4/14 33 08
C Cavity DBT2
SW17
SW5
1
C (STO) SW5
SW21 3/4 - 16 UNF
3/4 - 16 UNF
SW17
C
OF A PATENT.
SW5
12
3/4 - 16 UNF
SCHUTZRECHTES
12
2
29
2
29
12
THE GRANT
29
D
EVENT OFEINES
D
1
ERTEILUNG
D HM4/14 33 08
IN THE
1
DEN FALL DER
FUERRESERVED
NOTE The valve is also available in an in-line body. Dimension sheets are available upon
request.
E
E
ALL RIGHTS
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
DATUM AEND.-NR.
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
DATE MOD. NO. V13

DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEZ.
GEPR. Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD.GEAEND. VERANT. V13
E
DRAW. DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
x NAV.
CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF. DATUM RESP. AEND.-NR.

REVISION NAV.
D-78467 KonstanzGmbH
REVISIONDATE
FORMAT x A4 NAV. MOD. NO.
A4Lu. B.
REVISIONGEZ. NAV. AEND.-DATUM
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik SIZE
FORMAT DRAW. MOD. DATE
D-78467
ALLG. TOL. Konstanz
/ GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG SIZE
ISO/ GEN. TOL. - f
2768 HMASZSTAB
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
GEPR. GEAEND.
H SCALE 1 : 1 RAWWERKSTOFF
ALLG. TOL. HALBZEUG CHECK MODIF.
ISO 2768 - / fSURFACE
OBERFLAECHEN MAT. NO. REVISION
EN ISO 1302 1 : 1 FLUID
IS IST
MATERIAL REVISION
TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
EN ISO/ EDGE
1302
HM4 / 14HALBZEUG
33 08
KANTEN FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz
ZEICHN.-NR.
MATERIAL
VORLAGE
KANTENISO
/ EDGE13715
SIZE
DRAWING NO.
F HM4 / 14 33 08NO.
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715 MASZSTAB
GEWICHT[KG]
ISO 2768 -
ENTSTANDEN
DRAWING NO.
f H
AUS SCALE ERSATZ FUER
F
RAW MAT.
WEIGHT
GEWICHT[KG]
DERIVATE FROM
ENTSTANDEN
OBERFLAECHEN AUS
/ SURFACE 1:1 REPL. FOR
ERSATZ FUER
WERKSTOFF
BENENNUNG
WEIGHT / TITLE EN ISO 1302
DERIVATE FROM ART.-NR.
REPL. FOR / PART NO.
DBT2,STO
STO
MATERIAL
DIESE
HM4 / 14 33
BENENNUNG / TITLE KANTEN / EDGE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
DBT2,
ZEICHN.-NR.
4/7 ISO 13715 DRAWING NO.
F
THIS
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSAT

WEIGHT BLATT FROM
DERIVATE
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1 REPL.
BENENNUNG / TITLE BLATT

PAGE 1 VON
OF 1 ART.
ValveTech | 090110_DBT_e 1 2 Pressure relief valve 3
M.K.
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions
Screw-in valve DBT3 n30
n30
A
A
SW 19
.
1 2 3
45
45
SW 27
B
A B
Maßstab 1:1
13,3
13,3
VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
38
2
38
2
C
B C 1
1 HM4/14 33 10
SW27
Cavity DBT3
. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
SW27 7/8-14 UNF

OF A PATENT.
(C-10-2) SW19
7/8 - 14 UNF
SCHUTZRECHTES
7/8 - 14 UNF
SW19
SW5
SW5
16
>15,9
THE GRANT
16
D
>33,3
38
2
EVENT OFEINES
C D 2
38
2
ERTEILUNG
L RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
IN THE
1
DEN FALL DER
1
FUERRESERVED
HE4/14 10 04
1
E online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
our
D E
ALL RIGHTS
DATUM AEN
The valve is also available in an in-line body or in a sandwich body. Dimension

DATE MOD
NOTE DATUM
GEZ.
jakab
AEND.-N
AEN
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.

DATE
DRAW. MOD. NO
MOD
GEZ.GEPR.
jakab DRAW.
CHECK
AEND.-D
GEA
MOD. DA
MOD
GEPR. GEAEND
REV
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF.
REV
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH REVISIO
FOR
D-78467 Konstanz
REVISIO
SIZE
FORMAT
ALLG. TOL.D-78467 Konstanz
/ GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 -
SIZE
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: ISOEN2768 ISO -1302 Allgemein
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE SCALE RAWWERKSTOFF
MAT. NO.
MATERIAL
anzuwendendeTLV-003
Fluid Team Norm:
(Sauberkeit) EN ISO 1302
Allgemein
HM4 /
SE VORLAGE
ISO 13715
MATERIAL
TLV-003
AA 05/04 (Sauberkeit)
(Expanderbohrung) DRAWING NO.
F - AA 5/7 HM4 / 14
KANTEN / EDGE
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715 -
E F
GEWICHT ca. ENTSTANDEN AUS
05/04
Maße (Expanderbohrung)
in eckigen Klammern sind WEIGHT approx.
DRAWING NO.
DERIVATE FROM
- Maße inVorbearbeitungsmaße
eckigen Klammern sindnach
GEWICHT ca.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS E
BENENNUNG
WEIGHT approx. / TITLE
DATE 04.03.2014
DATUM DERIVATE FROM AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
R
Vorbearbeitungsmaße
DIN 406 Teil 10 und nach
Teil 11
BENENNUNG / TITLE GEZ. AEND.-DATUM A
Type code
DBT1 - L N -
Pressure relief valve Setting screw Seal NBR

max. 25 l/min with lock nut
Pressure setting range Symbol Body

20-130 bar B without
40-180 bar A 1 1
180-350 bar W in-line body G 3/8 RG3

2
DBT2 - L N -


10-60 bar D without
40-270 bar A 1 1
in-line body G 3/8 9702

2
DBT3 - L N -


40-200 bar A 1 1
180-350 bar W in-line body G 3/8 RG2

2
sandwich body NG 6 ZW6

3 1 2 4
NOTE Special pressure settings are available on request. Please contact our customer
service: anfrage.dekw@weber-hydraulik.com.
6/7
ValveTech | 090110_DBT_e Pressure relief valve

Accessories / Article: Material number:
Spare parts Seal kit DBT1 (NBR) 407.0003
Seal kit DBT3 (NBR) 407.0007

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
7/7
Pressure relief valve DB12-FT
direct operated
max. volume flow 100 l/min 2
090150_DB12-FT_e
09.2021

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 4

available with preset pressure and plumbed
low-vibration
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Pressure relief valve 090150_DB12-FT_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Technical Data
Flow rate: 100 l/min
Pressure setting range: 10 - 350 bar
Flow direction: 1 (P) to 2 (T) pressure relief function
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: DB12-FT-XWN: screw-in valve plumbed,

DB12-FT-LWN: screw-in valve adjustable
Weight: 0,45 kg
seals: NBR, PTFE
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (p/Q) DB12-FT
380
p [bar]
342 340
304
266 225
228
190 140
152
114
76
38
0
0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Q [l/min]

2/4
A
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 090150_DB12-FT_e Pressure relief valve
Dimensions Katalogbereich hochkant

Screw-in valve 32
DB12-FT
seal (only XWN)

B
.
1 2 3
79
A installation torque 50 to 65 Nm
SW 32
C locating shoulder
22,33
54
B
1
HM3/09 13 22
D
EN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Cavity DB12-FT M27x2-6H

22
49,5
C 2
Stufenbohrung zum Ventil

E
1
22.07.2009
DATUM
DATE
AEND.-NR
MOD. NO.
13 18 HM3/09
M.K. GEZ.
DRAW.
AEND.-DA
MOD. DAT
NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see our „general information“ under
H.W. GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
the category „valve cavities 2-way designs“ or our online catalogue at REVISION
REVISION
FORMAT
NOTE We also provide suitable manifolds. Please
ISOcontact
2768 -us for further
SCALE assistance.
RAW MAT. NO.
D anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm:

EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
TLV-003 (Sauberkeit)
HM4 / 09
F - Maße in eckigen Klammern sind

GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx. 1,42 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ER
RE
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach BENENNUNG / TITLE AR

- Maße mit E gekennzeichnete
DB12-FT-XXX-XXX-Stand 0
gilt Size ISO 14405 Druckbegrenzungsventil BL
PA
E DATUM
3/4
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. M.K. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
Pressure relief valve 090150_DB12-FT_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Type code
DB12-FT - -
Pressure relief valve Design Pressure setting range XWN

screw-in valve, adjus- 250 - 330 bar selectable
LWN
table 10 - 350 bar
screw-in valve,
with preset pressure XWN
and plumbed

spare parts Seal kit DB12-FT (NBR) 405.0084

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Sandwich Body CETOP/ISO 3, 5, 7 ● opens A and B to T
Description
With the pressure discharge valve ZMSVD2 is simple
eliminating of residual pressures in the A and B channels of
sandwich packages possible. The channels A and B are
dischargeable thereby separately over two 2/2-way poppet
valves to the tank (T channel). By the use of compact
valves increase in altitude is small.
Symbol CETOP/ISO 5 with X and Y channel shown
Application
The ZMSVD2 finds particularly in tooling machines use. Example: core
strain discharge of injection moulding machines (before tool changes).

Rated Pressure: max.315 bar body: Aluminium
Rated Flow over CETOP/ISO 3, 5: max. 30 l/min seals: NBR
Poppet Valve: CETOP/ISO 7: max. 2 l/min back up rings: Teflon, PU
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524, Surface Protection: valve: zinc plated, burnished
others upon request body: anodised
Viscosity Range: 10 – 350 cSt
Electrical
Leakage: max. 5 drops/ min.
Nominal Voltage: 24 V DC, 12 V DC, ± 10%
Nominal Resistance (R20): CETOP/ISO 3, 5: 24V: 26 ; 12V: 8
Mechanic CETOP/ISO 7: 24V: XX; 12V: X
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C – +50 °C Wattage: 22 W
Fluid Temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 %
Installation: no restrictions Environmental Protection: IP 65
Weight: CETOP/ISO 3: 0,84 kg Electrical Termination: CETOP/ISO3, 5: plug as per DIN 43650
CETOP/ISO 5: 1,06 kg form A, incl. square connector Pg9
CETOP/ISO 7: 1,39 kg CETOP/ISO 7: plug as per DIN 43650
form B, incl. square connector Pg7
Model Code
ZMSVD2 – A/T–B/T – 1 – 24V
Pressure Discharge Valve, Sandwich Body Function Design Voltage
deliverable executions: A/T–B/T = discharge from A and B to T 24V DC

12V DC
CETOP/ISO 3 (NG 6) ZHD/ND-06
CETOP/ISO 5 (with X + Y) ZHD/ND-10Y

ZMSVD2-E Date: 02/04 Page 1 of 3 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Dimensions [mm]
ZMSVD2-06-... CETOP/ISO 3 (NG 6)
H3-000703
ZMSVD2-10Y-...*) CETOP/ISO 5 (NG 10)
*) fig. shows interface with X- and Y-channel. The other dimensions are identic. H3-000705

H3-930202

Accumulator Load Valve SLV
Cover Plate NG 6, NG 10 ● max. 315 bar ● max. 30 respectively 60 l/min
Description
The WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech accumulator load valve SLV is
a shift valve with a pressure-dependent shifting point. The shift
pressure is measured in port B. If the shift pressure
is reached, the valve opens the connection from P to T, the
pump is in pressure-free circulation. As soon as the pressure falls at
port B to the reset point, the valve closes the connection of P to T,
the accumulator will be loaded again. The reset pressure lies
approx. 15% below adjusted shift pressure (= reset hysteresis).
The SLV is available as a cover plate CETOP/ISO 3 (SLV 6) and
CETOP/ISO 5 (SLV 10). The setting of the shift pressure can
be done on demand. If the accumulator is fitted directly to the
cover plate, devices with integrated check valve are available.
Technical Data
Hydraulic Mechanic
Rated pressure: max. 315 bar Design: pilot operated
Switching pressure: see model code Operation temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C
Hysteresis: see model code Installation: no restrictions
Rated flow: SLV 6: max. 30 l/min Weight: SLV 6: 1,3 kg;
SLV 10: max. 60 l/min SLV 10: 1,9 kg
Fluids: Oils as per DIN 51524, Materials: valve parts: steel
Others upon request body: aluminium
Viscosity: 3 – 400 cSt seals: NBR (Viton available)
Filtration: min. 25 µm back up rings: Teflon; PU
Surface protection: valve zinc plated
body anodised
Symbols
Model Code
SLV 6 – 210 – 15 – 3 – RV
Accumulator Load Valve

Shift Pressure Range Hysteresis Design Check Valve „P” to „B”
Surface Mount Body
Available options: 55 = 18 – 55 bar 15 = 15% internal 0 = without check valve

105 = 35 – 105 bar On request: RV = with check valve
NG 6 SLV 6 210 = 70 – 210 bar 20 = 20%
350 = 140 – 315 bar 30 = 30%
NG 10 SLV 10 50 = 50%
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH Tel.: +49 7531 9748-0 www.weber-hydraulik.com

Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, D-78467 Konstanz Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
SLV-E Date: 03/2020 Page 1 of 2 All rights reserved.
Dimensions [mm]
SLV 6 with / without Check Valve
HM3/071401
SLV 10
HM3/001401

Flow valves
Chapter
9
Throttle Valves
Throttle Valve STD
screw-in valve for cavity STD
Throttle Valve STE

screw-in valve for cavity STE
Throttle Valve STO

screw-in valve for cavity STO
Flow control valves

Flow Control Valve VCL
Flow Control Valve VCD

Flow Control Valve VCM

3-way Flow Control Valve SR3

in-line body G 1/2"
available with or without pressure control
Throttle valve STD
max. operating pressure 350 bar 1 2

screw-in valve for cavity STD
090470_STD_e
04.2018

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in throttle valve

for manual limitation of volume flows
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Throttle valve 090470_STD_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow direction: throttling in both directions
Nominal width: Ø 3,5 mm
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Adjusting method: with spindle-setting screw
Adjusting range: approx. 7 turns
Weight: 0,0094 kg
O-ring: NBR, backup ring: teflon
Performance
Pressure drop diagram Δp/Q STD fully opened
40
Δp [bar]
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Q [l/min]
2/3
ValveTech | 090470_STD_e Throttle valve
1 2 3
M.K.
Dimensions SW14
SW14
Throttle valve STD
B SW2,5
SW2,5
B installation torque 7,6 - 8,4 Nm
SW 14
18,5
A
18,5
VOR.
RECHTEVOR.
ALLERECHTE
M10x1
M10x1
UNSALLE
HM4/09 18 04
WIRUNS
Cavity STD
C C SW14 M10x1
BEHALTENWIR
M10x1
SW2,5
B
BEHALTEN
PATENT.
OFA APATENT.
8,58,518,5
13,6
RECHTE VOR.
13,6
SCHUTZRECHTES
UNS SCHUTZRECHTES
2
2
GRANTOF
1
M10x1
1
THEGRANT
ALLE
DD or our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
OFTHE
EINES
EINES
EVENTOF
C
WIR
M10x1
ERTEILUNG
Type code
THEEVENT
ERTEILUNG
BEHALTEN
STD
ININTHE
OF A PATENT.
DER
8,5
13,6
DER
RESERVED
SCHUTZRECHTES
RESERVED
2
FALL
Throttle valve
FALL
1
DEN
GRANT
DEN
E
RIGHTS
E
RIGHTS
FUER

ERTEILUNG EINESFUER
28.07.2009 DATUM AEND.-NR.

28.07.2009 DATE
DATUM MOD. NO.
AEND.-NR.
ManualD
THE
M.K.
Information regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our 2
DATE
GEZ. MOD. NO.
AEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
ALL
M.K. DRAW.
GEZ. MOD. DATE
AEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
THE EVENT ALL
catalogue in chapter 12 under the category „general operating manual“H.W.

or will be
OF
S
DRAW.
GEPR. MOD. DATE
GEAEND.
H.W.
CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK
GEPR. MODIF.
GEAEND.
CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF.
8
REVISION
REVISION
REVISION
A
REVISION
FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz
SIZE
FORMAT
ISO 2768-
SCALE HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
IN

-
DER
EN ISO 1302 -
IST

ISIS
MATERIAL
RESERVED
EN / EDGE
ISO 1302
FALLIST
HE4
HE4 // 09
09 1818 0
KANTEN
MATERIAL
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO /13715
VORLAGE
KANTEN EDGE
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
FF
FUERVORLAGE
DRAWING NO.
GEWICHT ca.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ F
-
DEN
GEWICHT
WEIGHT ca.
approx. ENTSTANDEN
DERIVATE FROMAUS ERSATZ
REPL. FO
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FO
E
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR
RIGHTS
Stufenbohrung 77
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-N
DIESE
Stufenbohrung
THIS
DIESE
DATUM
28.07.2009 AEND.-NR.
THIS
DATE MOD. NO.
zu M.K.
zu STD
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
2
E VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL
STD
DRAW. BLATT
MOD. DATE
PAGE
BLATT
GEPR.
CHECK H.W. GEAEND.
MODIF. PAGE S
8
REVISION

REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A
Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com SIZE
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0

Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE AllWERKSTOFF

rights reserved
-
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. HE4 / 09 18
3/3
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ
REPL. FO
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-N
Throttle valve STE
1 2
screw-in valve for cavity STE
090460_STE_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3

compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Throttle valve 090460_STE_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow direction: throttling in both directions
Nominal width: Ø 7...9 mm
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Adjusting method: with spindle-setting screw
Weight: 0,03 kg
O-ring: NBR, backup ring: teflon
Performance
Pressure drop diagram Δp/Q STE fully opened
40
Δp [bar]
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Q [l/min]
2/3
SW 19
A
D
B
E
C
SW 17
A 46 SW 5
ValveTech | 090460_STE_e Throttle valve
Dimensions
G3/8
Throttle valve STE
SW 19
46
G3/8
1 2 3 4
.K.
>37
HM4/04 50 01
C
Cavity STE
8
G3/8
SW 19
SW 17
SW 17
SW 19
A
SW 5
46 SW 5
8
G3/8
1
>37
2
G3/8
2
D
1
HE4/14 31 21
B NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
Type code
STE
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
Throttle valve Lu. B.

GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
C G3/8
GEPR.
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT
RESP.
REVISION
x NAV.

REVISION NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - f H
8
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
spare parts Seal kit STE OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFF

405.0030

Manual ISO 13715set-up and maintenance

Information regarding installation, can be found in our
F
>37
product catalogue in chapter

WEIGHT 11 „general information” DERIVATE
under the
FROMcategory
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
„general operating manual“ or will/ TITLE
BENENNUNG be provided upon request. ART.-NR. / PART NO
2
D STE
Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.comPAGE
BLATT
1 VON
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 1 OF
3/3
Throttle valve STO
1 2
screw-in valve for cavity STO
090450_STO_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 4

compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Throttle valve 090450_STO_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow direction: throttling in both directions, the pressure at port 1
should be the higher pressure
Nominal width: Ø 3 mm
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Adjusting method: with spindle-setting screw, optionally hand wheel
Weight: 0,08 kg
O-rings: NBR, backup ring: teflon
Performance
Pressure drop diagram Δp/Q STO fully opened
40
Δp [bar]
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Q [l/min]
2/4
1 2 3
M.K.
SW 21
ValveTech | 090450_STO_e SW 17 Throttle valve
A
B n24
SW 5
Dimensions
Throttle valve STO A
n24
33
SW 21
B
<59
C
<59
8,8
26
B 2
26
26
2 2
1
SW21
1 1
SW17 HE4/14 33 08
C Cavity
1
D SW5 SW21 3/4 - 16 UNF
STO (DBT2)
SW17
C SW5
12
3/4 - 16 UNF
2
29
12
29
D
E DATUM
DATE
1
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM V6
NOTE For
D a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. VERANT.GEAEND.
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. CHECK RESP. MODIF.
NAV. REVISION
REVISION x NAV. 1
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
HE4 / 14 33 08
KANTEN / EDGE
E
ZEICHN.-NR.
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DATUM
DATE
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
AEND.-NR.
REPL.MOD.
FOR NO.
BENENNUNG / TITLE
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
DBT2, STO
DRAW. MOD. DATE
E CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
DATUM x
RESP.
NAV.
REVISION NAV. AEND
D-78467 Konstanz
BLATT DATE
PAGEFORMAT 1
VON
A4 1 MOD
Lu. B.
SIZEGEZ. OF AEND
DRAW. MOD
GEPR. GEAE
1:1
CHECK MOD
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF REVI
REVI
HM4 / 14 33 08
KANTEN / EDGE FORM
D-78467 Konstanz
ZEICHN.-NR.
SIZE
F GEWICHT[KG]
ISO 2768 - f H
MASZSTAB
ENTSTANDEN AUS SCALE
HALBZEUG
ERSATZ
RAW FUER
MAT. NO.
WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 REPL. FOR
WERKSTOFF
BENENNUNG / TITLE EN ISO 1302 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
DBT2, STO
MATERIAL
HM4 / 14
F GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS

WEIGHT BLATT FROM
DERIVATE
1 VON
1
3/4
PAGE OF
BENENNUNG / TITLE
DBT2, STO
Throttle valve 090450_STO_e | ValveTech
Type code
STO
Throttle valve
NOTE The valve is also available with hand wheel.

spare parts Manifold straight 3/8“ 093.0024

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Flow control valve VCL
1 2

090430_VCL_e
02.2020

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in flow control valve

various sizes available
compact design
load compensated
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Flow control valve 090430_VCL_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow rate max.: see type code
Tolerance G 1/4“: ± 20%, G 3/8“: ± 15%, G 1/2“: ± 10%
presetting volume flow:
Flow direction: 1 to 2: flow control
2 to 1: free through orifice
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G 1/4“, G 3/8“, G 1/2“
Weight: see table in dimensions
Material: steel
Performance
Performance diagram (Q/p) VCL-14 at Δp = 10 bar Performance diagram (Q/p) VCL-38 at Δp = 10 bar
12 18
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
10 15
8 12
6 9
4 6
2 3
0 0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
p [bar ] p [bar ]
Performance diagram (Q/p) VCL-12 at Δp = 10 bar

36
Q [l/min]
30
24
18
12
6 Test conditions
0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt)
p [bar ] Higher viscosity changes the performance diagrams.
2/4
H1
F
I
H1
G
2 1
ValveTech | 090430_VCL_e
A Flow control valve
B
H1 H1
Dimensions A
Flow control valve B C D
VCL >H
H1
F
I
H1
G
2 1
>E
2 1
B
G
C H1 H1
HE4/03 48 01
Cavity VCL
G>H
>E
2 1
G
C
D
>H
2
1
>E
D our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
E
Size G A B C D EØ FØ H H1 IØ Weight 21.05.2014
DATUM AEND
DATE MOD
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] Lu. B.
>H
GEZ. AEND
DRAW. MOD
G 1/4“ 25,5 13,5 8,5 3 8 10 5 1,5 11 0,011

GEPR. GEAE
CHECK MOD
1 REVI
G 3/8“ 28 15 10,5 2 11 14 5 FLUID TEAM1,5 >E 14,5GmbH
Automationstechnik 0,024 REVI
FORM
D-78467 Konstanz
G 1/2“ 35 19,5 13 2 14 17,5 5 1,5 17,5 0,048
SIZE
1:1
NOTE The valve ist also available as double flow control
EN ISOvalve 1302DVCL in inline body G 1/4“
MATERIAL
E for flow control in both directions. Dimension sheets are available upon request.
HM4 /
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
DATUM
DATE 21.05.2014
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
Type code Lu. B.

GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
BENENNUNG / TITLE DRAW. MOD. DATE
VCL
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
- -
REVISION
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A
Design Size max. volume
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFFPresetting
EN ISOflow
1302
[l/min] [l/min]
VCL Flow control valve
MATERIAL
14
KANTEN / EDGE
G 1/4“ 10
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
volume flow
HM4 / 03 48 0
Double flow control
DRAWING NO.
DVCL F 38 G 3/8“
GEWICHT[KG]
16 ranges on
ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FU
valve (only G 1/4“) WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
12 GBENENNUNG
1/2“ 40 / TITLE request ART.-NR
VCL
BLATT
PAGE
3/4
Flow control valve 090430_VCL_e | ValveTech

Spare parts In-line body G 1/4“ 138.0008
In-line body G 3/8“ 138.0009
In-line body G 1/2“ 138.0010
In-line body G 3/4“ 138.0011
In-line body with sealing lip G 1/4“ 138.0013

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Flow control valve VCD
max. operating pressure 315 bar 2 1

090420_VCD_e
08.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions4
Type code 5

also available as meter-out or meter-in control valve in a sandwich body NG 6
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 5
Flow control valve 090420_VCD_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
2 to 1: without function
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G1/2“, G1/4“, G3/4“, G3/8“
Weight: see table in dimensions
Material: steel
Performance
volume flow setting Size G A [l/min] B [l/min] C [l/min] D [l/min] E [l/min]
range
G 1/4“ 1-1,6 1,6-2,5 2,5-4 4-6,3 6,3-10
G 3/8“ 2,5-4 4-6,3 6,3-10 10-16 16-25
G 1/2“ 16-21 21-28 28-37 37-50 50-67
G 3/4“ 37-50 50-67 67-90 90-120 120-150
NOTE The spring lenght flow diagrams represent the obtained flow range related to orifi-
ces A to E with a nominal pressure ∆p of 50 bar.
Adjustment diagram spring length (R/Q) G 1/4“ Adjustment diagram spring length (R/Q) G 1/2“
10 19
R [mm]
R [mm]
18
9
17
8 16
15
7
14
A B C D E A B C D E
6 13
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
2/5
ValveTech | 090420_VCD_e Flow control valve
Performance
Adjustment diagram spring length (R/Q) G 3/8“ Adjustment diagram spring length (R/Q) G 3/4“
15 23
R [mm]
R [mm]
14 22
13 21
12 20
11 19
10 18
9 A B C D E
17
8 16 A B C D E
7 15
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 30 50 70 90 110 130 150
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) VCD

12
Δp [bar]
G34
G12
10
6
G14 G38
4
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Q [l/min]

3/5
A A
1 2 3 4
M.K.
B C '
Flow control valve 090420_VCD_e | ValveTech
Dimensions 2
D
1 2
A
E
G
Flow control valve A
VCD
B C 'R'
B >H
2 1
D
1 2
F
G
E
G HE4/14 31 06
B >H
Cavity VCD G
2
C
>H
C
D
1
HE4/14 33 01
Size G A B C DØ E FØ H Weight SW1 SW2 Inst. torque Flow max.

>H
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] [Nm] [l/min]
G 1/4“ 39 12,5 7 10 4 10,3 22 0,012 5,5 4,5 6 10

G 3/8“ 43 13,5 7 11,5 4 14 23 0,022 7 6 8 11,5
D 1
G 1/2“ 49 16 8 15 6 18,2 27 0,036 7 6 12 15
G 3/4“ 60 21 10 20 6 23 31 0,072 7 6 15 20
E
DATUM
15.08.2014 A

DATE M
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B. A
M
GEPR. G
CHECK M
R
R
F
D-78467 Konstanz S
E
DATUM
15.08.2014 AEND.-NR.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1 : 1 WERKSTOFF
DATE
EN ISO 1302 MOD. NO. MATERIAL
GEZ.
Lu.KANTEN
B. / EDGE MOD.
AEND.-DATUM
HE4
V6
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715 GEAEND.
DRAW. DATE
DRAWING NO.
F
GEPR. VERANT.
CHECK GEWICHT[KG] MODIF. RESP.ENTSTANDEN AUS
WEIGHT REVISION
REVISION x NAV. DERIVATE FROM
NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH BENENNUNG /FORMAT
TITLE
D-78467 Konstanz A4
VCD
SIZE
G1/4
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
4/5
VCD
G1/4 BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
1
ValveTech | 090420_VCD_e Flow control valve
Type code
VCD - - -
Flow control valve Size Volume flow set- Presetting [l/min]

ting range [l/min] (optional)
14 G 1/4“ A 1-1,6
fixed volume flow
B 1,6-2,5 presetting,
C 2,5-4 selectable according
to setting range
D 4-6,3
E 6,3-10
38 G 3/8“ * A 2,5-4
B 4-6,3
C 6,3-10
D 10-16
E 16-25
12 G 1/2“ A 16-21
B 21-28
C 28-37
D 37-50
E 50-67
34 G 3/4“ A 37-50
B 50-67
C 67-90
D 90-120
E 120-150
* NOTE The valve VCD-38 is also available as meter-out or meter-in control valve in a
sandwich body NG 6. Dimension sheets are available upon request.

Spare parts In-line body G 1/4“ 138.0008
In-line body G 3/8“ 138.0009
In-line body G 1/2“ 138.0010
In-line body G 3/4“ 138.0011

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Flow control valve VCM
1 2

090440_VCM_e
01.2017

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Dimensions2
Type code 3
Appendix3

various volume flows available
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Flow control valve 090440_VCM_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow rate: see type code at differential pressure control
Δp = 5,3 bar
2 to 1: without function
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: 08
Weight: 0,06 kg
Material: valve parts: steel, seals: NBR
Dimensions M.K.
Flow control valve installation torque 27±3 Nm

VCM SW 22
VCM HM 4 / 100101
für Datenblatt
11
27,96 PT
29,4
39
3/4 - 16 UNF
Stufenbohrung VC08-2
für VCM
n30,2
n20,6
r 0,05 A
3/4-16 UNF-2B
b 0,025 B
+ 0,1
n17,42 - 0
2/3 B
+ 0,3
2,6 - 0
Rz 16 Z
ValveTech | 090440_VCM_e Flow control valve
Dimensions 3/4-16 UNF-2B
Cavity VC 08-2
M HM 4 / 100101
r Datenblatt
11
12,7
27,96 PT
2
29,4
39
3/4 - 16 UNF
1
HM4/10 01 01
enbohrung VC08-2 Z(2:1)
VCM www.weber-hydraulik.com.
n30,2 15° a
Type code
n20,6
VCM-08 - 0,05 A
r
3/4-16 UNF-2B
b 0,025 B
+ 0,1
-0
n17,42Flow 30°
B control valve Nominal flow
+ 0,3
at Δp = 5,3 bar
2,6 - 0
Rz 16 Z 0,85 0,85 l/min*

1,5 1,5 l/min**
2,5 2,5 l/min**
Y(2:1)
0,8
12,7
13,9
3,0 3,0 l/min**

19
27,96 PT
2
Y 61°
29,4
4,2 4,2 l/min**

6,0 6,0 l/min*
n8,6 max
* tolerance ±10 % l/min

7,5 7,5 l/min* of nominal flow
** tolerance +20 % l/min
9,0 9,0 l/min* of nominal flow
X
Appendix
X(2:1)
Accessories / Article:
1
Article number:
61°
Spare parts Seal kit VCM-08 (NBR) 405.0113
n11,1 max
Manual nInformation
11,1 regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our
catalogue in+chapter 12 under the category „general operating manual“ or will be
0,1
provided upon
n12,7 - 0 request.
A
a
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 DATUMDATE 22.03.2010 AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO. All rights reserved
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V55
GEPR.
H.W. GEAEND. VERANT. 3/3
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
TALOGZEICHNUNG WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH

REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
FORMAT
Check valves
Chapter
10
Component Coupling Check Valves
Component Coupling Check Valve KK-M14 x 1,5
Check Valves
Check Valve RBR
Check Valve RHR

Check Valve RKR

Double Check Valve DRV

direct operated
pre-load function
Shuttle Valves
Shuttle Valve FTRW
Hose Burst Valves

Hose Burst Valve RBS1
Anti Cavitation Valves

Hydraulic Motor Anti Cavitation Valve HNV
cavitation protection for orbital engines
with hollow bolts G3/8"
Component coupling check valve KK-M14x1,5

090510_KK14_e
05.2021

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance2
Dimensions2
Type code 4
Mounting instruction4
Characteristics for use in jig manufacturing and others

blocks oil cannel of components when sepperated
compact design
flow direction from either side
hardened and honed parts
minimum oil leakage
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Component coupling check valve 090510_KK14_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow direction: any
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Screw-in coupling

Size: M 14 x 1,5
Weight: 0,01 kg
Material: steel
seals: NBR
Surface protection: burnished steel
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) KK-M14x1,5
1 2
M.K.
40
Δp [bar]
1,5 7,5 couple

30 M14x1,5
20
A single
n12,3
n3
10
0 13,2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Q [l/min]
19,3
Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt).
Dimensions
Component coupling B 1,5 M14x1,5
KK-M14x1,5
with short pin
EHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
13,7
n12,3
n3
actuating path max. 1,5 mm

7,5
13,2
C
2/4
A-A (
NT.
1 2 Component coupling check 3
M.K.
ValveTech | 090510_KK14_e valve

n19
1,5 7,5
1 2
M.K.
1 Dimensions 2 3 M14x1,5 4
M14x1,5
1,5 7,5Component coupling 19
n1,5 7,5
KK-M14x1,5 M14x1,5 M14x1,5
A
n12,3
with long pin M14x1,5
n3
A
15,8
n12,3
n12,3
n3
13,2
actuating path max. 1,5 mm
15,8
19,3
13,2 13,2
19,3 19,3
1 2 3
M.K.
M14x1,5
Cavity KK-M14x1,5B1,5 7,5 1,5 n19
M14x1,5
M14x1,5
M14x1,5 M14x1,5
B 1,5
SE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
1,5 M14x1,5 M14x1,5
13,7
A
n12,3
n12,3
n3
n3
VOR.
13,7
15,8
n12,3
LAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE
n12,3
n3
n3
13,2 7,5
19,3 13,2
Cavity short pin 7,5 Cavity long pin
7,5
C
13,2 NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see
13,2 our „general information“ under
the category „valve cavities
C 2-way designs“ or our online catalogue at
A-A ( 1 : 1 )
www.weber-hydraulik.com. M14x1,5
B 1,5
A
M14x1,5
Mounted couplings A-A ( 1 : 1 ) A-
MENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
A
KK-M14x1,5 A
N FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
13,7
n12,3
n3
D
7,5
13,2
A D HM4/07 22 01
C NOTE Place corresponding o-ring in the right position of the respective cavity before
A mounting the couplings (see mounting instructions). A
NOTE The component couplings must be mounted as pairsA-A (one

( 1 coupling
:1) with long pin
ESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
combined Awith one coupling with short pin). Two component couplings of the
same kind (long/long or short/short) are not compatible.
NOTESE • For external tightness the counterbore must be 2,1 mm (for o-rings with
Ø 2,62 mm).
DATUM
MOD. NO.
• The pins may not be exposed to radial forces.

Ethe pin must not exceed 1,5 mm. Lu. B.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
• The actuation path of GEPR. GEAEND.
• Coupling and decoupling only when MOD.

system
NO. is depressureized.
DATUM
13.08.2014 AEND.-NR. CHECK MODIF.
D DATE REVISION
• When decoupeled,DRAW.the Lu.
GEZ.
(long)
B. pin of the valve
AEND.-DATUM
FLUID TEAM
MOD. (Material-No.
Automationstechnik
DATE GmbH 1090906)
V11
exceeds REVISION
FORMAT
the surface about 3,5
GEPR.
CHECK
mm. D-78467 Konstanz VERANT.
GEAEND.
MODIF. RESP.
SIZE
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
A ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
ISO 2768 - f xH
REVISION
REVISION
NAV.
SCALE
NAV.
RAW MAT. NO.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH OBERFLAECHEN
FORMAT/ SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFFD-78467 Konstanz
D-78467 Konstanz ISO 1302 A4
EN SIZE MATERIAL
ISO 2768 - f HM4
1/ :071 22
ISO 2768 - f H
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
H SCALE
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE F
EN ISO 1302
1:1 WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
3/4
EN ISO 1302 ERSAT
REPL.
KANTEN / EDGE
HM4 / 07 22 01 ISO 13715

KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR. BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-
ISO 13715
GEWICHT[KG]
DRAWING NO.
ENTSTANDEN AUS
F ERSATZ FUER
GEWICHT[KG]
Component coupling check valve 090510_KK14_e | ValveTech
Type code
Component coupling Model Material number
KK-M14x1,5 long pin 1090906
KK-M14x1,5 short pin 1090912
NOTE The component coupling check valves are sold in 10 pieces per unit.
Mounting
instruction
NOTE The mounting instruction is also enclosed with the shipping notes of every delivery.
KK-M14x1,5 with o-ring 11 x 1 KK-M14x1,5 with o-ring 9 x 1

for standard cavity according to for customer specific cavity
datasheet
Step 1: Step 1:
carefully place o-ring 11 x 1 carefully mount o-ring 9 x 1 on
on the bottom of the sandard valve
cavity before screwing in the
valve
Step 2:
screw valve (with mounted
Step 2: o-ring) in the customer specific
screw valve (without o-ring) in cavity
the standard cavity
3. Result: 3. Result:
Mounted component coupling Mounted component coupling
check valve with o-ring 11 x 1 check valve with o-ring 9 x 1

spare parts Screw-in tool AVA1C for KK M14x1,5, including additional bore 3,5 x 8 139.0007
O-ring 9,0 x 1,0 401.0028
O-ring 11,0 x 1,0 401.0101

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Check valve RBR
2

1
090240_RBR_e
05.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in ball-type check valve

compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Check valve 090240_RBR_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow direction: from 2 to 1
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
NOTE The pressure at port 1 adds directly to the crack pressure.
Mechanic Design: ball-type screw-in valve

Size: see type code
Weight: see table
seals: NBR
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) RBR
12
G14 G38
Δp [bar]
10
G12
8
0
0 20 40 60 80
Q [l/min]

2/3
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHT
ValveTech | 090240_RBR_e Check valve
C
Dimensions
Check valve RBR A
<H
B SW
<nD
>n F
2 1 2 1
nE
G
G
Z
D HE4/14 31 10
Z( 2:1 )
Size G A B EØ SW Weight [kg] Installation
[mm] [mm] [mm] torque [Nm]
G 1/4“ 10 5,5 11,5 6 0,005 15
G 3/8“ 11,2
Rz6,3
6,7 14,95 6 0,015 20
59°
G 1/2“ 13,2 8 18,7 8 0,020 30
E NOTE For a detailled drawing of the cavity please see chapter 11 „general information“ or
our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com. DATUM 30.07.2014 AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
Type code
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
RBR -
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
1.0718 11SMnPb30
Screw-in check valve EN ISO Size1302 Volume flow
MATERIAL
Crack pressure
max. DRAWING
[l/min]NO. HE4 / 14 31
[bar] 10
ISO 13715
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT 14 G 1/4“ 20 ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM 0,3 ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
38 / TITLE
BENENNUNG G 3/8“ 50 0,3 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
RBR12 G 1/2“ 80 0,3

BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF


Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
3/3
Check valve RHR
2

090230_RHR_e
07.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in check valve

compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Check valve 090230_RHR_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: 350 bar, for RHR-34: 500 bar
Flow rate: max. 120 l/min
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G 1/4“, G 3/8“, G 1/2“, G 3/4“
Weight: see table at dimensions
seals: NBR
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) RHR
5
Δp [bar]
G14 G38 G12

G34
4
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]

2/3
.
1
ValveTech | 090230_RHR_e 2 3 Check valve 4
Dimensions
Check valve RHR
A
Size G A Ø B C EØ Weight Inst. torque B
<H
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g] [Nm] A
C
G 1/4“ 8,5 8,8 4,4 2,2 5 15
G 3/8“ 10,8 12 7 3 15 20
<D
G 1/2“ 14,2 14,7 8 3,8
2 19 130 2 1
G
G
G 3/4“ 18,5 17,5 10 4,6 45 Z 80
E
HE4/14 31 12
B Z(2:1)
NOTE
Rz6,3
Type code
59°
RHR -
Screw-in check valve Size Volume flow Crack pres-

C max. [l/min] sure [bar]
14 G 1/4“ 20 < 0,5
38 G 3/8“ 50 < 0,5 G
12 G 1/2“ 80 < 0,5

2
34 G 3/4“ 120 0,1
Accessories and additional information Z(2:1)

°
Accessories / Article: Material
59 number:
spare parts Mounting tool W1 for RHR-14 Z 139.0001
<H
D Mounting tool W2 for RHR-38

1
139.0002
<D
Mounting tool W5 for RHR-12 Rz6,3
139.0005
Mounting tool W7 for RHR-34 139.0020
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
x
REVISION
REVISION
NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz www.weber-hydraulik.comA4
FORMAT
SIZE
Felix-Wankel-Str. 4,ALLG.
78467 Konstanz
TOL. / GEN. TOL.
ISO 2768 -
MASZSTAB
HALBZEUG
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0

SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
1.0718 11SMnPb30
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
All rights reserved
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
3/3
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR

Check valve RKR
2

090220_RKR_e
12.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in check valve

reciprocally mountable
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Check valve 090220_RKR_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G 1/4“, G 3/8“, G 1/2“, G 3/4“
Storage temperature: -3W0 ° C to +80 ° C (non-condensing)
Weight: see table
seals: NBR
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) RKR
8
Δp [bar]
G14 G38 G12

6
G34
4
0
0 20 40 60 80
Q [l/min]

2/3
.
1 2 3 4
ValveTech | 090220_RKR_e Check valve
Dimensions
A Check valve RKR A
<H SW 1 B C B SW 2
2 1
<D
E
2 1
F
G
G
Z
HE4/14 31 13
B Size G A B C E SW 1 SW 2 Weight [kg] Installation

Z
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] torque [Nm]
G 1/4“ 17,0 5,5 6,0 11,3 3 3 0,02 6
G 3/8“Rz6,3
18,5 5,5 7,5 14,8 4 3 0,03 6
59°
G 1/2“ 22,5 6,5 9,5 18,5 6 5 0,04 10

G 3/4“ 28,5 7,0 14,5 24,1 8 8 0,07 20
or our online catalogue at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
C
Type code G
2
RKR - -
Z
Screw-in check valve Z Size Volume flow Crack pres- Special crack
<H
1
59° max. [l/min] sure [bar] pressure [bar]
<D
14 G 1/4“ 15 2,3 -
D 38
F
G 3/8“ 30 1,75 2/4
Rz6,3 12 G 1/2“ 50 1,75 0,3 / 10 / 15
34 G 3/4“ 80 0,3 -

E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM V30
DRAW. MOD. DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 -
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech
1 GmbH www.weber-hydraulik.com
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE : 1 WERKSTOFF
Felix-Wankel-Str.
EN ISO 1302 4, 78467 Konstanz MATERIAL info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 14 31 13
Fax: GEWICHT[KG]
+49 7531 9748-44 All rights
FUERreserved
DRAWING NO.
F WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ
REPL. FOR
RKR 3/3
BLATT VON
PAGE OF
Double check valve DRV
2
direct operated
pre-load function 0,5 bar
max. volume flow 50 l/min 1
090210_DRV_e
03.2017

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Dimensions3
Type code 4
Appendix4
Characteristics double check valve with pre-load function

also available in in-line body
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Double check valve 090210_DRV_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow rate: max. 50 l/min
Flow direction: from 1 to 2: sequence pressure
from 2 to 1: bypass
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Screw-in valve

Size: G 1/2“
Weight: 0,06 kg
seals: NBR
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) DRV
30
Δp [bar]
Pöff = 10 bar
20
Pöff = 0,5 bar

10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Q [l/min]
2/4
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS
C
A THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT. ValveTech | 090210_DRV_e 1 Double check valve
+3
10 - 0
Dimensions 18,6
Double check valve 47 A
DRV Einbaubohrung DRV mit Hülse für umgekehrte Einbaurichtung
15,8
G1/2
2 1
B
E
A-A ( 1 : 1 )
DRV in body G3 90
19 65
G1/2
E 15 55
1
C
SW 27
G1/2
G1/2
2 1
HE4/14 31 07
F
<17
DRV Gehäuse G3
D www.weber-hydraulik.com.
2
<12
Einbaubohrung DRV
E
A-A ( 1 : 1 )
90
A
SW 27
G1/2
G1/2
2 1
F
A
DRV Gehäuse G3
3/4
Double check valve 090210_DRV_e | ValveTech
Type code
DRV - 12 - - 0,5 -
Double check Size Crack pressure Crack pressure

valve 1 to 2 2 to 1
0,5 0,5 bar
Body
2 2 bar
without
3 3 bar
in-line body G 1/2 ** G3
* max. volume flow 20 l/min 10 10 bar
** for assembling from side 1, a screw-in tool
(10,8 mm x 3,0 mm) is required 15 15 bar *
Appendix
Accessories / Part: Article number:
spare parts Screw-in tool 139.0002

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Shuttle valve FTRW
1 3
2
090310_FTRW_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Dimensions2
Type code 3
Characteristics screw-in shuttle valve

sizes G1/8“ or G1/4“ available
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Shuttle valve 090310_FTRW_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max.: FTRW-2,5: 315 bar
FTRW-5: 350 bar
Flow rate: FTRW-2,5: 8 l/min
FTRW-5: 15 l/min
Flow direction from 1 or 3 to 2
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G1/8“ or G1/4“
Fluid. temperature: -20 ° C to +80 ° C
1
Ambient temperature: -20 ° C to +80 ° C 2 3
.
Storage temperature: 1 -20 ° C to +60 ° C (non-condensing)

2 3
Weight: FTRW-2,5: 0,005 kg
FTRW-5: 0,012 kg
A
seals: NBR
A
Dimensions G1/8
3,8
Shuttle valve SW 4 3G1/8
FTRW-2,5
SW 4 3 3,8
18
2
B
18
2
1
B
UNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
1
A PATENT. WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
Cavity FTRW-2,5 G1/8
3G1/8
C
5
C
5
13
2
THE GRANT OF BEHALTEN
13
2
1
HM4/98 12 02
1
SCHUTZRECHTES
2/3
D
VENT OF
D
EINES
.
1 2 3
A
ValveTech | 090310_FTRW_e Shuttle valve
G1/4
A SW 6 3
Dimensions
Shuttle valve
6
G1/4
FTRW-5
SW 6
23
3
2
6
1
23
B
1
Cavity FTRW-5
G1/4
C G1/4
6,2
3
OF A PATENT.
17
2
6,2
BEHALTEN
OF THE GRANT
17
1 2 44 02
HM4/08
SCHUTZRECHTES
D
1
THE EVENT
Type code
D
ERTEILUNGINEINES
FTRW - - N
DERRESERVED
Shuttle valve Size Seal NBR

2,5 G 1/8“
E
RIGHTS
5 G 1/4“ DATUM
ALLFALL
DATE
GEZ.
Ri.A.
Manual Information regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our DRAW.
FUER DEN
GEPR.
E
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK
provided upon request. WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH DATUM

DATE
Ri.A.
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB DRAW.

HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 - m k SCALE GEPR.
RAW MAT. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 CHECK
WERKSTOFF
HM
KANTEN / EDGE
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715D-78467 Konstanz DRAWING NO.
F ALLG. TOL.
ISO
GEWICHT
WEIGHT
ca. / GEN. TOL.
2768 -0,00
approx.
MASZSTAB
m kkg SCALE
HALBZEUG AUS
ENTSTANDEN
RAW MAT. NO.
1:1
DERIVATE FROM
EN ISO 1302
BENENNUNG / TITLE
THISIST
MATERIAL
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH FTRW-5-N

H
DIESE VORLAGE
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
F FTRW-5-N
GEWICHT ca.
0,00 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 All

BENENNUNG / TITLE rights reserved
FTRW-5-N 3/3
FTRW-5-N
Hose burst valve RBS1
1 2
090410_RBS1_e
07.2019

Characteristics1
Technical Data 2
Performance2
Type code 4
Characteristics screw-in hose burst valve

to prevent sudden pressure loss due to tubing or hose breaks
easy to install
compact design
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Hose burst valve 090410_RBS1_e | ValveTech
Technical Data
Flow direction: 1 to 2: without function
2 to 1: working direction
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200

Size: G 1/4“, G 3/8“, G 1/2“, G 3/4“, M18 x 1,5
Weight: see table at dimensions
Material: steel
Performance
Adjusting diagram clearance (S/Q) G 1/4“ and Adjusting diagram clearance (S/Q) G 1/2“, G 3/4“
G 3/8“, M18 x 1,5
2,0 2,5
S [mm]
S [mm]
G 1/2“ G 3/4“
2,0
1,5
G 3/8“
M18 x 1,5
1,5
G 1/4“
1,0
1,0
0,5
0,5
0,0 0,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) from 1 to 2 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) from 1 to 2
RBS1-14 RBS1-38, RBS1-M18
8 8
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
S=0,2 S=0,5 S=1 S=1,2 S=0,5 S=1 S=1,5
6 6
S=0,2 S=2,1
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
2/4
ValveTech | 090410_RBS1_e Hose burst valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) from 1 to 2 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) from 1 to 2
RBS1-12 RBS1-34
.
8
1 8
2
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
S=2 S=1 S=1,5
S=0,5
S=1 S=2,5 S=2
6 6
S=0,5
4 4 S=2,7
A
2 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

Dimensions
B
Hose burst valve B
RBS1 E
C 'S'
EIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
F
A
SW
1 2
D
G
HE4/14 31 20
Size G ACØ B C DØ EØ FØ Weight SW

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g]
G 1/4“ 8 17,5 8 9,5 2,4 0,6...2 5 2
G
FIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
G 3/8“ 10,5 23 10,5 12,5 3,5 0,6...2 10 3

1
G 1/2“ 13 25 12 15 4,5 0,6...2 20 4
G 3/4“ 16 30,5 17 18,5 6 0,6...2 42 10
M18 x 1,5 10,5 23 10,5 12,5 3,5 0,6...2 15 3,5
D at www.weber-hydraulik.com.
>H
our online catalogue 2
E DATUM
DATE 31
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu
GEPR.
3/4 CHECK

D-78467 Konstanz
Hose burst valve 090410_RBS1_e | ValveTech
Type code
RBS1 - - -
Hose burst valve Size Volume flow Orifice diameter

[l/min] F Ø [mm]
14 G 1/4“ 4 - 25 0 no setting
38 G 3/8“ 6 - 50 selectable
0,6...2,0
12 G 1/2“ 16 - 80 0,1 upwards
34 G 3/4“ 25 - 150
Clearance S [mm]
M18 M18 x 1,5 6 - 50
no setting 0
selectable, see
adjusting diagram

spare parts In-line body G 1/2“ 138.0010
In-line body G 3/8“ 138.0009
In-line body G 1/4“ 138.0008
In-line body G 3/4“ 138.0011
Mounting tool W1 for RBS1-14 139.0001
Mounting tool W3 for RBS1-38 and RBS1-M18 139.0003
NOTE Other manifolds are available upon request.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
Bypass anti cavitation valve HNV
cavitation protection for orbital motors R

with hollow bolts G 3/8 “
070410_HNV_e
07.2018

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Dimensions2
Type code 3
Set-up3
Characteristics hydraulic motor bypass valve

cavitation protection for Danfoss OMM and similar motors
the check valve ensures a backflow of oil in case of motor overrun
space-saving installation possible
maintenance-free
1/ 3
Bypass anti cavitation valve 070410_HNV_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Opening pressure at 0,3 bar
check valve:
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: bypass anti cavitation valve

Size: G 3/8 “
1 2 3
M.K.

Weight: 0,23 kg
1 2 3
M.K.
Material: body: aluminium

hollow bolts and steel sealing rings: steel
Surface protection: aluminium: anodized, steel: zinc coated
A
A
Dimensions R P
Bypass anti R P
cavitation valve HNV
B 20
10
20
B
10
VOR. VOR.
ALLE RECHTE
G3/8 G3/8
UNSRECHTE
G3/8 G3/8
ALLE
C
WIR
G3/8 SW24 G3/8

WIR UNS
BEHALTEN
C G3/8 SW24 G3/8

OF A PATENT.
BEHALTEN
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
OF A PATENT.
25
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
THE GRANT
25
SW24
GRANT
D (13) 30 (22) 4,5

OF THEOF
65
D (13) 30 (22) 4,5
THE EVENT
L DER ERTEILUNG
HM4/94 45 01
65
2/3
EVENT
ERTEILUNG
THE IN
VED
ValveTech | 070410_HNV_e Bypass anti cavitation valve
Type code
Article description Article number
Bypass anti cavitation valve HNV including G 3/8 “ hollow bolts 203.0029
Set-up
The installation torque values of port P and R are maximum values which are not to
be exceeded (Nm, couter material steel), otherwise this might lead to damage at
the steel sealing ring.The correct installation torque must be guaranteed by using
the necessary tools (torque wrench) and procedure.
If leakage occurs at the steel sealing ring despite the correct installation torque, the
system must never be tightened with a higher torque, but it might be necessary to
replace the bypass anti cavitation valve and/or its counterpart, as well as the steel
sealing ring.
The system is designed to absorb hydraulic forces. If there are any mechanic forces,
e.g. applied through hydraulic tubing, this may lead to failure.
Any hydraulic tubing must be mounted with the system beeing turned off and
stress-relieved.

spare parts hollow bolt G 3/8 “ 805.0001
steel sealing ring R 3/8 “ 809.0011

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
3/3
Special Valves
Chapter
11

sandwich body NG 6, NG 10, NG 16
discharge from A and B to T
Rapid Traverse/Creep Valve ZMSR
sandwich body NG 6
High/Low On/Off Valve ZHD/ND

Accumulator Charging Valve SLV
pilot operated
mounting plate NG 6, NG 10
Hydraulic Accumulator Safety Block HSB-06
direct operated, manuell or solenoid operated
mounting plate NG6
Sandwich Body CETOP/ISO 3, 5, 7 ● opens A and B to T
Description
With the pressure discharge valve ZMSVD2 is simple
eliminating of residual pressures in the A and B channels of
sandwich packages possible. The channels A and B are
dischargeable thereby separately over two 2/2-way poppet
valves to the tank (T channel). By the use of compact
valves increase in altitude is small.
Symbol CETOP/ISO 5 with X and Y channel shown
Application
The ZMSVD2 finds particularly in tooling machines use. Example: core
strain discharge of injection moulding machines (before tool changes).

Rated Pressure: max.315 bar body: Aluminium
Rated Flow over CETOP/ISO 3, 5: max. 30 l/min seals: NBR
Poppet Valve: CETOP/ISO 7: max. 2 l/min back up rings: Teflon, PU
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524, Surface Protection: valve: zinc plated, burnished
others upon request body: anodised
Electrical
Leakage: max. 5 drops/ min.
Nominal Voltage: 24 V DC, 12 V DC, ± 10%
Nominal Resistance (R20): CETOP/ISO 3, 5: 24V: 26 ; 12V: 8
Mechanic CETOP/ISO 7: 24V: XX; 12V: X
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C – +50 °C Wattage: 22 W
Fluid Temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 %
Installation: no restrictions Environmental Protection: IP 65
Weight: CETOP/ISO 3: 0,84 kg Electrical Termination: CETOP/ISO3, 5: plug as per DIN 43650
CETOP/ISO 5: 1,06 kg form A, incl. square connector Pg9
CETOP/ISO 7: 1,39 kg CETOP/ISO 7: plug as per DIN 43650
form B, incl. square connector Pg7
Model Code
ZMSVD2 – A/T–B/T – 1 – 24V
Pressure Discharge Valve, Sandwich Body Function Design Voltage
deliverable executions: A/T–B/T = discharge from A and B to T 24V DC

12V DC
CETOP/ISO 5 (with X + Y) ZHD/ND-10Y

Dimensions [mm]
H3-000703
ZMSVD2-10Y-...*) CETOP/ISO 5 (NG 10)
*) fig. shows interface with X- and Y-channel. The other dimensions are identic. H3-000705

H3-930202

High/low flow rate shift valve ZMSRP2, ZMSRT2
sandwich body CETOP/ISO 3 " in P or T " max. 30 l/min
Description
With the FLUID TEAM high/low flow rate shift valve
ZMSR*2 it is possible to shift between two flow rate
values. If the 2/2 poppet valve is open, the entire
approaching oil can flow through the sandwich body. If it is
closed, the flow control valve comes to function. Here it
can be chosen between a pressure compensated 2-way
flow control valve and a restrictor (needle) valve. Because
of the sharp-edged orifice these valves are very
insensitive to viscosity. Due to the balanced needle these
valves are easily adjustable even with high pressures.
For the 2/2 poppet valve you can chose between the
version 'normally closed' and 'normally open'. The
ZMSRP2 limits the approaching oil flow in P, the ZMSRT2
fig. ZMSRP2 limits the oil flow running off to T.
Hydraulical Electrical
Rated Pressure: max. 250 bar Nominal Voltage: 24V DC, 12V DC, 205V DC; ± 10 %
Rated Flow: max. 30 l/min (through poppet valve) Nominal Resistance (R20): 24V: 22 :; 12V: 5,8 :; 205V: 1,6 k:
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524, Power Consumption: 27 W
others upon request Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 %
Viscosity Range: 10 – 350 cSt Environmental Protection: IP 65
Filtration: class 18/16/13, filter ß 6...10 ! 75 Electrical Termination: plug as per DIN 43650 form A,
incl. coupler socket Pg9
Mechanical
Ambient Temperature: -20 °C – +50 °C Symbols
Installation: no restrictions ZMSRP2 ZMSRT2
Weight: 0,9 kg
Materials: valve parts: steel
body: aluminium
seals: NBR
back up rings: Teflon, PU
Surface Protection: valve: zinc plated
body: anodised
fig. with flow control valve (FDBA) and 2/2 poppet valve normally open (MSVT-07)
Note: for further technical data see
data sheet MSVT (chapter 8).
Model Code
ZMSRP2-06 – FDBA – L A N – MSV3 – 24V

High/Low Flow Rate Shift Valve Flow Control Valve Poppet Valve Voltage
deliverable executions: Type Control Adjustment Range Seals MSVT-03 12V DC

normally closed 24V DC
Function in P ZMSRP2-06 FDBA = L = screw with A = - for FDBA: N = NBR 205V DC
pressure lock nut 1 – 23 l/min
Function in T ZMSRT2-06 compensated - for NCCB: MSVT-07
orifice- 0 – 4,8 mm normally open
NCCB =
needle valve

ZMSRP2-E Date: 08/07 Page 1 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Dimensions (mm)
ZMSRP2-06-... Function in P
H3/91 20 01
Turn screw clockwise to decrease flow.
Complete adjustment range in 5 turns.
Leakage at shutoff: < 0,4 l/min/ 315 bar/ 32 cSt.
ZMSRT2-06-... Function in T
H3/91 25 09
notes for flow control valve: see above

ZMSRP2-E Date: 08/07 Page 2 of 2 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Accumulator Load Valve SLV
Cover Plate NG 6, NG 10 ● max. 315 bar ● max. 30 respectively 60 l/min
Description
The WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech accumulator load valve SLV is
a shift valve with a pressure-dependent shifting point. The shift
pressure is measured in port B. If the shift pressure
is reached, the valve opens the connection from P to T, the
pump is in pressure-free circulation. As soon as the pressure falls at
port B to the reset point, the valve closes the connection of P to T,
the accumulator will be loaded again. The reset pressure lies
approx. 15% below adjusted shift pressure (= reset hysteresis).
The SLV is available as a cover plate CETOP/ISO 3 (SLV 6) and
CETOP/ISO 5 (SLV 10). The setting of the shift pressure can
be done on demand. If the accumulator is fitted directly to the
cover plate, devices with integrated check valve are available.
Technical Data
Hydraulic Mechanic
Rated pressure: max. 315 bar Design: pilot operated
Switching pressure: see model code Operation temperature: -20 °C – +80 °C
Hysteresis: see model code Installation: no restrictions
Rated flow: SLV 6: max. 30 l/min Weight: SLV 6: 1,3 kg;
SLV 10: max. 60 l/min SLV 10: 1,9 kg
Fluids: Oils as per DIN 51524, Materials: valve parts: steel
Others upon request body: aluminium
Viscosity: 3 – 400 cSt seals: NBR (Viton available)
Filtration: min. 25 µm back up rings: Teflon; PU
Surface protection: valve zinc plated
body anodised
Symbols
Model Code
SLV 6 – 210 – 15 – 3 – RV
Accumulator Load Valve

Shift Pressure Range Hysteresis Design Check Valve „P” to „B”
Surface Mount Body
Available options: 55 = 18 – 55 bar 15 = 15% internal 0 = without check valve

105 = 35 – 105 bar On request: RV = with check valve
NG 6 SLV 6 210 = 70 – 210 bar 20 = 20%
350 = 140 – 315 bar 30 = 30%
NG 10 SLV 10 50 = 50%

Dimensions [mm]
SLV 6 with / without Check Valve
HM3/071401
SLV 10
HM3/001401

Accumulator Safety Valve HSB-06
cover plate CETOP 3 ● pressure relief valve as per 97/23/EC ● max. 40 l/min
Description
The hydraulic accumulator safety valve HSB-06 is used for the
prescribed security and discharge of hydraulic systems with
accumulators. By the execution as CETOP/ISO 3 (NG 6) cover
plate is an assembly without pipework in sandwich body packs
possible. Additional functions, e.g. (restrictor-) check valves, are
simple with standard bodies to add. By the internal connection of
the channels A, B and P there are additional connection
possibilities, e.g. for the accumulator, for consumers, measureing
etc.
The direct operated pressure relief valve is according to
97/23/EC, and can be supplied preset. Various options stand to
the selection: pressure discharge manually (with screw) or
electrically (over 2/2 poppet valve) as well as a Minimess®
measure coupling in P.
Hydraulic
Rated Pressure: with manual discharge: 350 bar
with electrical discharge: 250 bar
Flow Rate: max. 40 l/min
Adjustment Range: see diagram at page 2
Fluids: oils as per DIN 51524,
others on request
Mechanic
Ambient Temperature: manual discharge: -20 °C – +60 °C
electrical discharge: -20 °C – +50 °C
sandwich body check valve
Installation: no restrictions
if A = consumer port
Weight: 2,1 kg (with el. discharge)
Materials: valve parts, body: steel; seals: NBR,
back up rings: Teflon, PU
Surface Protection: valves: zinc plated, phosphated sandwich body needle valve with free
body: zinc plated flow check, for fast loading and slow
unloading of the accumulator
Electrical
Nominal Voltage: 24 V DC ± 10%
Power Consumption: 22 W subplate body with interface CETOP/ISO 3
Nominal Resistance (R20): 26  B = accumulator port
Cyclic Duration Factor: 100 % A = consumer or gauge port
Environmental Protection: IP 65
Electrical Termination: plug as per DIN 43650 form A,
incl. square connector Pg9
Symbols / Assembling Examples

Model Code
HSB-06 – E – M – 210
Accumulator Safety Valve CETOP 3 Pressure Discharge Gauge Port Suffix
A = manual (screw) O = plugged setting [bar]

E = electrical, 24 V DC, normally open M = Minimess coupling M16x2 special executions

HSB-06-E Date: 02/04 Page 1 of 3 Alternations Reserved. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Safety Regulations for presetted Pressure Relief Valves after Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
After 97/23/EC the increase of the system pressure due to the oil flow may not be larger than 10
% of the adjusted pressure setting. Note! The system pressure increases due to the increasing
flow rate by the back pressure in the blow-off line (port T). Before the order of a presetted valve it
must be considered that the existing flow rate of the application is less than the maximum flow rate
in the diagram at the right side. This diagram shows the maximally permissible flow rate related to
the setting pressure. The indicated maximally permissible flow rate qVmax may not be exceeded.
Blow-off (T) lines of relief valves must out-flow safely.
Absolutely consider the operation notes!
● In the work the indicated pressure is set with a flow rate by 2 l/min.
● The indicated maximally permissible flow rate applies to applications without back-pressure
in the blow-off line (port T).
● With removing the valve's sealing the permission after DGRL is no longer valid!
● Always consider the 'pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC'-guidelines!

Dimensions (mm)
HSB-06-A-O-... manual discharge
Abb. Meßanschluß verschlossen

H3-033902
HSB-06-E-M-... electrical discharge
fig. with Minimess® coupling

H3-033903

8
Manifolds and accessories
Chapter
12
6
A
3 T-13
A
T-13
2
Mounting Plates,
GBA Sandwich Bodies and Manifolds
B in
1
Connecting Plates and Manifolds

suitable for various cavities
T
A
A T
B 43,2
B
P
43,2
5
44,4
A
P
69,9
44,5
69,9
A in Hollow Bolt Body HSS

B V22
GBA
R.
for counterbalance 0valves or pilot to open check valves

D.-N .
AEND. NO UM ANT.
MO AT VER P.
.2015
D.-D E RES
AEND. DAT .
8.06 MO . NAV .
R.
END NAV
. x GEADIF.
cavity T-11A or T-2A

UM
VO
B
Lu.
DAT E M O N
DAT ISIO
A3 REV ISION
HTE
.
GEZ . REV AT
AW
DR M
R. FOR
REC
GEP K SIZE
EC
CH
E
ALL
mbH G
eme
in 17 06
C / 15
NS
nik G BZEU NO.

tech HAL MAT.
Allg FUER
HE4
ions nz
IR U
.
mat B RAW FF TZ NO
Auto Konsta ZSTA
MAS E
KSTO ERSA FOR
L. ART
AM 7 WER ERIAL REP ./P
63P
ID TE D-7846
NW
FLU SCAL MAT .

.-NR O. .-NR
L. TO ICHN N ART
EN.
- E ING
L TE
ZE AUS
2768 / SURFAC
G
L. / DR
AW
DEN N
. TO VO
TAN FROM
ISOLAECHEN 13
ALLG
S B T.
OF
02
EHA
ENTSIVATE
HTE TEN
Sensors
DER
EN IS/ EDGE 15
RF T
OBE BLAT E
PAG
REC A PA
EN
137 -
ISO ca.
FBA
KA NT
hen:
UTZ T OF
T .
ICH prox LE
GEW HT ap / TIT
tzeic
NG
A in
G
WEI U
S S RAN
hal 03 BEN
ENN
Sc
D ISO GBA
INE HE G
H
GBA Pressure Transmitter MODS

bild
C
Loch
T
UN T OF
B in
GE
compact and robust universal pressure transmitter

N
ERT EVE
GBA
EIL
DER THE
kg) kg)
t: 0,3 ,76 shock and vibration resistant
ALL ED IN
dell: Ge wich wicht: 0

DENESERV
nominal voltage 12-32 V DC

Mo (Alu; e
hl; G
GBA /S (Sta
F
E
R
GBA
FU HTS
measuring range 6-600 bar

ER
ALT L RIG
EN.
ZUH L. AL
HEIM TIA
GE FIDEN
Line Mount Bodies, Tools

N
GE IS CO
IST
T
F
VO UMEN
A

R L
DIE DOC
SE
THIS

8
Connecting Plates and Manifolds

A
2 T-10
suitable for various cavities

2
76,2
94,4
1 V19
100220_Manifolds_e
R.
D.-N .
AEN D. NO. UM ANT
MO .-DAT VER P.
RES
.2014
D
AEN D. DATE .
17.11 .
NAV .
05.2021
MO .
END NAV
UM GEADIF. x
Lu. B
DAT E MO N
DAT ISIO
6,4
7,1
.
GEZ W.
REV ISION
REV AT A3
DRA . M
R FORE
GEP CK SIZ
CHE
57,2
6,4
SA
63,5
C 03
14 46
bH G
k Gm
UN
ZEU NO.
chni HALB MAT.
HE4 /
R
nste FUE
atio anz RAW .
IR
TAB TOF
F A TZ NO
Autom onst SZS RKS ERS FOR RT
NW
EAM 8467 K MA WE RIAL REP

L.
/ PA
ID T
Table of contents
63%
LE
-7 SCA TE R.
Contents Page
FLU D MA NR. .-N
HN.- NO. ART
TE
N. TOL.
ZEIC ING
GE - CE US
2768 SURFA
/ W NA
AL
TOL. DR A
NDE OM
S B N T.
G. VON
ALL
ISOFLAECHEN /1302 S TA FR
EH
ENT ATE OF
E
IV
OE E R
CH PAT
IS D
Cavity T-2A 2
ER TT
OB
N
E N / EDG 15 BLA E
PAG
-
TE
K A N O 13
7
ZR OF A
TE
IS .
T ca ox.
E
ICH LE
S
pr
TIT
CH ANT
Cavity T-3A 4
GEW HT ap
FNU/
/
UNG
IG
WE
ENN
UT
FNU,
R
BEN
D
INE E G
SS
G E OF TH
Cavity T-5A 5
EIL VENT
UN
Cavity T-8A 6
E
ER THE
T
ER
/8)
AL VED IN
: G3 3/8)
Cavity nT-10A uss2 2: G 7
LD
schl schluss
DE ESER
A
3/8; 8; An
NF
sCavity
s1: G G3/T-11A 11
E
R
FU HTS
chlu chluss1:
ER
s
LTE RIG
A n
kg; kg; Ans
Cavity T-13A 14
HA . ALL
.
,42
N
ht: 0 ht: 0,92

L
l: ic
EIMENTIA
el e w
Mod (Alu; G l; Gewic
Cavity T-16A 16
ZU
h
T G NFID
FNU S (Sta
EH
FNU/
E IS CO
IS
RL NT
F
G
V O ME
A
NOTE
S E CU
All aluminium manifolds are approved for a maximum operating pressure of

DIE IS DO
210 bar.
TH
1/ 16
BAV/S
BAW
BAW/S
Connecting Plates and Manifolds 100220_Manifolds_e | ValveTech
Cavity T-2A
Manifold 90° = =
BAV, BAW
3
3
2
2
82,6
69,9
3 4 5 6
1
12,7
10,7
1
12,7 38,1
76,2
HE4/15 20 24
Type Ports Weight [kg]

BAV 0,49 (Alu)
G 1/2“
BAV/S 1,30 (Steel)
BAW G 3/4“, 0,27 (Alu)
BAW/S Port 3: G 1/2“ 0,70 (Steel)
T-2A
Sandwich body
NG 10 in A P
BB2 A B
63,5
T T
123,8 61,9
HM3/15 20 26
Type Weight [kg]

BB2 1,11 (Alu)
P T B A
2 / 16
T-2A
ValveTech | 100220_Manifolds_e Connecting Plates and Manifolds
Cavity T-2A
Sandwich body
NG 10 in P P
BBP
A B
63,5
1 2 T 3 T 4
84,1 61,9
T-2A
HM3/15 20 27
G Type Weight [kg]

BBP 0,72 (Alu)
P T B A BBP/S 1,88 (Steel)
Sandwich body
P
NG 10 in A
BBA
B A
63,5
T T
Modell:
BBP (Alu; Gewicht: 0,72 kg) 93,5 49,2
BBP/M (Alu; Gewicht: 0,73 kg)

HM3/15 20 27
BBP/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 1,88 kg)
Type Weight [kg]
G
BBA 0,57 (Alu)
P T B A BBA/S 1,47 (Steel)
Modell:
BBA (Alu, Gewicht=0,57 kg)
3 / 16
BBA/S (Stahl, Gewicht=1,47 kg)
T-3A
Cavity BT-3A
Manifold 90° = =
G 1/2“
CAV, CAW
2
2
C
76,2
3 4 5 6 7
9,5
1
1
9,5 10,7 38,1
D 50,8
HE4/15 20 19
Type Ports Weight [kg] Type Ports Weight [kg]

ewicht in kg CAV 0,29 (Alu) CAW 0,27 (Alu)
,45 G 1/2“ G 3/4“
17 CAV/S 0,76 (Steel) CAW/S 0,70 (Steel)
,41
08
E
Manifold 90° G1/4
CEV, CEW
G1/4
2 1 1
F
82,6
M6 x 17
G
1 1
1 1
2
G
34,9
50,8 6,35
44,45
HE4/15 20 21

CEV
T-3A
0,45 (Alu)
G 1/2“
CAV/S 1,17 (Steel)
CEW 0,41 (Alu)
G 3/4“
CEW/S 1,08 (Steel)
4 / 16
DATUM
DATE 08.05
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B
T-3A
Cavity T-3A
Sandwich body
NG 10 P→T P
CBP
A B
63,5
T T
2 3 4 5
101,6 49,2
HE4/15 20 23
Type Weight [kg]

CBP 0,71 (Alu)
P T B A T-5A CBP/S 1,85 (Steel)
Cavity T-5A = =
Manifold 90°
G 1/2“
DAV
2
2
66,7
1
9,5
1
9,5 10,7 38,1
50,8
HE4/15 21 01
Type Weight [kg]

DAV 0,25 (Alu)
DAV/S 0,66 (Steel)
NOTE Other manifolds and sandwich bodies are available upon request.
dell:
V (Alu; Gewicht: 0,25 kg; Anschlüsse G1/2)
V/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,66 kg; Anschlüsse G1/2)
5 / 16
Stufenbohrung: T-8A
B
Cavity T-8A
Manifold 90° = =
G 1/4“
WFP
2
50,8
C
9,7
1 1
9,4 8,7 38,1
47,5
57,2
HE4/14 44 17
D
Type Weight [kg]
WFP 0,26 (Alu)
WFP/S 0,69 (Steel)
NOTE Other manifolds and sandwich bodiesModell:

are available upon request.
WFP (Alu; Gewicht: 0,26 kg; Anschlüsse G1/
WFP/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,69 kg; Anschlüsse
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
REVISION x
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 63P WERKSTOFF
anzuwendende Fluid Team Norm: EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
TLV-001 (Sauberkeit/
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
F Reinheit von Bauteilen) GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung) BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PA
- Maße in eckigen Klammern sind
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach WFP
DIN 406 Teil 10 und Teil 11 BLATT
PAGE
6 / 16
FAW 76,2 57,2 38,1 0,36
FAW/S G3/4 0,92
ValveTech | 100220_Manifolds_e Connecting PlatesT-10A

and Manifolds
Cavity B
T-10A
In-line body = =
FAU, FAV, FAW
C
A
1
7,1
1
D 7,1  8,6 C
HE3/14 45 07
Type Ports A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] Weight [kg]

FAU 0,20 (Alu)
G 3/8“ 63,5 41,1 31,8 25,4 26,2
FAU/S 0,48 (Steel)
FAV 0,38 (Alu)
G 1/2“ 76,2 57,2 38,1 36,3 36,3
E FAV/S 0,96 (Steel)
FAW 07.11.20140,36AEND.-NR.
(Alu)
DATUM
DATE MOD. NO.
G 3/4“ 76,2 57,2 38,1 36,3GEZ. 36,3
Lu. B. 0,92MOD.
AEND.-DATUM
FAW/S DRAW. (Steel)
DATE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 63% WERKSTOFF
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
FAW , FAU, FAV

BLATT VON
PAGE OF
7 / 16
A
Cavity T-10A
In-line body G1/4
1 open
B FEU, FEV
G1/4
1 1
74,4
M6 x 12,7
2
3C 4 5 6 7
36,3
G
1 1
1 1
G
44,4 6,4
38,1
HE4/14 46 01
D Type Ports Weight [kg]
FEU 0,32 (Alu)
G 3/8“ T-10A
FEU/S 0,84 (Steel)
FEV 0,30 (Alu)
G 1/2“
FEV/S 0,80 (Steel)
E
T-10A
Anschlüsse Gewicht [kg]
Manifold
FEU
FEU/S
G3/8 straight
0,32
0,84
FEV
G1/2 G 0,33/8“
FCU
FEV/S 0,8
ALL
I
35°
OBE
E
KAN
I
GEW
F
67,1
WEI
BE
2 F
1
2 1 S
7,9
43 8,7 30,2
85,9
HE4/14 46 02
Type Weight [kg]

FCU 0,26 (Alu)
FCU/S 0,67 (Steel)
8; Anschluss2: G3/8)
G3/8; Anschluss2:
8 / 16 G3/8)
DATUM
A T-10A
Cavity T-10A
Manifold 90°
G 3/8“
FNU
2
B 2
76,2
94,4
1
C
6,4
7,1
6,4
57,2
63,5
1 2 3 4
M.K.
D HE4/14 46 03
FB4 Entlastung bei A Type

FNU
Weight [kg]
0,42 (Alu)
A FNU/S 0,92 (Steel)
T-10A
Sandwich body NG 6
FB4 T
E
44,5
B A
B P
104 43,2
CHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
HM3/14 46 04
Modell:
P T B A P T B A
F FNU (Alu;2 Gewicht: 0,42 kg;4 Anschluss1:Type
G3/8; Weight [kg]
Anschluss2: G3/8)
FB4 0,44 (Alu)
FNU/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,92 kg; Anschluss1: G3/8; Anschluss2: G3
FB4/S 0,97 (Steel)
1 3
C P T B A P T B A
NOTE The sandwich body is available with unloading port at A or at B.
FB4 Entlastung bei B

F A PATENT.
9 / 16
1 2 3 4
M.K.
T-10A
Cavity
A T-10A
Sandwich body NG 6
FBA, FBP, FBT T
2 3 4 5
44,5
B A
B
65,5 43,2
HE4/14 48 08
2 Type Ports Design Weight [kg]

G FBA/M A→T or 0,30 (Alu)
metric
1
FBA/T B→T 0,70 (Steel)
P T B A
C FBA A->T FBP/M

FBP/T
metric P→T
0,30 (Alu)
0,70 (Steel)
FBT/M T-10A 0,30 (Alu)
metric from T
FBT/T 0,70 (Steel)
Sandwich body P
NG 10, P→T
CBE
A B
D
63,5
T T
101,4 49,2
HE4/14 50 08
E Lochbild ISO 03 Type Weight [kg]

CBE/M 0,69 (Alu)
G
P T B A
CBE/T 1,78 (Steel)
Modell:
FBA/M (Alu; Gewicht: 0,30 kg)
FBA/T (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,72 kg)
O 05 10 / 16
T-11A
Cavity T-11A
Manifold 90°
EAV, ECV, ECT, EAU, 3
ECU
3
76,2 2
2
65
10,9
1
2 3 9,4 4
8,6
5 31,8 6
63,5
HE4/14 47 01
Type Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 A [mm] Weight [kg]

EAV 0,32 (Alu)
G 1/2“ G 1/2“ G 3/8“ 61,7
EAV/S 0,83 (Steel)
ECV 0,32 (Alu)
G 1/2“ G 1/2“ G 1/4“ 64,3
ECV/S 0,83 (Steel)
ECT 0,34 (Alu)
G 1/4“ G 1/4“ G 1/4“ 64,3
ECT/S 0,89 (Steel)
EAU2 x T-11A Stufenbohrungen 0,33 (Alu)
G 3/8“ G 3/8“ G 3/8“
(An jeder
EAU/S Stirnseite eine) 61,7 0,86 (Steel)
ECU 0,33 (Alu)
G 3/8“ G 3/8“ G 1/4“ 64,3
ECU/S 0,87 (Steel)
Sandwich body NG 6
EBY T
44,5
B A
123,8 43,2
HE4/14 51 08
2 Type Weight [kg]

EBY 0,48 (Alu)
1
EBY/S 1,22 (Steel)
P T B A
11 / 16
2 x Stufenbohrung T-11A
Cavity T-11A
Manifold 90° 101,6
YEV, YEU
V1 V2
76,2
2 3 4 5
12,7
C1 C2
9,7 8,6 31,8
92,2
HE4/14 47 03

YEV 0,49 (Alu)
V1 V2 G 1/2“
YEV/S 1,29 (Steel)
YEU 0,52 (Alu)
G 3/8“
2 x Stufenbohrung T-11A
C1 C2
YEU/S 1,36 (Steel)
Manifold straight
XEU
35°
67,1
V1 V2
C1
C2
7,3 8,7 37,3
78,7 74,6
85,9
HE4/14 51 07
Type Weight [kg]

V1 V2
XEU 0,65 (Alu)

XEU/S 1,71 (Steel)
C1 C2
12 / 16
Cavity T-11A
1 2 3 4 5
Sandwich body NG 6 T
EB2
44,5
B A
131,2 43,2
HE4/14 34 26
2 Type Weight [kg]

EB2 0,56 (Alu)
1
P T B A
EB2/S 1,24 (Steel)
Sandwich body NG 6
EBP T
Lochbild ISO 3 T-11A
44,5
B A
73,8 43,2
HE4/14 51 10
G Type Weight [kg]

EBP/M 0,32 (Alu)
P T B A EBP/T
T-11A
0,77 (Steel)
Lochbild ISO 03
Modell:
EB2 (Alu; Gewicht: 0,56 kg)
EB2/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 1,24 kg)
Modell:
EBP/M (Alu; Gewicht: 0,32 kg)
13 / 16
EBP/T (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,77 kg)
Cavity T-13A
Manifold 90° = =
G 3/8“
GAU
2
2
55,6
1
1 2 3 4
M.K.
7,1
1
7,1 8,7 31,8
41,1
A HE4/15 17 03
Type Weight [kg]

GAU 0,15 (Alu)
GAU/S 0,28 (Steel)
Manifold straight
GCT, GCU
B
35°
Modell:
GAU (Alu; Gewicht: 0,15 kg; Anschluss 1&2: G3/8)
50,6
GAU/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,28 kg; Anschluss 1&2: G3/8)

2
1 2 1
6,4
32,5 30,2
C
65
HE4/15 17 04

GCT 0,15 (Alu)
G 1/4“
GCT/S 1,39 (Steel)
GCU
T-13A
0,14 (Alu)
G 3/8“
GCU/S 0,37 (Steel)
D
14 / 16
T-13A
A ValveTech | 100220_Manifolds_e Connecting Plates and Manifolds
Cavity T-13A
1 Sandwich body NG 6 2 3 4
GBA T
in A or B
44,45
B A
A B P
69,9 43,2
HE4/15 17 06
1 Type Weight [kg]

GBA T-13A
0,3 (Alu)
B C
2
P T GBA A in
B A
GBA/S 0,76 (Steel)
Sandwich body NG 6
Z6S T
in P
44,5
B A
C D Schaltzeichen: FBA P
60,7 40
HE4/15 17 07
GBA A in Type
Z6S
Weight [kg]
0,23 (Alu)
D E Z6S/S 0,61 (Steel)
GBA B in
P T B A
NOTE Other manifolds and sandwich bodies are available upon request.
Lochbild ISO 03
Modell:
E F GBA (Alu; Gewicht: 0,3 kg)
Lochbild ISO 03 GBA/S (Stahl; Gewicht: 0,76 kg)
15 / 16
Modell:
Z6S (Alu; Gewicht: 0,23 kg)
B Connecting Plates and Manifolds 100220_Manifolds_e | ValveTech
T-16A
Cavity T-16A
Manifold straight
ICX
35°
C
98,2
2 2 1
1 2 3 4
M.K.
1
12,7
58,7 13,1 57,2

A
117,5
HE3/15 21 03
D
Type Weight [kg]
ICX 0,96 (Alu)
T-16A ICX/S 2,51 (Steel)
B Manifold 90° = =
G 1 1/4“
E IAY, IAX
GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2 Modell: 2
ICX (Alu; Gewicht: 0,96 kg; Anschluss 1&2: G1)
ICX/S
C (Stahl; Gewicht: 2,51 kg; Anschluss 1&2: G1)
10,7
G
F
G1/4
1
CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
25,4
1
12,7 57,2
76,2
D HE3/15 21 02

IAY 0,8 (Alu)
G 1 1/4“
IAY/S 2,09 (Steel)
IAX 0,88 (Alu)
G 1“
IAX/S 2,31 (Steel)

E Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
16 / 16
Hollow bolt body HSS
3
2 3
2 4
for counterbalance valves or 4

pilot to open check valves
with cavity T-11A or T-2A
1 1
100210_HSS_e
06.2019

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Dimensions2
Table of dimensions 3
Type code 3
Set-up4
Characteristics hollow bolt body for counterbalance valves or pilot to open check valves
space-saving installation possible
dead space is minimized
available in many variations
available with already mounted valves
turnable
hollow bolt can be mounted from both sides
maintenance-free
1/ 4
Hollow bolt body 100210_HSS_e | ValveTech
Technical data
Flow rate: depending on valve
18/16/13, filter with β 5(c) > 200
Mechanic Design: Hollow bolt body

1 2G 1/4“, G 3/8“, G 1/2“, G 3/4“, M 183 x 1,5 4
M.K.
Size:
A
Weight: without valves, see table of dimensions
Material: steel
seal at Usit-ring: NBR
Dimensions
Hollow bolt body HSS B
B
A
DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
2
C
H
G
C
F
S RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
4
1
for installation torque and

width across flats (SW) see I J
table of dimensions
D HE4/14 33 01
2/4
ValveTech | 100210_HSS_e Hollow bolt body
Table of
dimensions
1 G 1/4“ G 3/8“ G 1/2“ G 3/4“ M 18 x 1,5

Cavity T-11A T-11A T-11A T-2A T-11A
2 G 1/4“ G 3/8“ G 1/2“ G 3/4“ G 1/2“
3 and 4 G 1/4“ G 1/4“ G 1/4“ G 1/4“ G 1/4“
A [mm] 30 30 30 40 30
B [mm] 60 55 65 80 65
C [mm] 75 80 85 100 80
D [mm]* 33 33 33 55 33
E [mm]** 13 13 13 17 13
F [mm] 27 27 30 38 27
G [mm] 51 51 54 61 51
H [mm] 63 63 66 75 63
I [mm] 12 12 14 16 14
J [mm] 41 39 48 57 48
SW 19 22 27 41 24
Installation torque [Nm] 22 ± 1,1 40 ± 2 65 ± 3,3 180 ± 9 50 ± 2,3
Weight [kg] *** 0,85 0,85 1,0 2,0 1,0
Article number 203.0144 203.0003 203.0005 203.0006 203.0012
* Dimension „D“ applies to counterbalance valves with L-control (e. g. CBCA-LAN)

** Dimension „E“ applies to pilot to open check valves without manual load release (e. g. CKCB-XCN)
*** Weight of hollow bolt body without any valves
NOTE The installation torque values of the hollow bolt are maximum values which are not
be exceeded (Nm, couter material steel). This must be guaranteed by using the
necessary tools (torque wrench) and procedure.
NOTE The steel sealing ring may not be replaced by any other sealing! It has a functional
purpose in absorbing forces. Other sealing rings (e.g. copper, or USIT-rings) are
not permitted!
Type code
HSS - - S
Cavity steel
R 1/4 “
R 3/8 “
R 1/2 “
R 3/4 “
M 18 x 1,5
NOTE The hollow bolt bodies HSS are available with a variety of counterbalance valves
and pilot to open check valves. They can also be provided with a Minimess® test-
point. Please contact us for more information.
3/4
Hollow bolt body 100210_HSS_e | ValveTech
Set-up
The hollow bolt body HSS must be fitted completely before mounting on the cylin-
der. Through inappropriate mounting of the hollow bolt body to the cylinder, it is
possible that additional forces lead to leaking due to loosened parts.
If mounted inappropriately, it is possible that the steel sealing ring damages the
cylinder and/or the hollow bolt body.
If leakage occurs at the steel sealing ring despite the correct installation torque, the
system must never be tightened with a higher torque, but it might be necessary to
replace the cylinder and/or the hollow bolt body, as well as the steel sealing ring.
The system is designed to absorb hydraulic forces. If there are any mechanic forces,
e.g. applied through hydraulic tubing, this may lead to failure.
Any hydraulic tubing must be mounted to the hollow bolt body with the system
beeing turned off and stress-relieved.

Accessories/ Please contact us for fitting steel sealing rings, locking screws or valves as spare
spare parts parts for the hollow bolt body HSS.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
piezoresistive
nominal voltage 12 - 32 V DC
measuring range -1 - 600 bar
060210_MODS_e
02.2020

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Dimensions3
Pin assignment 3
Type code 4
Characteristics robust
compact
pressure peak resistant
overload protected
with reverse voltage protection
limitation of power loss
electronic calibration
stainless steel
fully welded, “dry” measuring cell, therefore no internal transmission media
applicable with all standard signals for industry, hydraulics and pneumatics
various signal-, thread- and connecting options available
Certifications: German Lloyd (GL) for marine applications
Railway apllications (DIN EN 50155)
1/ 4
Technical data
Hydraulic Measuring range: see type code
Pressure type: relative pressure
Overload pressure: 2 x full scale*
Burst pressure: 3 x full scale*
Mechanic Design: screw-in pressure transmitter

Weight: 0,1 kg
Material: stainless steel
Measuring principle: piezoresistive
Shock resistance: 1000 g according to DIN EN 60068-2-32
Vibration resistance: 20 g according to DIN EN 60068-2-6
Damping: ø 0,6 mm at hydraulic connector, integrated in sensor
Electric Nominal voltage: 12 - 32 V DC or 5 V DC ±10 %

Protection class: IP67 (according to plug-system, if correctly mounted)
Response time: ≤ 2 ms
Output signal: see type code
Electric termination: Electric plug M12x1, 4-pin
Electric plug DIN EN 175301-803, shape A, 3-pin + PE
Electromagnetic 25 V/m (according to DIN EN 61000-4-3)
compatibility:
Temperature coefficient in ≤ 0,15 % / 10 K
compensated temperature
range:
Radiation: < 30 BμV/m (according to DIN 61000-4-3)
Accuracy @ RT: ≤ 0,50 % of the range
Stability/Year: ≤ 0,15 % of the range
Non-linearity: ≤ 0,15 % of the range
NOTE Due to electronic calibration the pressure transmitter has a total error of 2 % of full
scale*. Customised versions with better accuracy are available on request.
* integral linearity error
2/4
1 2 3
M.K.
ValveTech | 060210_MODS_e Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions
MODS A 68,1
M12x1
SW22
G1/4
20
2
HE4/152321
Pin assignment
B
electric plug
M12x1, 4-pin
2 1
View on MODS-sensor
3 4
Output signal Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4
C A supply n.c. output signal n.c.

voltage + 4 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
B supply n.c. GND output signal
voltage + 0 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
C supply n.c. GND output signal
(12 - 32 V DC)
D supply n.c. GND output signal
voltage + 0,5 - 4,5 V DC
D (5 V DC ±10 %) ratiometric
E supply output signal GND n.c.
voltage + 4 - 20 mA
(12 - 32 V DC)
n.c. = not connected
electric plug 3
DIN EN 175301-803
shape A,
3-pin + PE View on MODS-sensor
E 2 1
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
Output signal Pin 1 Pin 2FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik
Pin 3 GmbH REVISION
FORMAT
C supply GNDISO 2768 - outputSCALE signal RAW MAT. NO.
Allgemein
EN ISO 1302
(12 - 32 V DC)
MATERIAL
HE4 / 15 23
F GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSAT
REPL.
BENENNUNG / TITLE 3/4 ART.
Druckaufnehmer
BLATT
Type code
MODS - - G 1/4 - -
Pressure transmitter Measuring range Connection Output signal Electric plug

thread M12x1 M12
6 -1 - 6 bar (DIN 3852)
4 - 20 mA A
60 0 - 60 bar 0 - 20 mA B DIN EN 175301-803
160 0 - 160 bar 0 - 10 V DC C shape A, N
3-pin + PE
250 0 - 250 bar 0,5 - 4,5 V DC D
400 0 - 400 bar 4 - 20 mA
(3-wire)
E
600 0 - 600 bar

spare parts Seal ring (Viton) 1095335

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
4/4
for small screw in valves ● steel zinc plated ● max. 350 bar
Description
Suitably for the FLUID TEAM small screw in valve
program. The zinc plating ensures a good corrosion
protection. The housings are rated for 350 bar.
Deliverable Executions
female-female female-male with sealing shoulder
type G2, G3 type G5, G5B, G6
SW
Type Size G A B C ∅D Weight [kg] Torque [Nm] Art.-No.
(Hex.)
G2 suitable for VCD, VCL, RBS1
BSPP 1/4 66 13 - 19 0,09 – 138.0008
BSPP 3/8 70 37 13 - 22 0,12 – 138.0009
BSPP 1/2 80 42 15 - 27 0,20 – 138.0010
BSPP 3/4 100 51 17 - 32 0,29 – 138.0011
G3 suitable for DRV, RKR, RHR

BSPP 1/2 90 65 *) 15 - 27 0,23 – 138.0012
G5 suitable for RBS1

BSPP 1/4 50 23 12 6 19 0,06 30 138.0003
BSPP 3/8 60 25 12 9 22 0,10 50 138.0004
BSPP 1/2 73 32 14 12 27 0,17 65 138.0005
BSPP 3/4 110 55 16 16 32 0,32 180 138.0006
G5B suitable for VCL, RHR, RKR

BSPP 3/8 60 43 12 9 22 0,10 50 138.0007
G6 suitable for VCD, VCL, RBS1 stud M12x1,5; drilling: BSPP 1/4
M12x1,5 / BSPP 1/4 72 42 12 6 19 0,10 30 138.0013
*) body with 118° drilling angle for O-ring sealing

GEH-WZ-E Date: 05/11 Page 1 of 2 Subject to change. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Screw-In Tool
For Valve Type Art.- No. L L1 L2 ØF Hole Circle x Pin-Ø

RBS1 G 1/4 W1 139.0001 120 110 60 11,3 8,5 x 2,0
RHR G 1/4
RHR G 3/8 W2 139.0002 120 110 60 15,0 10,8 x 2,4
RBS1 G 3/8 W3 139.0003 120 110 60 15,0 10,5 x 3,0
RBS1 G 1/2 W4 139.0004 120 110 60 18,8 13,0 x 3,9
RHR G 1/2 W5 139.0005 120 110 60 18,8 14,2 x 3,4
RBS1 G 3/4 W6 139.0006 120 110 60 24,0 16,0 x 5,5

GEH-WZ-E Date: 05/11 Page 2 of 2 Subject to change. © WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH
Mobile Classic
Chapter
13
Check valves
Mobile Classic check valve VCP
hydraulically unlockable
in-line body or flangeable
Mobile Classic check valve VCP
C D
hydraulically unlockable
volume flow max. 200 l/min A B
in-line body or flangeable
130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en
10.2022

Characteristics1
Technical data 2
Performance3
Dimensions4
Type code 7
Characteristics poppet type check valve

operating pressure up to 320 bar
hydraulically unlockable check valve, opening in locking direction
very robust construction due to cast housing and hardened valve parts
installation in in-line body, or directly flangeable
double-sided and single-sided locking
available with two opening ratios
leak-free
maintenance-free
low vibration
1/ 9
Mobile Classic check valve 130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Technical data
Hydraulic Operating pressure max: 320 bar
Flow rate: 60 l/min, 200 l/min
Opening ratio: 1 : 4 and 1 : 40 (1 : 42)
Opening pressure: 0,5 bar
Area ratio at cylinder: 3:1
Flow direction: A to C, B to D free flow
C to A, D to B locked, hydraulically unlockable
Hydraulic fluid: mineral oil according to DIN 51524 (HL/HLP),
Filtration: oil cleanliness according to ISO 4406 (1999) 19/15
Mechanic Design : poppet check valve, in in-line body or flangeable

Size: 8 or 12
Weight: size 8: 1,6 kg
size 12: 6,7 kg
body: cast iron
seals: NBR, Viton or EPDM optional
Surface protection: body: manganese phosphatized
2/9
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en Mobile Classic check valve
Performance
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) VCPD and VCPS 8 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) VCPD and VCPS 8
1 : 4 at IN 1 : 40 at IN
40 40
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
C/D→A/B
A/B→C/D
30 30
20 20
A/B→C/D
C/D→A/B
10 10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) VCPD and VCPS 12 Pressure drop diagram (Δp/Q) VCPD and VCPS 12
1 : 4 at IN 1 : 40 at IN
50 50
Δp [bar]
Δp [bar]
40 40 C/D→
A/B
30 A/B→ 30
C/D
20 20
A/B→
C/D
10 10
C/D→
A/B
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]

3/9
4/9
port A and B
port C and D
cast manifold
Dimensions
Weitergabe
WeitergabeWeitergabe sowie
sowie Vervielfältigung
sowieVervielfältigung
Vervielfältigung dieses
dieses Dokuments, Verwertung
diesesDokuments,
Dokuments, Verwertung
Verwertung und
und Mitteilung
undMitteilung
Mitteilung seines
seines Inhaltes Inhaltes
seinessind
Inhaltes sind
verboten,
sindverboten,
verboten, soweit
soweit nicht soweit nicht
ausdrücklich gestattet.
nichtausdrücklich
ausdrücklich gestattet.
gestattet. Zuwiderhandlungen
Zuwiderhandlungen
Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten
verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
verpflichten Alle
Alle Rechte
zuzuSchadenersatz.
Schadenersatz. Rechte
für
Alle für
den Fall
Rechte den
fürderdenFall
Fallderder
Patent-, Patent-,
Gebrauchsmuster-
Patent-,Gebrauchsmuster-
Gebrauchsmuster- oder
oder Geschmackmustereintragung
oderGeschmackmustereintragung
Geschmackmustereintragung vorbehalten.
vorbehalten.
vorbehalten. The
The reproduction, distribution
Thereproduction,
reproduction, distribution
distribution and
and utilization of this document
andutilization
utilizationofofthis as
thisdocument
document well
the
well asasas communication
well
asasthe of this contents
thecommunication
communication ofofthis to otherstowithout
thiscontents
contents toothers
others without
express express
withoutauthorization is
expressauthorization
authorization isis
prohibited.
prohibited. Offenders
prohibited.Offenders
Offenders will
will be held laible
will forlaible
bebeheld
held the for
payment
laible forthe damages.
thepayment
ofpayment All rightsAll
ofofdamages.
damages. Allrights
reserved in the event
rightsreserved
reserved of event
ininthe
the the grant
event of grant
ofofthe
the patent,
agrant ofofautility
apatent,
patent, utility
model or model
utilitydesign.(According
modelorordesign.(According
design.(According DIN
DIN ISO 16016
DINISO
/ISO16016
Gemäß
16016/DIN
/Gemäß
Gemäß DIN
ISO 16016)
DINISO
ISO16016)
16016)
F
F
E
B
E
E
B
A
D
C
C
Check Valve VCPA
A
D
D
mounting interface G
size 8
Mobile Classic check valve
* thread according to type code

1
1
1
35 35
35 76,2 76,2
76,2
17,5 17,5
17,5 19 19
19 38,1 38,1
38,1 17,5 17,5
17,5
2
2
2
C
C
46,8
46,8
46,8
A
A
3
3
3
79,5
52,2
79,5
52,2
79,5
52,2
140,3
140,3
140,3
8,5 88,5,5
130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en
B
*
B46,8
46,8
46,8
D
D
** Anschlußgröße
Typenschlüssel
Typenschlüssel
Typenschlüssel
4
4
4
Anschlußgröße nach
* Anschlußgröße nach
nach
4/9
| WEBER-HYDRAULIK
VCPD8 in-line body

NICHT
NICHT
DIN-THREAD
5
5
5
TOLERIERUNG
TOLERANCING
TOLERANCING
TOLERANZ
TOLERANCE
TOLERANCE
ISO
TOLERIERUNG ISO
ISO
TOLERIERTE
TOLERIERTE
WITHOUT
FUER
ISO8015
8015
8015
/
SURFACES
OBERFLAECHEN
OBERFLAECHEN
DIN-GEWINDE
DIN-GEWINDE
SURFACES DINDIN
FORTOLERANCES
GENERAL
TOLERANCING ISO 8015 / GENERAL

GENERAL
EN E
DIN E
OBERFLAECHEN DIN E
DIN-THREAD WITHOUT TOLERANCES =

DIN-THREAD WITHOUT TOLERANCES =
FOR THREAD-LENG
//ALLGEMEIN
TOLERANCE FOR THREAD-LENG

THREAD-LENG
SURFACES DIN EN IS
TOLERIERUNG ISO 8015 / ALLGEMEIN

8015 / ALLGEMEIN
DIN EN IS
IS
TOLERANZ FUER GEWINDELAEN
TOLERANZ FUER GEWINDELAEN

GEWINDELAEN=T
=T
NICHT TOLERIERTE DIN-GEWINDE = T
Offenders will be held laible for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a pa
Dokuments, Verwertung und Mitteilung seines Inhaltes sind verboten, soweit nich
vorbehalten. The reproduction, distribution and utilization of
13,2 26,8 12
66,8
93,6
106,8 18 +0,2
WEBER-HYDRAULIK
D | 130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en Mobile Classic check valve
A-A
Dimensions *
Check Valve VCP

size 8
mounting interface F
35
oder Geschmackmustereintragung E
17,5
1 2 3 4 5
52,2
Fall der
is
dieses
without express authorization
140,3
Rechte für den
Vervielfältigung
port A and B
A
to othersGebrauchsmuster-
sowieAlle
F
DIN ISO 16016)
Schadenersatz.
Typenschlüssel
6
OBERFLAECHEN
2 3 4 5 7
SURFACES D
8
7,2 79,2
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieses Dokuments, Verwertung und Mitteilung seines Inhaltes sind verboten, soweit nicht ausdrücklich gestattet. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zuWeitergabe
NICHT TOLERIERTE DIN-GEWI

prohibited.
TOLERANZ FUER GEWIN

Patent-, Gebrauchsmuster- oder Geschmackmustereintragung vorbehalten. The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as well as the communication of this contents Patent-,
DIN-THREAD WITHOUT TOLERA

TOLERANCE FOR THREA
cast manifold TOLERIERUNG ISO 8015 / ALL
A B
prohibited. Offenders will be held laible for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.(According DIN ISO 16016 / Gemäß
TOLERANCING ISO 8015 / GE
5
8,
19
7,2 79,2
36
79,5
C D
40
A B
5
A A
8,
19
port pattern
(company standard) C
screw plugs
36
79,5
C D 13,2 26,8 12
66,8
A A
93,6
106,8 18 +0,2
D
A-A
13,2 26,8 12
66,8
93,6
106,8 18 +0,2
1,9 +0,1
35
E
A-A
17,5
VCPD8 flange body

52,2
NOTE The valve must be mounted with fitting screws 140,3

M8 - 10.9.
17,5
DAT.
F 29.08.2022 AEND.-NR.
DAT. MOD.-NO.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
TypenschlüsselWEBER-HYDRAULIK DRAW. DaffnerH OBERFLAECHEN
MOD.-DATE
SURFACES D
PRUEF. GEAEND.
-
52,2 CHECK.
GES.
NICHT TOLERIERTE
MODIF. DIN-GEW
TOLERANZ FUER GEWIN
GEPR.
APPR. - DIN-THREAD WITHOUT TOLERA
CHECK FOR THREA
-
140,3
TOLERANCE
MASSSTAB: REVISION
TOLERIERUNG ISO 8015 / ALL
REVISION
SCALE
1:1
TOLERANCING ISO 8015 / GE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT.
GEWICHT CA. (KG) WERKSTOFF
WEIGHT APPROX:
1.465 MATERIAL
ART.-NR./PART-NO. HALBZEUG-NR.
RAW PART NO.
* Anschlußgröße nach ENTSTANDEN AUS

DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
Typenschlüssel OBERFLAECHEN DIN EN ISO 1302
SURFACES DIN EN ISO 1302 BENENNUNG ZEICHN.-NR./DR
NICHT TOLERIERTE DIN-GEWINDE = TOLERANZKLASSE MITTEL TITLE
TOLERANZ FUER GEWINDELAENGE: +1,5 X STEIGUNG
DIN-THREAD WITHOUT TOLERANCES = TOLERANCE-CLASS-MIDDLE
VCPD8 Flanschanschluß
TOLERANCE FOR THREAD-LENGTH: +1,5 X GRADIENT
BLATT
TOLERIERUNG ISO 8015 / ALLGEMEINTOLERANZEN ISO 2768-
TOLERANCING ISO 8015 / GENERAL TOLERANCES ISO 2768- PAGE 1
5/9
5/9
F
F
B
B
A
A
E
E
C
C
D
D
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung
Weitergabe sowiedieses
Vervielfältigung
Dokuments, Verwertung
dieses Dokuments,
und Mitteilung
Verwertung
seinesund
Inhaltes
Mitteilung
sind verboten,
seines Inhaltes
soweitsind
nicht
verboten,
ausdrücklich
soweitgestattet.
nicht ausdrücklich
Zuwiderhandlungen
gestattet.verpflichten
Zuwiderhandlungen
zu Schadenersatz.
verpflichtenAlle
zu Schadenersatz.
Rechte für den Alle Rechte für den
Fall der Patent-, Gebrauchsmuster-
Fall der Patent-,oder
Gebrauchsmuster-
Geschmackmustereintragung
oder Geschmackmustereintragung
vorbehalten. The reproduction,
vorbehalten.
distribution
The reproduction,
and utilization
distribution
of thisand
document
utilization
as well
of this
as document
the communication
as well as
ofthe
thiscommunication
contents to others
of thiswithout
contentsexpress
to others without express
authorization is prohibited.
authorization
Offenders
is prohibited.
will be held
Offenders
laible forwill
thebepayment
held laible
of damages.
for the payment
All rights
of reserved
damages. in
Allthe
rights
event
reserved
of the grant
in theof
event
a patent,
of theutility
grantmodel
of a patent,
or design.(According
utility model or
DINdesign.(According
ISO 16016 / Gemäß DINDIN
ISOISO
16016
16016)
/ Gemäß DIN ISO 16016)
Ø 10,5
6/9
1
1
1
1
port A and B
port C and D
cast manifold
Dimensions
NOTE
size 12
Check Valve VCP
Mobile Classic check valve

port pattern (company standard)

54 54 93,4 93,4
27 27 57,2 57,2 27 27
2
2
2
2
10 10
D
D
,5 ,5
3
3
3
3
B
B
79,4
79,4
Typenschlüssel
Typenschlüssel
81
81
200
200
132
132
235,7
235,7
4
4
4
4
The valve must be mounted with fitting screws M10 - 10.9.

A
A
79,4
79,4
*
C
C
5
5
5
5
130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
VCPD12 in-line body

6
6
TOLERI
TOLERI
TO
TO
TOLER
TOLER
TO
TO
DIN-THRE
DIN-THRE
NICHT T
NICHT T
Type code
VCP X X***
Revision
Model
hydraulic pilot Special designs
VCP operated check optional, not
valve applicable with
X***
standard
Design (e.g. X218)
D double unlockable
Piloting position
S single unlockable
spool type D
Size
C D
8 60 l/min AB
12 200 l/min A B
spool type S
Mounting interface C D
port A+B: thread AC

G
port C+D: thread
A B
port A+B: thread
F*
port C+D: flange C D
BD
Thread design A B
G Inch thread C D
U UNF thread
AP°°
M metric thread
A B
Seals C D
N NBR CP°°°
V Viton (FKM) A B
E EPDM C D
BP°
Opening ratio
A B
1 1:4
C D
4 1 : 40 (1 : 42)
DP
A B
NOTE Grey marking corresponds to standard version.
* F only available in size 8

° not available for mounting interface F
°° AP: standard size 8
°°°CP: standard size 12
7/9
Mobile Classic check valve 130110_MobileClassic_VCP_en | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Type code
Type code Short-ID-No. Opening Ports Seals Flow currentless
ratio
VCPD8GGN1ABB VCPD8-203 1:4 G 1/2 NBR AB
VCPD8GGN4ABB VCPD8-218 1 : 40 G 1/2 NBR AB
VCPD8GUN1ABB VCPD8-207 1:4 3/4“ / 16 UNF / 2B NBR AB
VCPD8GUN4ABB VCPD8-240 1 : 40 3/4“ / 16 UNF / 2B NBR AB
VCPS8GGN1APB VCPS8-204 1:4 G 1/2 NBR AP

VCPS8GGN4APB VCPS8-206 1 : 40 G 1/2 NBR AP
VCPS8GUN1APB VCPS8-205 1:4 3/4“ / 16 UNF / 2B NBR AP
VCPS8GUN4APB VCPS8-301 1 : 40 3/4“ / 16 UNF / 2B NBR AP
VCPD12GGN1ABB VCPD12-204 1:4 G 3/4 NBR AB

VCPD12GGN4ABB VCPD12-206 1 : 42 G 3/4 NBR AB
VCPD12GUN1ABB VCPD12-200 1:4 1 1/16“ / 12UNF / 2B NBR AB
VCPD12GUN4ABB VCPD12-201 1 : 42 1 1/16“ / 12UNF / 2B NBR AB
VCPS12GGN1CPB VCPS12-261 1:4 G 3/4 NBR CP

VCPS12GGN4CPB VCPS12-260 1 : 42 G 3/4 NBR CP
VCPS12GUN1CPB VCPS12-263 1:4 1 1/16“ / 12UNF / 2B NBR CP
VCPS12GUN4CPB VCPS12-264 1 : 42 1 1/16“ / 12UNF / 2B NBR CP
8/9

Type code DI - VCP
seal kit
Seal kit Seals

NBR N
Model Viton (FKM) V
hydraulic pilot EPDM E
VCP operated check
valve Mounting interface
port A+B: thread
Design G
port C+D: thread
D double unlockable port A+B: thread
F*
S single unlockable port C+D: flange
Size * F only available in size 8

8 60 l/min
12 200 l/min
NOTE Grey marking corresponds to standard version.
NOTE The area ratio on the cylinder must be smaller than the control ratio of the valve.
Valves with a pilot ratio of 1 : 40 are suitable for lowering loads.
Other valve types are available on request. Please contact us for further assis-
tance.

Siemensstraße 17, 84109 Wörth a. d. Isar info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
Phone: +49 8702 49397-0
9/9
Appendix:
Chapter
General Information I
General Terms and Conditions of the WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group
§ General Terms of Sale and Supply: GTC

General Conditions of Purchase: GCP
General Operating Manual
i
assembly
commissioning
maintenance
Seal Kit Installation Guide
4
Valve Cavities and Port Patterns
3
Port Patterns
2
4 NG 3 to NG 25
3
2
1
n16 H7
0,02 A
rn
0,03 A
Valve Cavities
2-way designs
b
11 - 0,02
1,5
+0
a a
Y
a
<n 7
2
PT 9
AS
+ 0,2
Z
14,5 - 0
>PT 23
a
>25
:1) 1
n15 H7 A
G1/4
Valve Cavities
a
A
r n0,03 3
3-way designs
5,5 - 0 PT
+ 0,5
2,5 - 0
2 +
15
Y x11/
M4
2
7
>23,2
Z
14,5 - 0,2
+0
<n 5
0,1
1
o28 `
<n 5
Manual Overrides and Electrical Connectors

n11 H8 A
C
LT
Manual Overrides
S BEHA
.
TZRE A PATENT
2 6: 1)
Zo(>3
a
designs
CHTE
a
1)
Y(2: +0,2
NT OF
Electrical Connectors
3 0°
ILUNG OF THE GRA
SCHU
R0,4
designs
3
D Rz6,3Rz6,
a
EINES
a = =
RW-5
g für FT gstiefe
T
bohrun ssun
EVEN
Stufen PT = Pa
TE
TH E
.-NR.
V55
AEND
V32
ER
.-NR.
NO.
Test Conditions
14 MOD. 15D. ATUM
1419.01.MO
AEND
NO.
03.03.20 .-D NT. H.W.

D IN
ATUM
31.07.20
ND.-D
R
M M AE VERA NT.
DATU D. DA
TE AEND
.K. MORE
VERA
LL DE
DATU SP.
TE
Lu. B. M GE
MO D. DA
Lu. B. S. H.
DATE
.
SERVE
RESP
DATE ND. ND.
GEAE NAV.
AE
GEZ. NAV.
. MODIF. a
Z.
x
.
x
GE
.
3 REVISIOIONN
DIFV.
M. K.
DRAW
MONA NAV.
M. K.
DRAW ION
FA
. . REVIS N
GEPR GEPR IO
VIS
A4 FORMAT A4
ALTEN RIGHTS RE
K K RE RE VIS
CHEC
DEN
CHEC
Test Conditions and Standards

AT
FORM
E SIZE SIZE
. FUER
bH GmbH
nik Gm stechnik
applied standards
onstech tomation
Automati
UG
5000 AM Au
Kons
nz UID TE 78467 HA LBZE tanzUG HALBZE .
TEAM Konsta FL SZ.STAB
T. NO
FLUID T. NO
L
7 D-AB RAW MA
10 02 / 14 31 16
D-7846 ST W MA MA
GEHEI ENTIAL. AL
4000 MASZ RA E STOF

F
AL/EGEN.
TOL. F
SCAL
HE4 / 14 HE4
STOF WERK
PSI
%-
L.
- f H ISO 927268
TO SC
WERK RIAL
/ GEN. ALLG.
TOL.
MATE
. TOL. TERIAL
ISO 2768
ER
ALLG3000 TZ FU
RFMA
ACE NR. ER ERSA
TZ FU
N.-
MZUH
E EN / SU .-NR. ZEICH FOR

RFAC ERSA
1302
.
/ SU AECH ICHN ING NO REPL. NO.
EN ISO
ZE . FOR
FL .
8
EN
NO. -NR. / PA
RT
1302
ER DRAW
FLAECH ING NO
4 7.004
EN AU REPL
2000 OB S
/ PART ART.
EN ISO
OBER DRAW S TAND
777.00277
EN AU T.-NR.
RLAG IS CONFID
ENTS OM
5
GE
EN / ED TAND ATE FR AR
ISO 13G]71
1000 GE KANT ENTS OM DE RIV
EN / ED TE FR
5
IS0 O0 1350G]71 100 150 GE200WICH250
KANT DERIVA
T[K VON
CHT[K
300 350 T N
VOATT 1 OF
E IST
GEWI WEIGH E
G / TITL
1
BL
N
bar OF
05FTRW-5-
E BENENNUN
HT GE
WEIG BLATT
PA
G / TITL
T
NNUN PAGE
CUMEN
F BENE
F EEPDnBboDhrung Stufenbohrung
VO
THIS DO
Stufe
DIES E
T
General terms and conditions of purchase
General terms and

conditions of purchase of
the WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Group
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

Ersteller: Matthäus, Fabian Seite 1 von 14
Contents
§ 1 General, Scope of Agreement ....................................................................................................... 3
§ 2 Quote, Tender Documents ............................................................................................................ 4
§ 3 Prices, Terms of payment .............................................................................................................. 5
§ 4 Time of delivery, Delay in delivery ................................................................................................ 6
§ 5 Performance, Delivery, Passing of risk, Default in acceptance ..................................................... 6
§ 6 Quality, Documentation ................................................................................................................ 7
§ 7 Inspection of defects, Warranty .................................................................................................... 8
§ 8 Product liability, Indemnity, Third-party insurance....................................................................... 9
§ 9 Intellectual property rights of third partys .................................................................................. 10
§ 10 Recourse against the supplier ................................................................................................... 10
§ 11 Statute of limitation .................................................................................................................. 10
§ 12 Replacement parts .................................................................................................................... 11
§ 13 Retention of title, Provision of parts, Tools, Confidentiality ..................................................... 11
§ 14 Compliance with statutory provisions ....................................................................................... 12
§ 15 Export control, Import regulations ............................................................................................ 12
§ 16 Assignment ................................................................................................................................ 13
§ 17 Applicable law. Place of jurisdiction, Place of performance, Severability................................. 13
§ 18 Data privacy ............................................................................................................................... 14
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

The following General Conditions of Purchase of WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group apply to all companies of
WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group, which have their domicile in Germany or Austria. These companies are
listed on the website www.weber-hydraulik.com. As far as in the following General Conditions of
Purchase the words “we”, “us” or “our” etc. appear these refer always to the company of WEBER-
HYDRAULIK Group which has placed the order with the supplier.
§ 1 General, Scope of Agreement

1. Our terms and conditions of purchase only apply to companies in accordance with § 310 (4) of
the German Civil Code (BGB) as well as public corporations and special funds under public law.
2. Our purchasing conditions apply exclusively; We do not recognize any terms and conditions of
the supplier that conflict with or deviate from our purchasing conditions, unless we have
expressly agreed to their validity in writing. Our silence on such deviating conditions in
particular does not count as recognition or approval, not even in the case of future contracts.
Our terms and conditions of purchase shall apply in place of any general terms and conditions
of the supplier even if we accept the supplier's delivery without reservation while being aware
of the supplier's terms and conditions that conflict with or deviate from our terms and
conditions of purchase or we order after the supplier has indicated the applicability of his
general terms and conditions, unless we have expressly waived the application of our
purchasing conditions. The exclusion of the general terms and conditions of the supplier also
applies if these purchasing conditions do not contain any special provisions for individual
regulation points. By accepting our order confirmation, the supplier expressly acknowledges
that he waives his legal objection derived from the general terms and conditions.
3. All agreements made between us and the supplier for the purpose of executing this contract
must be set down in writing.
4. Our purchasing conditions also apply to future business, even if we should not refer to them
in individual cases.
5. Individual agreements made with the supplier on a case-by-case basis (including side
agreements, additions and changes) always take precedence over these terms and conditions
of purchase. A written contract or our written confirmation is decisive for the content of such
agreements, subject to proof to the contrary.
6. Legally relevant declarations and notifications by the supplier in relation to the contract (e.g.
setting a deadline, reminder, withdrawal) must be in writing, i.e. to be submitted in writing or
text form (e.g. letter, email, fax). Statutory formal requirements and other evidence, especially
in the event of doubts about the legitimacy of the declaring party, remain unaffected.
7. Our employees are not entitled to add to the content of the contract or to deviate from it. This
does not apply to our organs and authorized signatories as well as to the persons authorized
by them.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

8. References to the validity of legal regulations are only used for clarification purposes. Even
without such a clarification, the statutory provisions apply unless they are directly changed or
expressly excluded in these purchasing conditions.
§ 2 Quote, Tender Documents

1. Our order is binding at the earliest when it is submitted or confirmed in writing. The supplier
must inform us of obvious errors (e.g. typing and calculation errors) and incompleteness of the
order including the order documents for the purpose of correction or completion before
acceptance; otherwise the contract is deemed not to have been concluded.
2. The supplier is required to confirm our order in writing within a period of 7 working days or, in
particular, to execute it without reservation by sending the goods (acceptance).
3. We are entitled to change the time and place of delivery as well as the type of packaging at
any time by giving written notice of at least 10 working days before the agreed delivery date.
The same applies to changes to product specifications, insofar as these can be implemented
within the framework of the normal production process of the supplier without significant
additional effort, whereby in these cases the notification period according to the preceding
sentence is at least 20 working days. We will reimburse the supplier for any proven and
reasonable additional costs incurred as a result of the change. If such changes result in delays
in delivery that cannot be avoided in the normal production and business operations of the
supplier with reasonable efforts, the originally agreed delivery date will be postponed
accordingly. The supplier will notify us in writing of the additional costs or delays in delivery
that he can expect from a careful assessment in good time before the delivery date, but at
least within 10 working days after receipt of our notification in accordance with sentence 1.
4. We are entitled to terminate the contract at any time by giving a written declaration stating
the reason if we can no longer use the ordered products in our business due to circumstances
that have arisen after the conclusion of the contract. In this case, we will reimburse the
supplier for the partial service he has provided.
5. We reserve property rights and copyrights to our images, drawings, calculations and other
documents; they may not be made accessible to third parties without our express written
consent. They are to be used exclusively for production based on our order; After the order
has been processed, they and any copies thereof are to be returned to us without being asked.
They are to be kept secret from third parties, in this respect the regulation of § 12 Paragraph
4 applies in addition.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

§ 3 Prices, Terms of payment

1. The price shown in the order is binding. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the price includes
delivery "free domicile" including packaging. The return of the packaging requires a special
agreement.
2. All prices include the statutory sales tax, if this is not shown separately. The legal value added
tax is not included in the price. Unless otherwise agreed in individual cases, the price includes
all services and ancillary services of the supplier (e.g. assembly, installation) as well as all
ancillary costs (e.g. proper packaging, transport costs including any transport and liability
insurance).
3. We can only process invoices if they - in accordance with the specifications in our order - state
the order number shown there; The supplier is responsible for all consequences resulting from
non-compliance with this obligation, unless he can prove that he is not responsible for them.
4. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, we shall pay the purchase price within 14 days of complete
delivery and service (including any agreed acceptance) and receipt of a proper invoice, with a
3% discount or within 60 days of receipt of the invoice net. In the case of bank transfers, the
payment is made on time if our transfer order is received by our bank before the payment
deadline has expired; We are not responsible for delays caused by the banks involved in the
payment process.
5. We do not owe any maturity interest. In the event of default in payment, we owe default
interest in the amount of five percentage points above the base rate in accordance with
Section 247 of the German Civil Code.
6. We are entitled to rights of set-off and retention as well as the objection of a non-fulfilled
contract to the extent permitted by law. In particular, we are entitled to withhold payments
due as long as we are still entitled to claims against the supplier from incomplete or defective
services.
7. The supplier has a right of set-off or retention only for counterclaims that have been legally
established or are undisputed.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

§ 4 Time of delivery, Delay in delivery

1. The delivery time stated in the order is binding. Early deliveries are not permitted.
2. The supplier is obliged to inform us immediately in writing of any imminent or actual non-
compliance with a delivery date, its causes and the expected duration of the delay. The
occurrence of the delay in delivery remains unaffected.
3. If the supplier does not provide his service or does not provide his service within the agreed
delivery time or if he is in default, our rights - in particular to withdrawal and compensation -
are based on the statutory provisions. In particular, we are entitled to demand compensation
instead of performance after a reasonable period has expired without result. If we demand
compensation, the supplier has the right to prove that he is not responsible for the breach of
duty. The regulations in paragraph 4 remain unaffected.
4. In the event of a delay in delivery, we are entitled - in addition to further legal claims - to assert
a contractual penalty of 0.5% of the order value for each week of delay in delivery (excluding
sales tax), however the contractual penalty is limited to 5% of the total order value (excluding
sales tax). The contractual penalty can be requested in addition to performance. Claims for
damages instead of and in addition to the service and the right to withdraw from the contract
remain unaffected. However, the contractual penalty is to be offset against any delay damage
claimed by us. In the event of the fulfillment of the delivery obligations, we can declare the
reservation of the assertion of the contractual penalty until the due date of the final
payment.Der Lieferant ist verpflichtet, uns über jegliche drohende oder eingetretene
Nichteinhaltung eines Liefertermins, deren Ursachen und die voraussichtliche Dauer der
Verzögerung unverzüglich schriftlich in Kenntnis zu setzen. Der Eintritt des Lieferverzugs bleibt
davon unberührt.
§ 5 Performance, Delivery, Passing of risk, Default in acceptance

1. Without our prior written consent, the supplier is not entitled to have the services owed by
him performed by third parties (e.g. subcontractors). The supplier bears the procurement risk
for his services, unless otherwise agreed in individual cases (e.g. limitation to stock).
2. Delivery is "free domicile" to the location specified in the order. If the destination is not
specified and nothing else has been agreed, delivery must be made to our place of business.
The respective destination is also the place of performance for the delivery and any
subsequent performance (obligation to provide). The supplier is obliged to provide adequate
transport insurance. With the elimination of the SVS / RVS as of June 30, 1998, any declarations
made regarding the ban customers / partial ban are no longer valid. We have been a waiver
customer in the freight forwarding agreement since July 1st, 1998.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

3. The delivery must be accompanied by a delivery note stating the date (issue and dispatch),
content of the delivery (article number and quantity) and our order identifier (date and
number). If the delivery note is missing or incomplete, we are not responsible for any resulting
delays in processing and payment. A corresponding dispatch note with the same content must
be sent to us separately from the delivery note.
4. The risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration of the item is transferred to us upon
delivery at the place of performance. If acceptance has been agreed, this is decisive for the
transfer of risk. The statutory provisions of the law on contracts for work and services also
apply accordingly to acceptance. The handover or acceptance is the same if we are in default
of acceptance.
5. The statutory provisions apply to the occurrence of our default in acceptance. However, the
supplier must also expressly offer us its services if a specific or definable calendar time has
been agreed for an action or cooperation on our part (e.g. provision of material). If we are in
default of acceptance, the supplier can demand reimbursement of additional expenses in
accordance with the statutory provisions (Section 304 BGB). If the contract concerns an
unjustifiable item to be manufactured by the supplier (custom-made product), the supplier is
only entitled to further rights if we are obliged to cooperate and are responsible for the failure
to cooperate.
6. The supplier is not entitled to make partial deliveries without our prior written consent.
7. Even if shipping has been agreed, the risk is only transferred to us when the goods are handed
over to us at the agreed destination.
§ 6 Quality, Documentation
1. The supplier must comply with the recognized rules of technology, the safety regulations and
the agreed technical data for his deliveries. He guarantees compliance with the "Quality
Assurance Agreement for Suppliers of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH", which is made available to
him free of charge at any time upon request.
2. The supplier must document compliance with our "Quality Assurance Agreement for Suppliers
of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH" for deliveries and the measures taken for this in a suitable form.
After prior written notification, we are entitled to check compliance with these guidelines in
the supplier's works by our agents during normal working hours.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

§ 7 Inspection of defects, Warranty

1. The statutory provisions apply to our rights in the event of material and legal defects in the
goods (including incorrect and short deliveries as well as improper assembly, defective
assembly, operating or operating instructions) and for other breaches of duty by the supplier,
unless otherwise specified below.
2. According to the statutory provisions, the supplier is particularly liable for ensuring that the
goods have the agreed quality when the risk is transferred to us. In any case, those product
descriptions which - in particular by designation or reference in our order - are the subject of
the respective contract or are included in the contract in the same way as these purchasing
conditions apply as an agreement on the quality. It makes no difference whether the product
description comes from us, the supplier or the manufacturer.
3. We do not waive warranty claims through acceptance or approval of submitted samples.
4. Notwithstanding Section 442, Paragraph 1, Sentence 2 of the German Civil Code, we are
entitled to unlimited claims for defects even if the defect was unknown to us at the time the
contract was concluded due to gross negligence.
5. The statutory provisions (§§ 377, 381 HGB) apply to the commercial inspection and notification
obligation with the following stipulation: Our inspection obligation is limited to defects that
emerge during our incoming goods inspection under external assessment including the
delivery papers (e.g. transport damage , Wrong and underdelivery) or are recognizable during
our quality control in the random sampling procedure. If acceptance has been agreed, there is
no obligation to examine. In addition, it depends on the extent to which an investigation is
feasible in the normal course of business, taking into account the circumstances of the
individual case. Our obligation to notify us for defects discovered later remains unaffected.
Irrespective of our duty to inspect, our complaint (notification of defects) is deemed to be
prompt and timely if it is sent within 7 working days of discovery or, in the case of obvious
defects, of delivery.
6. If we discover a defect in the delivered products, we are entitled to charge a flat fee of € 100
plus sales tax for testing the product and creating a test report. This does not exclude the
assertion of higher costs for the inspection and examination of delivered defective goods from
the point of view of damages.
7. Subsequent performance also includes the removal of the defective goods and their
reinstallation, provided that the goods have been incorporated into another item or attached
to another item in accordance with their type and purpose, our statutory right to
reimbursement of corresponding expenses remains unaffected. The supplier bears the
expenses necessary for the purpose of testing and subsequent performance even if it turns
out that there was actually no defect. Our liability for damages in the event of an unjustified
request to remedy defects remains unaffected; In this respect, however, we are only liable if
we recognized or did not recognize through gross negligence that there was no defect.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

8. Without prejudice to our legal rights and the regulations in Section 6, Paragraph 7, the
following applies: If the supplier does not meet his obligations for subsequent performance -
at our option by removing the defect (repair) or by delivering a defect-free item (replacement
delivery) - within one of If we do not follow a reasonable deadline set by us, we can remedy
the defect ourselves and demand compensation from the supplier for the expenses required
for this or a corresponding advance payment. If the supplementary performance by the
supplier has failed or is unreasonable for us (e.g. due to particular urgency, risk to operational
safety or impending occurrence of disproportionate damage), no deadline is required; We will
inform the supplier of such circumstances immediately, if possible in advance.
9. In addition, in the event of a material or legal defect, we are entitled to reduce the purchase
price or withdraw from the contract in accordance with the statutory provisions. In addition,
we are entitled to compensation for damages and expenses in accordance with the statutory
provisions.
10. Upon receipt of our written notification of defects by the supplier, the limitation period for
warranty claims is suspended until the supplier rejects our claims or declares the defect to
have been eliminated or otherwise refuses to continue negotiations on our claims. In the case
of replacement deliveries and the removal of defects, the warranty period for replaced and
reworked parts begins again, unless we had to assume, based on the supplier's behavior, that
the supplier was not obliged to take the action, but only carried out the replacement delivery
or removal of defects for reasons of goodwill or similar reasons.
§ 8 Product liability, Indemnity, Third-party insurance

1. If third parties assert claims for damages based on product liability against us, the supplier is
obliged to exempt us from such third party claims at the first request if the cause is in his
sphere of control and organization and he is himself liable in the external relationship. This is
especially the case if the cause of the existing or alleged defect lies in the products delivered
by the supplier or if the supplier has failed to inform us of any risks associated with the use
and installation of the products delivered by the supplier. This does not exclude the
applicability of § 254 BGB. This indemnity obligation does not apply if the claim is based on
gross negligence or willful breach of duty on our part.
2. Within the scope of his indemnification obligation, the supplier has expenses according to To
reimburse §§ 683, 670 BGB, which result from or in connection with a claim by third parties
including recall campaigns carried out by us. We will inform the supplier about the content
and scope of recall measures - as far as possible and reasonable - and give him the opportunity
to comment. Further legal claims remain unaffected. The validity of § 254 BGB is not excluded.
3. The supplier undertakes to take out product liability insurance with a coverage of € 10 million
per personal injury / property damage - lump sum; if we are entitled to further claims for
damages, these remain unaffected.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

§ 9 Intellectual property rights of third partys

1. The supplier guarantees that the products he supplies do not infringe any third-party property
rights in countries of the European Union or other countries in which he manufactures the
products or has them manufactured.
2. If half claims are made against us by a third party, the supplier is obliged to release us from
these claims upon first written request; we are not entitled to make such agreements with the
third party without the consent of the supplier, in particular to conclude a settlement.
3. The supplier's obligation to indemnify relates to all expenses that we incur from or in
connection with claims by a third party.
4. Our further legal claims due to legal defects in the products delivered to us remain unaffected.
Claims based on legal defects become statute-barred 36 months after the transfer of risk.
5. § 254 BGB applies.
§ 10 Recourse against the supplier

1. We are entitled to our statutory recourse claims within a supply chain (supplier recourse
according to §§ 445a, 445b, 478 BGB) in addition to the claims for defects. In particular, we
are entitled to demand exactly the type of supplementary performance (repair or replacement
delivery) from the supplier that we owe to our customers in individual cases. This does not
restrict our statutory right to choose (Section 439 Paragraph 1 BGB).
2. Before we recognize or fulfill a defect claim asserted by our customer (including
reimbursement of expenses in accordance with §§ 445a Paragraph 1, 439 Paragraph 2 and 3
BGB), we will notify the supplier and ask for a written statement, briefly explaining the facts.
If a substantiated statement is not made within a reasonable period of time and if no amicable
solution is found, the claim for defects actually granted by us shall be deemed owed to our
customer. In this case, the supplier is responsible for providing evidence to the contrary.
3. Our claims from supplier recourse also apply if the defective goods are received by us or
another entrepreneur, e.g. by incorporating it into another product.
§ 11 Statute of limitation
1. The mutual claims of the contracting parties expire in accordance with the statutory
provisions, unless otherwise specified below.
2. Deviating from Section 438 (1) No. 3 BGB, the general limitation period for claims for defects
is 3 years from the transfer of risk. If an acceptance has been agreed, the limitation period
begins with the acceptance. The 3-year limitation period applies accordingly to claims arising
from defects of title, whereby the statutory limitation period for real claims for surrender by
third parties (Section 438 (1) No. 1 BGB) remains unaffected; In addition, claims based on
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

defects of title do not become statute-barred as long as the third party can still assert the right
against us - especially in the absence of a statute of limitations.
3. The statute of limitations of the sales law including the above extension apply - to the legal
extent - for all contractual claims for defects. Insofar as we are also entitled to non-contractual
claims for damages due to a defect, the regular statutory limitation (§§ 195, 199 BGB) applies,
unless the application of the limitation periods of the sales law in individual cases leads to a
longer limitation period.
§ 12 Replacement parts
1. The supplier is obliged to keep spare parts for the products delivered to us for a period of at
least 15 years after delivery.
2. If the supplier intends to discontinue the production of spare parts for the products delivered
to us, he will inform us of this immediately after the decision to discontinue. This decision must
- subject to paragraph 1 - be made at least 12 months before production is discontinued.
§ 13 Retention of title, Provision of parts, Tools, Confidentiality

1. If we provide parts to the supplier, we reserve title to them. Processing and transformation by
the supplier are carried out for us. If our reserved goods are processed with other items that
do not belong to us, we acquire co-ownership of the new item in the ratio of the value of our
item (purchase price plus VAT) to the other processed items at the time of processing.
2. If the item provided by us is inseparably mixed with other items that do not belong to us, we
shall acquire co-ownership of the new item in the ratio of the value of the reserved item
(purchase price plus VAT) to the other mixed items at the time of mixing. If the mixing takes
place in such a way that the supplier's item is to be regarded as the main item, it is agreed that
the supplier shall transfer a proportion of the joint ownership to us; the supplier shall keep the
sole ownership or joint ownership for us.
3. We reserve title to tools; the supplier is obliged to use the tools exclusively for the production
of the goods we have ordered. The supplier is obliged to insure the tools belonging to us at
replacement value at his own expense against fire, water and theft damage. At the same time,
the supplier hereby assigns to us all claims for compensation from this insurance; We accept
the assignment. The supplier is obliged to carry out any necessary maintenance and inspection
work as well as all maintenance and repair work on our tools in good time at his own expense.
He must notify us immediately of any malfunctions; if he culpably fails to do so, claims for
damages remain unaffected. The supplier is obliged to return the tools we own to us upon first
request. In relation to us, the supplier is considered to be the servant of such tools; he is not
entitled to his own right of possession. Any rights of retention of the supplier to such tools are
excluded - regardless of the legal reason.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

4. The supplier is obliged to keep all images, drawings, calculations and other documents and
information received strictly confidential. They may only be disclosed to third parties with our
express consent. The confidentiality obligation also applies after this contract has been
completed; it expires if and to the extent that the manufacturing system contained in the
illustrations, drawings, calculations and other documents has become generally known.
5. Insofar as the security interests to which we are entitled in accordance with paragraph 1 and
/ or paragraph 2 exceed the purchase price of all our unpaid reserved goods by more than
10%, we are obliged to release the security interests at our discretion at the request of the
supplier.
§ 14 Compliance with statutory provisions

1. In connection with each delivery item or each service provided, the supplier must ensure
compliance with all statutory provisions, ordinances and other regulations, in particular all
safety and environmental provisions. In particular, the regulations of the European directives
must be observed for all deliveries.
2. The supplier is obliged to comply with the requirements and obligations in connection with
substance bans in accordance with statutory provisions and ordinances for each individual
delivery item. This applies in particular to the requirements and obligations of the REACH
regulation EC No. 1907/2006, the RoHS directive RL 2011/65 EU in its currently applicable
version, including the respective changes and additions, and their implementation in national
law by the member states of the EU . At our request, the supplier will provide us with written
product-specific declarations of conformity, which also apply to our customers and which we
can pass on to our customers.
3. The supplier is obliged to adhere to the relevant export restrictions and to notify us in writing
of any authorization requirements for (re-) exports of his goods in accordance with German,
European and US export and customs regulations as well as the export and customs
regulations of the country of origin of his goods immediately upon ordering to inform. The
supplier will reimburse us for all additional costs and other damage that we incur due to
incomplete or incorrect information, insofar as it is responsible for these.
§ 15 Export control, Import regulations

1. The supplier acknowledges and undertakes, in the event of an intended provision of
information, products, goods, materials, services or technology (hereinafter referred to as
goods) to us, of which the supplier is aware or, after careful examination, gives reason for
acceptance has that the restrictions in German, EU, US or other applicable regulations (e.g.
licensing obligations, personal or country-related sanctions) are subject to us immediately and
before the export, re-export, transfer, disclosure or provision of the controlled goods via them
Inform about restrictions. As far as the supplier is aware, the supplier should inform us where
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

these are listed (e.g. on the US Commerce Control List) and which restrictions apply to export,
re-export, the transfer, disclosure or provision of the controlled goods under the applicable
regulations.
2. The supplier shall, at its own expense, obtain and retain any stately authorizations, permits,
approvals, registrations, permits or licenses that the supplier may need to export, re-export,
pass on, disclose or provide goods under this agreement.
3. The supplier further acknowledges that he will cooperate with us by providing us with
information and other support on request that are required for the export qualification, export
documentation and issuing of export permits (if necessary) for the inspected goods.
4. In any case, the supplier guarantees that it will not export, re-export, pass on, disclose or make
available controlled goods without our express prior written consent.
§ 16 Assignment
The supplier is not entitled to assign his claims from the contractual relationship to third parties. This
does not apply if it is a question of money claims.
§ 17 Applicable law. Place of jurisdiction, Place of performance, Severability

1. All contracts between us and the supplier are subject to the substantive law of the Federal
Republic of Germany, excluding the provisions of international private law and excluding the
provisions of the UN Sales Convention (CISG).
2. If the supplier suspends his payments, if a preliminary insolvency administrator is appointed
or if insolvency proceedings are opened against the supplier's assets, we are entitled to
withdraw from the contract in whole or in part or to terminate the contract. In this case, we
can make use of the facilities available for the continuation of the work or the deliveries and
services provided by the supplier up to now against reasonable remuneration.
3. If the supplier is a registered trader and has his seat in the European Union, Switzerland,
Norway or Iceland at the time of the initiation of the procedure, the exclusive place of
jurisdiction for all disputes arising from or in connection with the business relationship
between us and the supplier is the seat of our company that placed the delivery order.
Notwithstanding this, however, we are entitled to take legal action at any other general or
special place of jurisdiction.
4. As far as the preceding paragraph 3 is not applicable, all disputes that arise in connection with
the respective delivery contract or about its validity will be finally decided in accordance with
the arbitration rules of the German Institution for Arbitration (DIS), excluding the ordinary
legal process. The place of arbitration is Heilbronn. The language of the arbitration is German.
5. The place of performance for all obligations arising from the business relationship is the seat
of our company that placed the delivery order.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

6. Should a provision of this contract be or become wholly or partially ineffective / void or not
feasible for reasons of the law of the general terms and conditions according to §§ 305 to 310
BGB, the statutory regulations apply. Should a current or future provision of the contract be
or become wholly or partially ineffective / void or unenforceable for reasons other than the
provisions relating to the law of the general terms and conditions according to §§ 305 to 310
BGB, the validity of the remaining provisions of this contract shall apply not affected, unless
the execution of the contract - also taking into account the following regulations - would
represent an unreasonable hardship for one party. The same applies if there is a gap that needs
to be filled after the contract has been concluded. Contrary to any principle according to which
a severability maintenance clause is basically only intended to reverse the burden of proof, the
validity of the remaining contractual provisions should be maintained under all circumstances
and thus § 139 BGB should be waived altogether. The parties will replace the ineffective / void
/ unenforceable provisions or gaps that need to be filled for reasons other than the provisions
relating to the law of the general terms and conditions according to §§ 305 to 310 BGB with
an effective provision, which in its legal and economic content of the ineffective / void /
unenforceable provisions and the overall purpose of the contract. § 139 BGB (partial invalidity)
is expressly excluded. If the invalidity of a provision is based on a measure of performance or
time (deadline or date) specified therein, the provision must be agreed with a legally
permissible measure that comes closest to the original measure.
§ 18 Data privacy
The information requirements according to Art. 13, 14 GDPR and further information on data
protection can be found on our website at https://www.weber-hydraulik.com/datenschutz/ in section
1.5 Suppliers / Customers.
VERSION: 19.2 | 31.08.2020

Version 19.2
The following General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of the WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group shall apply
to all companies of the WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group with seat in Germany or Austria. These companies are
listed on the website www.weber-hydraulik.com. To the extent that the words ”we”, “us” or “our” are used
in the following General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as “Terms of Sale”),
such shall refer to the respective company of the WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group to which the contract was
awarded by the Ordering Party.
Section 1 General Provisions, Scope
1. Our Terms of Sale shall apply only to entrepreneurs as well as to legal entities under public law or
special assets under public law in accordance with Section 310 [1] BGB [German Civil Code].
2. Our Terms of Sale shall apply exclusively; we do not acknowledge any terms to the contrary or any
deviating terms used by the Ordering Party (hereinafter also referred to as the “Customer”), unless
such have been expressly approved by us in writing.
Our silence regarding such deviating provisions shall in particular not be interpreted as
acknowledgement or approval thereof, neither with respect to future contracts.
Our Terms of Sale shall apply in lieu of any general terms and conditions used by the Ordering Party,
even if we accept the order of the Ordering Party without reservation although we are aware that
terms of the Ordering Party contrary to or deviating from our Terms of Sale exist, or if we effect
delivery although the Ordering Party has pointed out that his general terms and conditions apply -
unless we have expressly waived the application of our Terms of Sale.
The exclusion of the general terms and conditions of the Ordering Party shall also apply if these Terms
of Sale do not include any special stipulations for individual aspects requiring regulation.
By accepting our acknowledgement of order, the Ordering Party expressly acknowledges that he
waives any demurrer that may be derived from his general terms and conditions.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH • Heilbronner Straße 30 • 74363 Güglingen, Germany

Tel +49 7135 71-0 • Fax 71-10301 • info.de-g@weber-hydraulik.com • www.weber-hydraulik.com
Kreissparkasse Heilbronn SWIFT/BIC: HEISDE66 IBAN: DE37 6205 0000 0005 7848 33 Sitz der Gesellschaft: Güglingen, Amtsgericht Stuttgart
Commerzbank Heilbronn SWIFT/BIC: DRESDEFF620 IBAN: DE61 6208 0012 0702 0417 00 HRB 320 054, Ust-IdNr.: DE 145 786 047
Volksbank im Unterland SWIFT/BIC: GENODES1VLS IBAN: DE75 6206 3263 0015 2630 02 Geschäftsführer: Christine Grotz, Jürgen Lotter
Deutsche Bank Stuttgart SWIFT/BIC: DEUTDESS620 IBAN: DE53 6207 0081 0015 9160 00 Vorsitzender des Aufsichtsrates: Alfred Hagebusch
3. Our Terms of Sale shall also apply to all future orders, without requiring express agreement on their
incorporation in each specific case; they shall also apply if we effect delivery to the Ordering Party
without reservation although we are aware that the Ordering Party uses terms and conditions
contrary to or deviating from our Terms of Sale.
4. All and any agreements entered into between us and the Customer for the execution of the contract
shall be made in writing.
5. Our Terms of Sale shall apply in particular to contracts governing the sale and/or delivery of movable
property (hereinafter referred to as “goods”), irrespective of whether we manufacture the goods
ourselves or purchase them from our suppliers (Sections 433, 651 BGB). Unless otherwise agreed,
the present Terms of Sale shall apply as a framework agreement also for similar future contracts in
the version applicable at the time the order was placed by the Ordering Party and/or in the text form
last communicated [“text form” as defined under § 126b BGB - German Civil Code-] to the Ordering Party, without
any requirement on our part to refer to them in each individual case.
6. Any individual agreements entered into with the Ordering Party in individual cases (including
collateral agreements, supplements and changes) shall in any event have priority over these Terms of
Sale. Subject to proof to the contrary, the contents of such agreements shall be governed by a written
contract and/or our written acknowledgement.
7. Our employees shall not be entitled to add to the contractual content or deviate from such content.
Such shall not apply to our responsible bodies or persons vested with general commercial power of
representation [German “Prokura”] or to persons specifically authorized by the latter to this effect.
8. Legally relevant declarations and notifications from the Ordering Party relating to the contract (e.g.
setting deadlines, dunning letters, withdrawal) must be given in writing, i.e. in written or text form
(e.g. letter, email, fax). Legal formal requirements and additional supporting evidence, in particular in
cases of doubt relating to the lawful entitlement of the declaring party shall remain unaffected
hereby.
9. Any reference to the application of statutory provisions shall be for the purpose of clarification only.
The statutory provisions shall also apply without such clarification, unless they are directly modified
or explicitly excluded by these Terms of Sale.
Section 2 Offer, Conclusion of Contract, Tender Documents, Changes, Quotes
1. Our offers are without obligation and non-binding. Such shall not apply if a written offer has been
explicitly stipulated as legally binding.
-2-
2. The order of the goods or the order placed by the Customer shall be deemed a binding contract offer.
We can accept orders or commissions within 14 days of their receipt.
3. Within the framework of order placement, the Customer must provide us with all customer-specific
requirements and documentation necessary for the execution of the order, including but not limited
to technical drawings, test instructions, raw material analyses etc. The Customer must in particular
notify us of the tolerances and standards which must be observed. The Customer shall be liable for
ensuring that all the documentation and information are correct. We shall not be liable for any defects
resulting from any errors in this documentation or information.
4. Acceptance can be declared either in writing (e.g. by way of acknowledgement of order) or by

delivering the goods to the Customer.
5. Each order shall be governed by our written acknowledgement of order. If the Customer has any
objections as to the contents of the acknowledgement of order, he must oppose such
acknowledgement of order without delay. Otherwise the contract shall take effect in accordance with
the acknowledgement of order. In the event of any deviations in the content of drawings the
specifications in the acknowledgement of order shall be authoritative.
6. We shall be entitled to make structural modifications to the products delivered by us insofar as such
modifications are the result of enhancements of the respective series product and if the modified
products are at least commercially and technically equivalent to the products ordered by the
Customer and can be used by the Customer the same way as the products originally to be delivered.
7. If our scope of services needs to be modified due to missing or incorrect information provided by the
Customer, we shall be entitled to effect such modifications; any costs or damage incurred thereby
must be reimbursed to us by the Customer.
8. Any information provided by us relating to the subject-matter of the delivery or service (e.g. weights,
dimensions, values in use, capacity, tolerances and technical specifications) as well as any depictions
thereof provided by us (e.g. drawings and images) shall only be deemed approximately authoritative
unless the usability of such information for the contractually intended purpose requires precise
conformity. These shall not constitute guaranteed characteristics but are descriptions or designations
of the delivery or service. Deviations customary in the trade and deviations which are the result of
legal provisions or which represent technical improvements as well as the replacement of
components by equivalent parts shall be permissible insofar as they do not adversely affect the
usability for the contractually intended purpose.
9. We reserve title and copyrights to all and any images, drawings, calculations and other documents
of companies of the WEBER-HYDRAULIK Group. Irrespective of whether such records are protected
by law they constitute valuable company knowhow. Therefore, disclosure to any third party or
commercial use by the Ordering Party beyond the purpose of the respective delivery contract shall
-3-
require our express consent. Such shall not apply to documents or records that are generally known
and in the public domain.
Section 3 Prices, Terms of Payment
1. Unless otherwise provided for in the acknowledgement of order our prices shall be “ex works”,
exclusive of value-added tax, packaging, transportation and insurance. Any customs duties, fees, taxes
and other public dues shall be borne by the Customer.
2. Our prices are exclusive of the statutory value-added tax; it will be indicated separately at the
statutory rate on the date of the invoice and must be paid separately by the Ordering Party.
3. In the case of sale by dispatch (item 7.1 hereof) the Customer shall bear the transportation costs ex
warehouse as well as the costs of any transport insurance that the Customer may require. If we do
not charge the transport costs actually incurred in the individual case, a flat-rate transport fee shall
be deemed agreed (exclusive of transport insurance) at a rate of 3% of the net value of the goods.
Any customs duties, fees, taxes and other public dues shall be borne by the Customer.
4. Deduction of discounts shall only be permissible if such has been specifically agreed in writing.
5. Unless otherwise provided for in the acknowledgement of order the purchase price shall be due for
payment net (without deduction) within 14 days of the date of the invoice. However, even within the
scope of an ongoing business relationship we shall be entitled at any time to effect delivery, in whole
or in part, only with advance payment. The respective reservation will be made with the
acknowledgement of order at the latest.
6. Upon expiration of the aforesaid term of payment the Customer will be in default of payment. During
default the purchase price shall bear interest at the statutory rate of default interest applicable at the
time. We reserve the right to assert further damages caused by the delay. With respect to merchants
our claim for payment of the commercial default interest (Section 353 HGB [German Commercial
Code] shall be unaffected. Payment shall be deemed effected in due time if it is received on our
account within the deadline.
7. The Customer may only offset counterclaims that are undisputed, recognized by us and recognized
by non-appealable judgment or that are in reciprocity to our claims. Furthermore, the Customer may
only enforce a right of retention if his counterclaim is based on the same contractual relationship. If
the delivery is defective the counterclaims of the buyer shall remain unaffected, in particular in
accordance with item 9.4 of these Terms of Sale.
8. If, after conclusion of the contract it becomes apparent that our claim to the purchase price is at risk
due to the Customer’s inability to perform (e.g. filing of application for the initiation of insolvency
-4-
proceedings), based on statutory provisions we shall be entitled to refuse performance and – after
setting a deadline, if applicable, to withdraw from the contract (Section 321 BGB). In the case of
contracts on the production of non-fungible goods (custom-made items) we shall have the right to
withdraw from the contract immediately; the statutory provisions on the waiver of deadlines shall
remain unaffected.
9. If it has been agreed that delivery shall be effected more than 4 months after conclusion of the
respective delivery contract we reserve the right to reasonably adjust the delivery prices if and to the
extent that such is necessary on account of an increase in material or energy costs and/or a general
wage increase in the metal industry affecting our company. If such results in a price increase of more
than 10% the Ordering Party shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract.
Section 4 Sampling/Approval
1. Unless otherwise agreed, sampling will be carried out before the commencement of serial production
of the products to be delivered by us. After sampling an initial sample test report will be prepared.
2. Upon delivery of the initial samples and the initial sample test report the Customer must review the
same and, if no defects are found, declare his approval within a reasonable period of time. Approval
may also be provided by the Customer by placing an order for serial production of the parts to be
delivered by us after receipt of the initial sample test report. The order placement shall then be
deemed the declaration of approval.
Section 5 Duty of Information of the Customer
1. If the respective specifications are not provided in the documentation indicated under item 2.3
hereof, the Customer must provide us with all necessary information required for proper and correct
production of the products to be delivered by us by commencement of serial production at the latest.
This shall include but not be limited to detailed information on the handling of the parts.
2. The Customer undertakes to inform us if usage of the products to be delivered by us is associated

with specific risks. Such applies in particular to use of the products to be delivered by us in safety-
relevant areas, such as the automotive sector, medical engineering, aerospace and armaments.
Section 6 Delivery, Time of Delivery, Delay in Delivery
1. Any binding periods and dates for delivery must be expressly agreed in writing. In case of non-binding
or approximate (approx., around, about etc.) delivery periods or dates we shall use our best efforts
to comply with these periods or dates. If a specific calendar week has been agreed as time of delivery,
-5-
we shall have the right to effect delivery or performance up until and including the Sunday of such
calendar week.
2. The delivery time results from the agreements concluded in accordance with the acknowledgement
of order. Compliance with such shall require that all and any commercial and technical issues have
been clarified and the Customer has fulfilled all of his obligations and, in particular, has provided a
sufficient amount of any transport boxes or containers that may be required. If this is not the case,
the time period for delivery will be reasonably extended. Such shall not apply if and to the extent that
we are responsible for the delay.
3. The delivery time shall be deemed met if the delivery item has left our premises by the time the
delivery period expires or if readiness for dispatch has been notified. If dispatch and/or acceptance
of the delivery item is delayed for reasons for which the Customer is responsible we will charge him
for the costs incurred by such delay, commencing one month after notification of readiness for
dispatch and/or acceptance.
4. A delivery period or date agreed with the Ordering Party shall be deemed adequately extended if
after placement of an order technical problems arise or technical issues require clarification for
reasons for which we are not responsible.
5. If our Customer is in default of acceptance or otherwise culpably breaches duties of cooperation, we

shall have the right to claim compensation for the damage incurred by us in this respect, including
any additional expenses which may have been incurred. The right to assert any further claims shall
be reserved. If the aforesaid condition is met the risk of accidental loss or accidental deterioration of
the delivery item shall pass to our Customer at the point in time the Customer is in default of
acceptance or in debtor’s delay.
6. Whenever goods cannot be delivered for reasons for which we are not responsible, any costs incurred
by us must be reimbursed. Our Customer shall be entitled to claim delivery of the delivery item
manufactured inclusive of ancillary services, unless he is responsible for the non-delivery.
7. Upon expiration of an additional time period set by the Ordering Party in accordance with Section
323 BGB we shall have the right to ask the Ordering Party to declare within a time period of 10 days
whether he insists that the contract be executed or whether he avails himself of his right to withdraw
from the contract. If no such declaration is made by the Ordering Party within this time period we
shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract.
8. We shall only be entitled to effect partial deliveries and partial services if
• the partial delivery can be used by the Customer within the framework of the contractually
intended purpose,
• delivery of the remaining goods ordered is ensured.
-6-
9. If we are in default of delivery, the Customer must first grant us a reasonable grace period of at least
30 days – provided that this period is not unreasonable – in order to render performance. If this time
period elapses without result, any claims for damages for breach of duty – irrespective of the reason
thereof – shall apply only subject to the provisions of item 6.10 below.
10. If the Customer incurs any damage on account of our delayed delivery, he shall have the right – to
the exclusion of any further claims – to claim compensation for the delay. Such compensation shall
amount to 0.25% of the net payment for each commencing week that the delivery of the goods
and/or service as a whole is in default, however not exceeding 2.5% of the net remuneration of the
total delivery and/or total service which, due to the delay, cannot be delivered and/or provided by us
in time or in accordance with the contract. Any further compensation paid by us for the damage
caused by the delay shall be excluded. Such shall not apply if we have acted on intent, with gross
negligence or maliciously, in the case of claims for injury to life, limb or health, in the case of default
and if a fixed date of delivery within the meaning of the law has been agreed and a performance
guarantee has been given or a procurement risk has been assumed in accordance with Section 276
BGB and in the case of compulsory statutory liability. We reserve the right to prove that no damage
occurred at all or that the damage was considerably less.
Section 7 Passing of Risk, Packaging, Acceptance, Default in Acceptance
1. Unless otherwise specified in the acknowledgement of order, delivery shall be effected “ex works”
(Incoterms 2010), which shall also be the place of performance for delivery and supplementary
performance (if applicable). Upon request of the Customer and at his expense the goods will also be
shipped to another point of destination (sale by dispatch). Unless otherwise agreed, we shall have
the right to determine the respective type of shipment (in particular select the shipping company,
dispatch route, packaging) ourselves.
2. Transport packaging as well as all other packaging in accordance with the Packaging Ordinance will
not be taken back, with the exclusion of pallets. The Ordering Party undertakes to arrange for the
disposal of the packaging at his own expense.
3. The risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration shall pass to the Ordering Party as soon as the
goods have left our premises, an external warehouse or, in the case of direct delivery of goods not
manufactured by us, the warehouse of the sub-supplier. However, in the case of sales by dispatch the
risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration of the goods as well as the risk of delay shall
already pass with delivery of the goods to the carrier, forwarding agent or other person or entity
charged with the shipping of the goods. If acceptance has been agreed, such acceptance shall be
authoritative for the passing of risk. In other respects, the statutory provisions of the law on contracts
for work and services [German “Werkvertragsrecht”] shall also apply mutatis mutandis if acceptance has
been agreed. Default in acceptance by the buyer shall be equivalent to delivery or acceptance. The
-7-
risk of accidental loss and accidental deterioration shall pass to the Customer with delivery at the
latest.
4. If dispatch or collection of the goods is delayed as a consequence of circumstances for which the
Ordering Party is responsible, risk shall pass to the Ordering Party with receipt of the notification of
readiness for dispatch. In this case, after setting a reasonable time period that has however expired
without results, we are entitled to otherwise dispose of the delivery items and to provide delivery to
the Ordering Party with a reasonably extended term of delivery.
5. Warehouse costs incurred after the passing of risk shall be borne by the Customer. If the goods are
stored in our warehouse, warehouse costs shall amount to 0.25% of the invoice amount of the stored
delivery items for each completed week of storage. Assertion and proof of further storage costs shall
be reserved.
6. If acceptance needs to be performed, the purchase item shall be deemed accepted, if and when
• delivery and – if installation is also owed by us – installation is/are completed,

• we have informed the Customer thereof pointing out the assumed acceptance as per this
item 7 6. and have asked him to accept the goods,
• 6 working days have passed since delivery or installation or if the Customer has started using
the purchase item (e.g. has put the equipment delivered into operation) and if, in this case,
6 working days have passed since delivery or installation and
• the Customer has failed to effect acceptance within this time period for a reason other than
a defect notified to us that renders impossible or significantly impairs the use of the
purchase item.
Section 8 Provision of Goods / Incoming Goods Inspection
1. The Customer must deliver the goods in such a way as to ensure that article name, quantity and
weight are clearly visible and unambiguous identification is possible.
2. Upon receipt, we shall only inspect the goods of the Customer for external damage of packaging,
boxes and the goods themselves. We will inform the Customer of any defects which may have been
detected within 10 working days.
3. If damage occurs to the material provided by the Customer during the manufacturing process as a
result of a breach of the obligations stipulated in items 5.1 or 5.2 hereof, we shall not be liable for
this. If any damage or loss is incurred by us on account of this the Customer shall be obliged to provide
compensation thereof.
-8-
Section 9 Liability for Defects
1. Unless otherwise provided for in the following, the provisions laid down by law shall apply to the
rights of the buyer in the case of material defects and defects of title (including incorrect delivery and
short delivery as well as improper assembly or faulty assembly instructions). The special provisions
laid down by law relating to end delivery of unprocessed goods to a consumer, even if the latter has
processed the goods, shall remain unaffected (supplier recourse as per Section 478 BGB). Claims from
supplier recourse shall be excluded if the defective goods were further processed either by the buyer
or another entrepreneur, e.g. by incorporation into another product.
2. The claims for defects asserted by the Customer require that he has observed his statutory obligations
regarding inspection and reporting (Section 377, 381 HGB). If a defect is detected upon delivery,
during inspection or at any later point in time we must be notified hereof in writing without delay. In
any case, apparent defects must be reported in writing within 7 working days from delivery and any
defects that were not apparent during inspection must be notified in writing within the same time
period after detection. If the buyer fails to duly inspect the goods and/or fails to notify the defect,
our liability shall be excluded for the defect that was not notified and/or not notified in time or not
notified in the proper form or manner in accordance with the legal provisions.
We shall have the right to set up adequate guidelines specifying how the products delivered by us
shall be inspected immediately upon receipt.
3. If the purchase item is defective, we shall, at our discretion, be entitled to effect supplementary
performance by either remedying the defect or by delivering a new item free from defect in
replacement. Our right to refuse supplementary performance if the respective conditions under
statutory law are met shall be unaffected hereby. In the event of remedy of defect, we shall be under
the obligation to bear all expenses required to remedy the defect, including but not limited to
transport, travel, labour and material costs insofar as these costs are not increased by taking the
purchase item to a place other than the place of delivery.
4. We shall have the right to make the supplementary performance owing conditional on the buyer
paying the due purchase price. However, the buyer shall have the right to retain a part of the purchase
price proportionate to the defect.
5. The buyer must grant us the necessary time and opportunity for the supplementary performance
owed by us and must, in particular, provide us with the rejected goods for inspection or verification
purposes. In the case of replacement delivery, the buyer must return the defective goods to us in
accordance with the provisions laid down by law. If we were not originally under the obligation to
incorporate the goods, supplementary performance shall include neither the disassembly of the
defective item nor its re-incorporation.
-9-
6. We shall be entitled to refuse supplementary performance if the total expenditure required for this
amounts to more than 20% of the purchase price. The right of the buyer in such case to either reduce
the purchase price or to withdraw from the contract, provided the respective statutory provisions are
met, shall be unaffected hereby; the following item 11 hereof shall apply with respect to the
respective claims for damages.
7. Item 11 hereof shall apply to claims for damages the buyer may have on account of defects in the
products delivered by us and/or for compensation of wasted efforts.
8. The expenditure required for inspection and supplementary performance, including but not limited
to transport, travel, labour and material costs as well as costs of assembly and disassembly, if
applicable, shall be borne or refunded by us in accordance with the statutory provisions, if a defect
actually exists. If products delivered by us are inspected by us as a consequence of a notification of
defect by the Customer and the notification of defect turns out to be unfounded, the Customer shall
bear the costs incurred hereby (in particular inspection and transport costs), which will be charged
to him in accordance with our standard rates for maintenance and service work, unless the lack of
defectiveness was not discernible for the buyer.
9. In the case of defects in components from other manufacturers which cannot be remedied by us for
licencing or factual reasons we will, at our discretion, assert our warranty claims against the
manufacturers and suppliers for the account of the Customer or will assign such claims to the
Customer. In case of such defects, warranty claims can only be asserted against us if the respective
other conditions are met and in accordance with the stipulations in these Conditions for Sale if legal
enforcement of the aforesaid claims against the manufacturer and supplier was not successful or is
futile, e.g. due to insolvency.
10. All and any liability on our part for products delivered by us shall become extinct if the products
delivered by us are modified by the Customer, unless the Customer provides proof that such
modifications are not the cause of the notified defect. Likewise, all and any liability on our part for
defects of the products delivered shall become extinct if the products have not been maintained,
cared for and used in accordance with our instructions and guidelines, unless the Customer is able to
prove that deviating from our instructions and guidelines was not the cause of the defect notified by
the Customer. The Customer undertakes to comply with our instructions and guidelines for
maintenance, care and use of the products delivered and to document compliance in suitable form.
Upon request, proof of the compliance with such instructions and guidelines must be provided to us.
The warranty shall not be applicable if the Customer modifies the delivery item either himself or has
it changed by a third party without the consent of the seller, rendering remedy of defect either
impossible or only possible with an unreasonable amount of effort. In each case the Customer shall
bear the additional costs of the remedy of the defect incurred by such modification.
11. In urgent cases, e.g. where the safety of operations is compromised or disproportionate damage
needs to be prevented, the Customer shall be entitled to remedy the defect himself and claim from
-10-
us reimbursement of the expenditure necessary from an objective point of view. In such case, if the
Customer remedies the defect himself, we must be notified thereof without delay - beforehand, if
possible. The right of the Customer to take action himself shall not apply if we are entitled to refuse
the respective supplementary performance in accordance with the provisions laid down by law.
12. If supplementary performance has failed despite two attempts or if a reasonable time period to be
set by the buyer has expired without result or can be waived in accordance with the statutory
provisions, the Customer shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract or to reduce the purchase
price. In the event of a minor defect the right of withdrawal shall not apply.
13. In case of defects, any claims of the buyer for damages and/or compensation for expenses incurred
to no avail shall only apply as stipulated under item 11 hereof and shall be excluded in all other
respects.
Section 10 Liability for Software Defects
1. Following the respective notification of defects by the Ordering Party we shall remedy defects in the
software supplied (software programmes and the corresponding documentation and circuits and
other records) within a limitation period of 12 months from delivery. At our discretion, remedy will
be effected by rectifying the defect, delivering software free from such defect or demonstrating ways
to prevent the effects of the defect. At least three attempts at supplementary performance must be
accepted in the event of a defect. An equivalent new software version or the equivalent previous
software version without the defect must be accepted by the Ordering Party if such can be expected
of him.
The limitation period shall not commence anew on account of the supplementary performance. If
we refuse to carry out the supplementary performance, if the supplementary performance fails or
cannot be expected of the Ordering Party, the Ordering Party shall be entitled to assert additional
claims and may in particular demand a reduction of the purchase price or withdraw from the
contract.
2. The software shall have the agreed properties and characteristics and shall be suited for the
contractually intended use – in the absence of an agreement it shall be suited for its customary use.
It shall meet the criteria of practical suitability and shall be of the quality customary for this kind of
software; it is not possible to completely exclude software defects. Functional impairment of the
software as a result of hardware defects, environmental conditions, operating errors or the like does
not constitute a defect. A negligible reduction in quality shall not be taken into account.
3. The Ordering Party shall assist us in error analysis and remedy of defect in particular by providing a
substantiated description of the problems that arise, providing comprehensive information and by
granting us the time and opportunity necessary for remedying the defect. At our discretion, defects
-11-
may be remedied on site or at our business premises. Services can also be performed remotely. The
Ordering Party must, at his own expense, arrange for the necessary technical requirements and must
provide us electronic access to the software upon prior notification.
4. We shall be entitled to charge additional costs if the software was modified, used outside its
prescribed environment or was handled incorrectly. We shall be entitled to charge compensation for
expenses incurred if no defect is detected and if negligence was involved when the Ordering Party
notified the defect. The burden of proof shall be with the Ordering Party. Section 254 BGB shall apply
mutatis mutandis.
5. Our liability shall be excluded if the minimum requirements regarding the Ordering Party’s hardware
and software facilities as stated in the agreed specifications are not met, if the software is installed
at the Ordering Party on different hardware to the hardware quoted in the agreed specifications
without our consent, which must be provided in text form, if different software to the software
disclosed to us when agreement was made on the specifications has been installed on the same
hardware or connected hardware of the Customer on which the software is installed and the
customer does not provide us with evidence that such different software has not caused any
disruptions in the use of the delivery item and/or the software, if the Customer has modified the
software without our previous consent in text form or if the Ordering Party has not used the software
in accordance with its intended use.
6. Unless otherwise stipulated herein we shall not be liable for any damage that did not originate in the
delivered software itself; we shall in particular not be liable for loss of data or other consequential
damage. In other respects, item 11 hereof shall apply to claims for damages and claims for
compensation of wasted efforts.
7. The provisions of item 9 hereof shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Section 11 Liability and Claims for Damages
1. Any claims for damages asserted by the Ordering Party against us shall be excluded insofar as neither
the corporate bodies, executives, employees or other ancillary agents of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH
can be charged with intent or gross negligence.
2. The present limitation of liability shall not apply if obligations are breached, the fulfilment of which
are essential for the proper execution of the contract and the observance of which der Customer may
regularly rely on (so-called “cardinal obligations” [= fundamental obligations going to the root of the contract]).
However, even if such essential obligations are breached – unless there is no intent or gross
negligence on the part of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH – the damage to be compensated in such case
shall be limited to the purchase price of the respective delivery order; furthermore, the amount of
the maximum damage shall be limited to the common and foreseeable damage.
-12-
3. Furthermore, the aforesaid limitation of liability shall not apply in the case of injury to life, limb or
health.
4. The aforesaid limitation of liability shall apply to claims for damages of whatever kind asserted by the
Ordering Party and arising out of the contractual relationship, including but not limited to damage
caused by delay, damages for non-performance, damages for defects of the products delivered or for
a breach of the consultation and information obligations. The aforesaid limitation of liability shall also
apply to the costs for recall actions implemented by the Ordering Party as a consequence of a defect
of the products delivered by us, irrespective of the fact whether the claim for compensation of costs
of the Ordering Party is based on damage claims relating to tort or contractually based damage claims
or on management without mandate (“negotiorum gestio”).
5. If products delivered by us are delivered to places outside the territory of the Federal Republic of
Germany, we cannot assume any liability that the products do not infringe any industrial property
rights of any third party. It shall always be the responsibility of the Customer to check and ensure
whether the products delivered by us might infringe any industrial property rights of any third party
in countries outside the Federal Republic of Germany. In this respect, the Customer undertakes to
indemnify and hold us harmless from and against all and any claims asserted by any third party based
on the infringement of industrial property rights. It shall always be the responsibility of the Customer
to verify whether products delivered by us comply with the statutory and official rules and regulations
in countries outside the Federal Republic of Germany and are compliant with the standards applicable
there – unless their conformity with such statutory or official rules and regulations or standards is
confirmed by us in writing.
Section 12 Retention of Title
1. We retain title to the purchase item until all payment due from the delivery contract has been
received in full. If the Ordering Party acts in breach of the contract, in particular if the Ordering Party
is in default of payment, we shall have the right to take back the purchase item. If we take back the
purchase item such shall not constitute a withdrawal from the contract, unless such withdrawal has
been expressly declared by us in writing. If we seize the purchase item such shall always constitute a
withdrawal from the contract. We shall have the right to utilize the purchase item we have taken back,
the proceeds resulting from such utilization shall then be offset against the amounts owed to us by
the Ordering Party, less appropriate costs for utilization.
2. The Ordering Party undertakes to handle the purchase item with due care and must, in particular,
adequately insure it at its replacement value at his own expense against theft and fire and water
damage. If maintenance or inspection work is required the Ordering Party must carry out such work
at his own expense in due time. As early as with the present, in order to secure the payment claims
to which we are entitled, the Ordering Party shall assign to us all and any claims to which he may be
-13-
entitled against any third party or against the insurer due to the destruction or damage of the goods
subject to retention of title. The Ordering Party undertakes to notify respective defects without delay;
furthermore, upon our first request, he shall be under the obligation to disclose the assignment to
the third parties or the insurer.
3. If the goods subject to retention of title are seized by third parties or in the event of other third-party
interventions, the Ordering Party must inform us immediately thereof in writing so that we can file a
court action in accordance with Section 771 ZPO [German Code of Civil Procedure].
4. The Ordering Party shall be entitled to sell the purchase item in the ordinary course of business.
However, as early as with the present he shall assign to us all and any claims from such resale against
his customers or third parties up to the sum total of the invoice (including VAT) of our claim,
irrespective of whether the purchase item was resold without or after processing. The Ordering Party
shall remain entitled to collect the claim even after assignment. Our entitlement to collect the claim
ourselves shall remain unaffected hereby. However, we undertake not to collect the claim ourselves
for as long as the Ordering Party meets his payment obligations using the proceeds from the resale,
is not in default of payment and if, in particular, no application for the initiation of insolvency
proceedings has been filed or if the Ordering Party has not discontinued his payments. However, if
such is the case, we shall be entitled to demand that the Ordering Party discloses to us both the
assigned claims and the respective debtors, provides all information necessary for collection, hands
over the respective documentation and informs the debtors (third party) of the assignment.
5. Processing or transformation of the purchase item by the Ordering Party shall always be undertaken
on our behalf. If the purchase item is processed with other products which do not belong to us, we
shall acquire co-ownership of the new product in proportion to the value of the purchase item (sum
total of the invoice inclusive of VAT) and the value of the other processed products at the time of
processing. The same shall apply to the product created by such processing as for the purchase item
delivered under retention of title.
6. If the purchase item is inseparably mixed or combined with other products not belonging to us, we
shall acquire co-ownership of the new product in proportion to the value of the purchase item (sum
total of the invoice inclusive of VAT) and the value of the other mixed or combined products at the
time of such mixing or combining. If the purchase item is mixed or combined in such a way that the
product of the Ordering Party is to be considered as the principal thing, it shall be deemed agreed
that the Ordering Party shall assign to us co-ownership of this product on a pro rata basis. The
Ordering Party shall store and safeguard for us the sole ownership or co-ownership thus generated.
7. The Ordering Party shall also assign to us any claims to secure the claims we have against him that
may accrue against a third party by combining the purchase item with a piece of real estate.
-14-
8. Upon request of the Ordering Party, we undertake to release, at our option, the securities to which
we are entitled, insofar as their realisable value exceeds the value of the claims to be secured by more
than 10%.
9. If the products delivered by us are delivered to a country outside the Federal Republic of Germany
that does not acknowledge the aforesaid retention of title, the Customer undertakes, upon first
request, to obtain for us the respective liens and/or other security rights equivalent to the aforesaid
retention of title and to take all measures that are necessary and useful in this respect. The Customer
undertakes, if required, to advise us of the necessity of such liens or other security rights.
Section 13 Supply by our own Suppliers, Force Majeure
1. We shall be exempted from our obligation to effect delivery if such delivery is prevented by an event
of Force Majeure. Events of Force Majeure shall include but not be limited to war, earthquake, flood
and other disasters, strike, destruction of production facilities by fire or explosion – to the extent that
we are not responsible for the impediment that hinders delivery, either at our site or at the site of
our supplier. If the impediment continues for a duration of more than four weeks we shall, in such
cases, be entitled to withdraw from the contract.
2. We shall not be liable for a delay in the delivery time if such delay is due to the fact that we are not
supplied, or not supplied on time, with raw materials, components or semi-finished products by our
own suppliers even though the respective cover transaction has been concluded and we are not
responsible for the missing, delayed or defective delivery by the supplier and the supplier was
selected by us with the customary care. In such case, we undertake to seek a replacement for the
failed delivery without delay, if such replacement delivery by another supplier can be expected of us.
A replacement delivery can only be expected of us if it is equivalent in price and quality to the delivery
originally agreed. We undertake to inform the Ordering Party of the reasons for such delays in delivery
immediately. If the delivery is delayed by more than two months as a consequence of such
circumstances both we and the Ordering Party have the right to withdraw from the contract. Any
payments or goods/services already received must be returned, any further claims shall be excluded.
Section 14 Software
1. If software and the related documentation are part of the deliveries and services the Ordering Party
shall be granted the non-exclusive, non-transferrable, not sub-licensable and revocable right of use
for internal use by the Ordering Party together with the products for which the software has been
delivered. Use of the software on more than one system shall not be permitted.
Unless a specific license agreement has been concluded with us in writing, any other use of the
-15-
software and the related documentation, e.g. together with the Ordering Party’s own hardware or
the hardware of any third party, shall be expressly excluded.
2. We and/or the software supplier retain all and any other rights to the software and the
documentation and circuits including any copies and subsequent supplements thereto. The award of
sub-licenses shall not be permitted.
The Ordering Party must ensure that such software and documentation are not disclosed to any third
party without our prior written consent.
3. The Ordering Party shall only be entitled to duplicate, rework, translate or convert the software from
object code to source code within the scope permitted by law (Sections 69 a et. seq. German
Copyright Act). Provision of source programmes shall require special written agreement. If the
originals bear a copyright notice such notice must also be added to the copies by the Ordering Party.
4. Unless otherwise agreed, the right of use shall in each case be deemed granted with the
acknowledgement of order and delivery of the software, the related documentation and any
subsequent additions.
Section 15 Statute of Limitation
1. In derogation from Section 438 [1], number 3, BGB, the general limitation period for claims for
material defects and defects of title shall be one year from delivery. If acceptance has been agreed,
the limitation period shall commence with acceptance.
2. However, if the goods are a building or an object that, in conformity with its customary manner of
utilization, has been used for a building and has caused its defectiveness (building material), claims
will become statute-barred in five years from delivery in accordance with the statutory provision
(Section 438 [1], no. 2, BGB). Any additional special provisions on limitation periods laid down by law
shall remain unaffected (in particular Section 438 [1], no. 1, [3], Sections 444, 445b BGB).
3. The aforesaid limitation periods stipulated by sales law shall also apply to contractual and non-
contractual claims for damages by the buyer based on a defect of the goods – unless the standard
statutory limitation periods (Sections 195, 199 BGB) would, in an individual case, result in shorter
limitation periods. However, claims for damages of the Customer in accordance with items 11.2. and
11.3 above as well as claims under the Product Liability Act shall become statute-barred in accordance
with the statutory limitation periods exclusively.
-16-
Section 16 Confidentiality
Both parties undertake not to use any trade secrets of the other party of which they gain knowledge in the
course of the collaboration or delivery for their own economic purposes beyond the purpose of the respective
delivery contract or to pass them on to any third party. Obligation to confidentiality shall not apply if such
trade secrets have become part of the public domain without the fault of the other party. Furthermore,
obligation to confidentiality shall become extinct 5 years after the termination of the cooperation. Trade
secrets shall be deemed industrial secrets within the meaning of Section 17 UWG [German Act against unfair
Competition].
Section 17 Export Control, Import Regulations
1. In the absence of any derogating contractual agreements concluded with the Ordering Party the
products delivered are intended to be placed on the market within the Federal Republic of Germany
for the first time, or, in case of delivery outside the Federal Republic of Germany to the agreed
country of first delivery (country of first delivery).
2. The export of specific goods by the Ordering Party from there may be subject to official authorisation
– e.g. on account of their nature or intended use or final destination. If the Ordering Party exports
the products delivered by us or has them exported by any third party, the Ordering Party undertakes
to check this out himself and to strictly comply with the relevant export regulations and embargoes,
in particular those of the European Union (EU), of Germany and/or other EU member states as well
as those of the United States of America or Asian or Arab countries, if applicable, and of all third
countries affected.
In addition to this, the Ordering Party is under the obligation to ensure that the required national
product approvals or product registrations are obtained and that the stipulations under national law
of the respective country for provision of user information in the local language as well as all import
regulations are met before the Ordering Party delivers the products delivered by us to a country
other than the country of first delivery agreed with us.
3. The Ordering Party will in particular check and ensure – and, upon request, provide us with proof -
that
− the products provided are not intended for military, nuclear or armaments use;
− no deliveries of goods of US origin, of US software or US technology are made to companies and
persons included in the US Denied Persons List (DPL); that without official authorisation no
deliveries of goods of US origin are made to companies and persons included in the US Warning
List, US Entity List or US Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List;
-17-
− no deliveries are made to companies and persons included in the List of Specially Designated
Terrorists, of Foreign Terrorist Organizations, Specially Designated Global Terrorists or the EU
Terrorist List or other relevant negative lists for export control;
− no deliveries of the products supplied by us are made to military recipients;
− no deliveries are made to recipients that have breached other provisions under export control
regulations, in particular regulations of the EU or of the ASEAN countries;
− all early warnings from the competent German authorities or the national authorities of the
respective country of origin of the consignment are observed.
4. Access to and use of products delivered by us shall only be permitted if the aforesaid checks and
assurances have been made by the Ordering Party; otherwise, the Customer shall refrain from the
intended export and we shall be under no obligation to perform.
5. If the products delivered by us are passed on to any third party, the Ordering Party undertakes to
bind such third party in the same way as stipulated in items 17.1 – 17.4 above and to inform the third
party that compliance with such legal provisions is imperative.
6. If delivery outside the Federal Republic of Germany has been agreed, the Ordering Party shall ensure
at his own expense that all national import regulations of the country of first delivery have been
complied with regarding the products that are to be delivered by us.
7. The Ordering Party shall indemnify and hold us harmless from and against all damage and
expenditure resulting from the culpable breach of the aforesaid obligations stipulated in items 17.1
– 17.6.
Section 18 Choice of Law, Place of Jurisdiction, Place of Performance
1. All and any contracts concluded between us and the Supplier shall be governed by the substantive
law of the Federal Republic of Germany, excluding the provisions of international private law and the
UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG).
2. If the Ordering Party is a registered trader with seat in the European Union, Switzerland, Norway or
Iceland when the proceedings are initiated exclusive place of jurisdiction for all and any disputes
arising out of or in connection with the business relationship between us and the Ordering Party shall
be the place of business of our company that has been awarded the order. In derogation herefrom
we shall however be entitled to bring an action at any other general or special legal venue before the
court that has local jurisdiction at the respective place of business of the supplier.
3. To the extent that item 2 hereof shall not be applicable, all and any disputes arising in connection
with the respective supply contract or its validity shall be settled by final and binding decision in
accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the German Arbitration Institute (Deutsche Institution für
-18-
Schiedsgerichtsbarkeit e.V. (DIS)) excluding the jurisdiction of the courts. Place of arbitration shall be
Heilbronn. The language of the arbitration proceedings shall be German.
4. Place of performance for all obligations arising out of the business relationship shall be the place of
business of our company to which the Customer has awarded the order.
5. Place of performance for delivery and payment including law suits concerning cheques and bills shall
be the place of business of our company to which the Customer has awarded the order. We shall be
entitled to also bring an action against the Ordering Party at his place of residence or place of
business.
6. Should any of the provisions of the present General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery be
ineffective or void such shall not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions.
-19-
General operating manual
for assembly, commissioning and maintenance
of hydraulic components
110210_general_operating_manual
10.2022

Important information 2
Personal protective equipment (PPE) 4
Important safety instructions 6
Transportation and storage 8
Assembly and commissioning 9
Maintenance and repairs 11
Disposal 12
Errors and troubleshooting 12
Technical Data 12
1/ 11
General operating manual 110210_general_operating_manual | WEBER-HYDRAULIK
Important
information
Range of validity The present general operating manual exclusively refers to hydraulic components
of the operating (in particular valves, manifolds, pressure sensors etc; referred to as valves in the
manual following; but also analogously applies to electronic components) from WEBER-
HYDRAULIK GMBH in Constance. The following operating manual is aimed at the
operator of the valves and the installation manufacturer and user. Among other
things, it contains important safety information that should be known by the ope-
rator of the valves.
The indications of this general operating manual are to be inserted in the opera-
ting manual of the superordinate complete system. This operating manual should
be kept accessible and always close to the valve or the superordinate machine
installation.
The present general operating manual refers exclusively to hydraulic components
(in particular valves, control blocks, pressure transmitters, etc.; hereinafter referred
to as hydraulic components; also applies analogously to electronic components)
of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH. The following operating manual is intended for the
operator of the hydraulic components and for system manufacturers and users.
Among other things, it contains important safety information of which the operator
of the hydraulic components must be aware.
The information in this general operating manual must be included in the opera-
ting manual for the higher-level overall system. These operating instructions must
always be kept within easy reach and accessible at all times in the vicinity of the
hydraulic components or the higher-level machine system.
Liability declaration The explanations regarding liability for defects and claims for damages are listed in
the general terms and conditions of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH. These are availa-
ble to the customer at the latest since the conclusion of the contract.
Always contact the plant with which you have entered iability for defects and
claims for damages. For hydraulic components, this is usually WEBER-HYDRAULIK
GMBH in Constance (valve components) or WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH in Wörth
(control blocks).
Liability exclusion The general terms and conditions apply. Among others, warranty and liability
claims for personal and property damages are excluded if they can be traced back
to one or more of the following causes:
inappropriate use of the hydraulic components
inadequate assembly, disassembly, commissioning and maintenance of the
hydraulic components
disregarding the operating manual
disregarding the technical specifications of the hydraulic components
unauthorized constructive modifications of the hydraulic components
inappropriately conducted repairs
action of foreign objects and acts of God
WEBER-HYDRAULIK does not accept liability for incorrect, incomplete or missing
information. We reserve the right to modifications.
2 / 11
WEBER-HYDRAULIK | 110210_general_operating_manual General operating manual
Intended use The commissioning, deployment and use of the hydraulic components may only be
carried out as described in this operating manual The hydraulic components may
only be operated as part of a superordinate complete system, e. g. a machine sys-
tem, and only in industrial areas in accordance with the standard DIN EN ISO 4413
(Hydraulic fluid power - General rules and safety requirements for hydraulic sys-
tems and their components).
The hydraulic components are not approved for the use in any of the following
applications without the explicit written consent of WEBER-HYDRAULIK:
nuclear facility applications
ordnance equipment
aircraft or aerospace applications
steering or braking systems for vehicles
amusement rides (e.g. rollercoaster)
in explosive or hazardous environments, unless it is explicitly allowed by an indi-
cation of ATEX conformity
The hydraulic components are intended for use with mineral oil-based hydraulic
oils in compliance with the filtration specifications and the respective max. opera-
ting pressures, volume flows and temperatures (see the respective data sheet of
the hydraulic components). Use with other fluids requires the approval of WEBER-
HYDRAULIK. Any other use or use beyond this is not permitted.
The type plate must not be removed or painted over.
Responsibility of the The operator and user of the hydraulic components is responsible for their proper
operator use. The instructions in this operating manual for use, commissioning, storage and
maintenance of the hydraulic components must be observed. The manufacturer
and operator of the superordinate complete system, e. g. a machine system, is
responsible for the compliance with the applicable national and international safety
and accident prevention regulations applicable to the specific application.
Selection and qualifi- All work with and on hydraulic components may only be carried out by trained and
cation of personnel instructed personnel with the necessary knowledge and experience.
Work on electrical connections and electronic components may only be carried out
by an authorized electrician.
3 / 11
Explanation of Safety indications in this operating manual are marked with a symbol. The indi-
symbols vidual indications are introduced by signal words that express the extent of the
danger. This is followed by indications on how to avoid danger.
DANGER
Indicates the immediate risk of death and serious bodily harm.
WARNING
Indicates the risk of serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates the risk of slight injury or material damages.
Personal Personal protective equipment when working on the hydraulic power unit includes:
protective
equipment (PPE)
Hearing protection Safety shoes
Safety goggles Protective gloves
Protective clothing
NOTE Make sure that the personal protective equipment is resistant according to the
hydraulic medium used.
4 / 11
Important safety Following the safety instructions and the nationally and internationally applicable
instructions safety regulations helps to avoid accidents, malfunctions and errors.
When planning machines and using hydraulic components, the application-
specific safety and accident prevention directives must be observed, such as:
DIN EN ISO 12100 (Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk
assessment and risk reduction) or DIN EN ISO 4413 (Hydraulic fluid power - Gene-
ral rules and safety requirements for systems and their components). In addition,
the operating manual, safety instructions and other information on dimension
and data sheets of hydraulic components and assemblies must be observed and
complied with. This also applies in particular to hydraulic accumulators, which are
subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED 2014/68).
NOTE In the case of systems with pressure accumulators, additional hazards must be
taken into account, as machine movements are still possible even when the hyd-
raulic power unit is switched off, lines and components may still be under pres-
sure. In this case, the relevant directives and regulations, in particular the German
Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV) and the European Pressure
Equipment Directive (PED 2014/68) must be observed.
DANGER
Risk of death or injury due to squirting hydraulic oil under high pressure. A thin jet
of oil can escape from small openings (e. g. defective hose, torn pressure gauge)
and penetrate skin and clothing.
Risk of death or injury due to bursting components or hoses being flung away.
▶ Before working on hydraulic components, release pressure from hydraulic
system.
▶ Check pipes, tubes and screw connections of the hydraulic installation regularly.
▶ Immediately remedy leaks.
▶ Do not convert or modify hydraulic components.
WARNING
Health hazard due to fire risk. Hydraulic pressure fluids are flammable liquids.
There is a fire hazard even with media that are difficult to ignite.
▶ Select suitable extinguishing agents according to the safety data sheet of the
pressure fluid used.
▶ Make suitable extinguishing agents available at the installation site of the
hydraulic system.
5 / 11
WARNING
Health hazard due to skin contact or ingestion of hydraulic fluids.
▶ Before working on hydraulic components, drain reservoirs which are located on
a higher level.
▶ If hydraulic fluid has been swallowed, or has penetrated the skin, or has ente-
red the bloodstream, consult a doctor immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
▶ Change oil-soaked clothing immediately.
▶ Do not carry oil-soaked rags or similar items in your clothing.
▶ Do not eat, drink or smoke while working on hydraulic components.
WARNING
Health hazard due to inhalation of oil mist.
▶ Do not inhale oil mists directly, carry respiratory protection if necessary.
CAUTION
Danger of slipping due to leaking hydraulic oil.
▶ Remove and dispose hydraulic oil adequately.
CAUTION
Danger of contamination of water and soil due to leaking hydraulic oil.
▶ Use collection containers.
▶ Dispose hydraulic oil adequately.
CAUTION
Damage to hydraulic components due to immersion in liquids.
▶ Do not plunge hydraulic components in liquids.
NOTE When transporting, storing, disposing of and handling hydraulic fluids, it is essential
to observe the relevant directives and regulations (e. g. Ordinance on
Working Materials, country-specific regulations, manufacturer ‘s safety data sheets
in accordance with EC 93/112, etc.).
6 / 11
Transportation
and storage
Packaging and ▶ Carefully pack and unpack the hydraulic components.

transportation ▶ Immediately notify any transportation damages to the carrier and
WEBER-HYDRAULIK in writing.
▶ Keep the original packaging.
▶ Only transport hydraulic components in adequate closed original packaging.
▶ In the case of bulky, heavy or otherwise difficult-to-handle hydraulic compo-
nents, observe the data or dimension sheet and use the attachment points/
transport threads provided.
▶ Always transport hydraulic components with dust protection.
Storage conditions ▶ Storing hydraulic components:

▶ at low humidity (<65 %)
▶ at temperatures from -10 ° C to +60 ° C
▶ without direct heat sources or sunlight
▶ without exposure to ozone or ionizing radiation
▶ free from aggressive gases and vapors or corrosive substances
▶ only in adequate closed original packaging
▶ always with dust protection
Hydraulic components from WEBER-HYDRAULIK are usually factory tested with
hydraulic oil and thus protected against corrosion on the inside. If the hydraulic
components have been stored for longer than 1 year, check for damage before
assembly. If necessary, the hydraulic components can be sent to the respective
WEBER-HYDRAULIK supplier plant for inspection. at added costs.
▶ Store seals (NBR) for max. 7 years.
NOTE Oil residues can lead to resinification on the hydraulic components due to longer
storage times.
▶ Remove any resinification before use.
7 / 11
Assembly and The commissioning, application and use of the hydraulic components may only be
commissioning carried out as described in this operating manual.
DANGER
Serious injury, burns or fires due to squirting hydraulic oil. Danger from stored
energy (e. g. position energy) of machine parts.
Before performing any work on hydraulic components:

▶ Switch off the machine.
▶ Secure the machine against being switched on again:
▶ Lock main command device and remove key.
▶ Attach warning sign to main switch.
▶ De-energize all electric lines in the hydraulic circuit.
▶ Depressurize all pressure lines and accumulators in the hydraulic circuit.
▶ Ensure that no machine parts can be set in motion by unintentional switching
positions of valves or by oil escaping.
▶ Switch off voltage to all lines in the hydraulic circuit.
▶ Lower loads, relax springs.
CAUTION
Risk of burns due to very hot hydraulic components and hydraulic connection
lines. Solenoid coils and hydraulic oil in particular can become very hot and cause
serious injuries on contact.
▶ Wear suitable personal protective equipment PPE (heat-protective gloves,
safety goggles).
▶ Allow components to cool down before starting work. Components may still be
hot even after the system is switched off.
▶ In case of burns, cool the affected skin area with water and inform first aiders
or rescue services.
8 / 11
Assembly conditions ▶ Ensure that hydraulic components are undamaged.

▶ Do not install damaged hydraulic components!
▶ Ensure that all seals are available and undamaged.
▶ Do not install damaged seals!
▶ Do not mount the valve directly onto machine parts that are exposed to strong
vibrations or shocks.
▶ Do not install valves on units that move in a jerky fashion and that do not corre-
spond to the direction of movement of the piston.
▶ Mount hydraulic components in such a way that thermal overheating cannot
occur.
Assembly ▶ Thoroughly clean the mounting surface/screw holes.

▶ Remove dust protection from the hydraulic connection.
▶ Attach seals.
▶ Attach hydraulic components.
▶ Observe installation torques in the data sheet of the respective hydraulic com-
ponent.
▶ Slip-in valve: tighten assembly screws in a non-distorted manner. Tighten
screws crosswise.
▶ Cartridge-valve: tighten the valve at the screwing hexagon.
▶ Determine the switching position of the valve.
NOTE When installing hydraulic components with electrical connections or electronic

components, observe the applicable directive (VDE directives or similar).
For the rated voltage it must be noted that the devices correspond to protection
class III. Electrical equipment of protection class III may be only connected to low
voltage systems (PELV, SELV)(IEC 60364-4-4-41).
Connection ▶ Check adequate state of the hydraulic components.

▶ If necessary, remove residues or pollution.
▶ Connect connection lines. Observe installation instructions in the data sheet of
the hydraulic component.
▶ Attach the line screw connections according to the manufacturer‘s specifications
and ensure the correct assignment of the lines (e. g. pressure supply, tank, ...)
▶ Ensure that all tubes and pipes are connected.
▶ Ensure that all screws and connections are correctly tightened.
▶ Fill hydraulic system/hydraulic components with hydraulic oil.
▶ Vent the hydraulic system at the highest point.
▶ Hydraulic component is ready for operation.
9 / 11
NOTE The maximum pressure and flow rate of the hydraulic components specified in the
data sheet must be strictly observed. In particular, the maximum pressure of the
tank port is usually significantly lower than the maximum pressure of the working
ports and must not be exceeded.
NOTE For correct bleeding of the hydraulic installation, observe the respective operating
manual of the machine system.
Operation The hydraulic components are part of a superordinate complete system.

▶ In order to operate this system or the superordinate machine installation,
observe the corresponding operating manual.
Decommissioning/ ▶ Ensure that the hydraulic system is depressurized. Observe any pressure accu-
disassembly mulators that may be present.
▶ Ensure that the hydraulic system is de-energized.
▶ Secure components that are held in position by the hydraulic components.
▶ Ensure that no components come loose or may move when letting off hydraulic
oil.
▶ Disconnect connecting lines.
▶ Collect exiting hydraulic oil with a container.
▶ Loosen the mounting screws of the hydraulic components.
▶ Remove the hydraulic components and seals.
Maintenance and Spare parts and seal kits are available from WEBER-HYDRAULIK in the respective
repairs supplier plant. They are listed in the corresponding data sheets and dimension
sheets.
Only use the spare parts and seal kits specified on the data sheet of the hydraulic
components.
Exchange seals ▶ Disassemble hydraulic components.

▶ Remove all seals and dispose them adequately.
▶ If necessary, clean hydraulic components.
▶ Carefully insert new seals and ensure fitting accuracy.
▶ Reattach hydraulic components. Thereby ensure that no seal slips out of place.
▶ Observe installation torques in the data sheet of the respective hydraulic com-
ponents.
▶ Tighten assembly screws crosswise without tension or tighten the hydraulic com-
ponents at the screw-in hexagon.
▶ Determine switch position of the hydraulic component.
10 / 11
Damages/Faults ▶ Immediately notify the responsible person in case of damages or faults on hyd-
raulic components or on the machine system.
▶ If necessary, switch off the machine system and secure it.
Repairs and modifications or retrofit of hydraulic components are carried
out exclusively by WEBER-HYDRAULIK.
Disposal ▶ Disassemble hydraulic components.

▶ Drain hydraulic components until no more hydraulic oil drips out.
▶ Collect hydraulic oil and dispose it adequately.
▶ Dispose the seals appropriately.
▶ Dispose the hydraulic components as metal scrap.
▶ Dispose electronic components adequately in accordance with the applicable
regulations.
Errors and
troubleshooting
Leaks ▶ If leaks occur, stop the machine.

▶ Check the cause of the leakage by trained expert personnel.
▶ If the hydraulic component is leaky, exchange the seals or the entire hydraulic
component.
▶ Do not continue to operate the machine with faulty hydraulic components!
Other ▶ Contact customer service.
Technical Data ▶ The technical data may be found in the corresponding data sheets or dimension
sheets of the hydraulic components.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH

Felix-Wankel-Str. 4 Siemensstraße 17
78467 Konstanz 84109 Wörth a. d. Isar
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 Phone: +49 8702 49397-0
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 Fax: +49 8702 49397-3099
info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com info.de-w@weber-hydraulik.com
www.weber-hydraulik.com All rights reserved
11 / 11 11 / 11
Seal Kit Installation Guide
110220_installation_sealkit_e
02.2022
Manual and Information regarding installation, set-up and maintenance can be found in our
Safety „general operating manual“ on our webpage or can be provided upon request.
The operating manual of WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH in Constance must be read
Information
before any work is applied to any of our products.
Assembly, commissioning and operation, disassembly, service (including
maintenance and repair) require basic mechanical/electrical/hydraulic knowledge,
as well as knowledge of the appropriate technical terms. In order to ensure
operating safety, these activities may therefore only be carried out by qualified
technical personnel or an instructed person under the direction and supervision
of qualified personnel. Qualified personnel are those who can recognize possible
hazards and institute the appropriate safety measures due to their professional
training, knowledge, and experience, as well as their understanding of the relevant
conditions pertaining to the work to be done. Qualified personnel must observe
the rules relevant to the subject area. Also observe the generally applicable, legal
or otherwise binding regulations of the European or national legislation and the
rules for the prevention of accidents and for environmental protection applicable
in your country. The data specified in this document only serves to describe the
product. No statements concerning a specific condition or suitability for a specific
application can be derived from our information. The given information does not
release the user from the obligation of own judgement and verification. lt must be
remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
1/ 2
110220_installation_sealkit_e | WEBER-HYDRAULIK Konstanz
Installation To install the seals use precaution. Do not use any sharp edged tools that may cut
the seal and do not pass the seal over any rough or sharp surfaces. Minimize the
stretch on the seal during installation. O-ring installation tools are commercially
available from many seal manufacturers and tool suppliers. Screwdrivers and awls
are not appropriate installation tools.
Note that the seal material must be compatible with the hydraulic fluid and
assembly lubricants used in the system. Cartridges cannot be converted to a
different seal material by simply changing the external seals. Most cartridge valves
incorporate internal seals which can only be replaced by first disassembling the
valve. Please contact us for a conversion to a different seal material.
NOTE Before installation of the seal kit, refer to the corresponding datasheet, which can
be found on our webpage at “valve catalog”, or can be provided upon request.
Warranty The warranty only applies to the delivered configuration. The warranty will not
apply if the product is incorrectly assembled or handled or not used as intended.

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
2/2
4
3
28,5
<n13
n15
H8 A
Valve cavities
b
0,02 A 2-way designs
a
Y
a
<n8
2
2
13,5
+ 0,05
Z
20 - 0
A
110420_cavities2_e
1 06.2019
<n 8
a2 :1) Table of contents Content Page

Cavity EPDBD 03 2
10
M3x6/
30° a Cavity EPDBD 05 2
5 Cavity PVDE2-11 3
R0,
NOTE: Cavity SMSVP 3
`0,1
Cavity MSVT 4
o19,5
PT= reaming depth

Cavity DBT 4
AS= locating shoulder Cavity EDB 5
Cavity DBG1 5
Rz16 a =
( Rz6,3
) o >25
Cavity DBG4
Cavity DB12-FT
6
6
2009 AEND.-NR.
General tolerances to Cavity DRV 7
MOD. NO.
AEND.-DATUM
11.11.09
DIN ISO 2768-1
V63
MOD. DATE
Cavity RKR 7
f; H RESP.
GEAEND. VERANT.
MODIF.
REVISION
REVISION x a NAV. NAV.
Cavity RHR a Rz6,3 7
=
FORMAT
SIZE A4 Cavity RBR 8
Cavity RBS1 ND.-NR. V65
8
Cavity 0VCD 8
AE
. NO .
.0 2 .2 14 MAOEDND.-DATTEUM NT .
2 4 V E RA .
S. H.
M . DA RESP
Cavity
Lu. B VCL GMEODIF. N 9
DATU MO D
DATE . A E N D. A V .
HE4 / 09 13 18
N
G E Z. . x NAV.
GEPR KCavity
D RA W
M. K. VCM RREEVVISION 9
ISIO
A4
.
ERSATZ FUER C HE C F O RM
AT
REPL. FOR Cavity STO/DBT2 SIZE

10
Cavity STE 10
ART.-NR. / PART NO. ik G m
bH
stechn
to mation nz HALB
Z E UG
nsta NO .
4
A u
Cavity STD 14 0SA8TZ2FUER 11

T E AM 67 Ko S TA B M A T.
F LUID D-784 MASZ RAW
/
F F
4
KS TO
E
E
N . TO
L.
f H S CA L
9 2 % WER
IA L
H
768 / S-URFACE Cavity
HN.-N OKK-M14 11
O L . / GE M ATER
ISO A2EVON
. T R. ER
ALLG . FOR .
BLATT RE P L T NO
7.00O0N 9 2
ZEIC .
ING N / PAR
PAGE HEN
0 2
3 Cavity
ENTS TE FC-10-2 12
COF
1 D RA W .-NR.
FL
EN IS O A US T
7
E R E N A R
7
O B D
TAN
RO M
EDGE
5
A
1
Cavity T-3A 12
DERIV
KANT
EN /
1 3 7
ISO [KG] V
2 OF
Cavity T-5A 13
ICHT BLAT
T
GEW E
H T
TIT L E P A G
WEIG
03
G /
NNUN
E E P DBD
BENE
Cavity T-8A 14
ohrung Cavity T-10A 14
Stufenb Cavity T-13A 15
Cavity T-16A 16
1/ 16
A
Valve cavities
Y(2:1 ) n15 H8 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
b 0,02 A A
20°
a
Cavity YEPDBD
( 2 : 1 ) 03R0,3 a n15 H8
b 0,02 A A
20° Y
AS
13,5
B a
2
+ 0,05
a
Y(2:1 ) ,3 a n15 H8
20 - 0
Y Y(2:1) 0
(2:1 ) RR0 n15 H8
<n8
b 0,02 A A 2
20° ,5 b 0,02 A YZ A
20° AS
13,5
a
B
2
+ 0,05
a
3 a
R0,,3 a
20 - 0
Z (R02 : 1a ) R0
<n8
2
,5 Y Z 1
AS Y
13,5
22
AS
+ + 0,05
13,5
aa
,4 a
0,05
2020- 0- 0
R0 <n 8
88
Z RR(0,2 : 1 ) 2
<n<n
0,55 Z 12
Z
,4 a <n 8
Z( 2:1 ) R0
Z (2:1)Z ( 2 : 1 ) 1
1
C ,4
R00,4
a
a <n 8 M3x6/10
R <n 8
C
.
1 2 3
M3x6/10 4
1 2 3 4
o19,5 `0,1 o19,5 `0,1

M3x6/10
M3x6/10
1 2 3 4
A 1 2 3 4
D o>25
`0,1
A
`0,1
Y( 2:1) HE4/14 08 24
19,5
19,5
n16 H7
oo
20°
AD Y( 2:1)
a b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
o>25
Cavity EPDBD 05 n16 H7
A a
1,5
0° 2 AS
a b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
Y( 2:1) o>25
o>25n16Y H7
PT 9
11 - 0,02 11 - 0,02
+ 0,2
2 0° a
1,5
+0
14,5 - 0 14,5 - 0
Y (2:1) Y ( 2 : 1 ) a AS b 0,02 A r n0,03 A

a
+ 0,2 23 >PT 23
<n 7
n16 H7 2
20°Z ( 2 : 1 )
>25
YZ
PT 9
b 0,02
a A r n0,03 A
1,5
aAS
+ 0,2
+0
B a Rz6,3
a a
=
+ 0<n7
20° a 2
1,5
PT 9 PT 9
>25
Z
11 - 0,02 11 - 0,02
Z ( 2 : 1 AS Y
>PT
)a
E
14,5 - 014,5 - 0
B
>PT 23>PT 23
<n 7 <n 7
24.02.2014 2 AEND.-NR.a
DATUM
Y 1 Rz6,3
+ 0,2
°
a
>25 >25
Z ( 22:0 1 ) DATE Z =
+0
MOD. NO.
a
Z (2:1) a
Lu. B.
BE
AEND.-DATUM
GEZ.
H7 2 DRAW.
MOD. DATE n15 V65
Z20(°2 : 1 ) A GEPR. Z
M. K.
a
a AEND.-NR.
GEAEND.
Rz6,3 1 VERANT.
24.02.2014 a MOD. = NO. Rz6,3
B
MODIF.CHECK
DATUM RESP.
a
H7 = DATE
REVISION
x
n15
NAV.
S. H.
20°
a
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM

REVISION
A
GEZ.
1
NAV. V65
a D-78467 Konstanz
MOD. DRAW.
DATE
FORMAT
A4 VERANT.
DATUM
24.02.2014 M. K. AEND.-NR. SIZE
MODIF.
GEPR.
GEAEND.
CHECK
n15 H7 RESP.
ISO 2768 - f H SCALE
MASZSTAB
DATUM
DATE
DATE 24.02.2014
M4x11/15
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
A
MOD. NO. REVISION
HALBZEUG
1
x NAV.
S. H.
Lu. B.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM RAW MAT. NO.
92%
REVISION NAV. V65
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik
GEZ.
DRAW.
GmbH
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD.
n15 H7 GEAEND.
WERKSTOFF
DATE
A4
V65
EN ISOD-78467 1302 Konstanz CHECKDRAW.

GEPR.
M. K.
MOD. DATE FORMAT VERANT.
C A SIZE
MATERIAL
GEPR.
M. K.M4x11/15 REVISION
GEAEND.
MODIF. VERANT.
RESP.
HE4 / 14 x 08 NAV.24 S. H.
KANTEN
ALLG. TOL./ EDGE
/ GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB
CHECK HALBZEUG
ZEICHN.-NR. MODIF. RESP.
ISO 2768
NAV.
RAW MAT. NO.
DRAWING REVISION
xERSATZ S. H.
F
REVISION NAV.
92% REVISION NAV.
A4REPL. FOR
C
OBERFLAECHEN
GEWICHT[KG]
FLUID TEAM / SURFACE
Automationstechnik GmbH ENTSTANDEN AUS FORMAT
WERKSTOFF FUER
D-78467 Konstanz
EN ISOKonstanz
D-78467
WEIGHT 1302 M4x11/15
MATERIAL
DERIVATE FROM
FORMAT
SIZE
SIZE A4
HE4 / 14ART.-NR. 08 24/ PART NO.
ALLG. TOL. / KANTEN
GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 f H / TITLE
- 13715
OF A PATENT.
/ EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
ALLG. TOL. / BENENNUNG
ISO
GEN. TOL.
ISO 2768/ SURFACE- f H SCALE
MASZSTAB
SCALE HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
CF EEPDBD 03 92%
777.0009
DRAWING NO.
WERKSTOFF M4x11/15
RAW MAT. NO.
92% MATERIAL
OBERFLAECHEN
o28 `0,1 o28 `0,1
EN ISOWEIGHT 1302
GEWICHT[KG]
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
EN /ISO
EDGE 1302
MATERIAL DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
C
OF A PATENT.
Stufenbohrung HE4
HE4 // 14 14 0808 24
KANTEN ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
KANTEN / EDGEBENENNUNG / TITLE ZEICHN.-NR.
24BLATT 2
ART.-NR. / PART NO.VON
2
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
EEPDBD 03 777.0009
DRAWING NO. PAGE OF
THE GRANT

Stufenbohrung
o28 `0,1

/ PART NO.2
ART.-NR. BLATT VON
2
EEPDBD
EEPDBD 03
BENENNUNG / TITLE
777.0009
PAGE
03 777.0009
OF
GRANT
D
o28 `0,1
o>36
Stufenbohrung
Stufenbohrung
BLATT
2 VON
2 HE4/14 10 02
OF THEOF
PAGE
BLATT
2 VON
OF
2
D
PAGE OF
THE EVENT
2 / 16 o>36
D o>36
VENT
A
A
A
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e +0 Valve cavities

n28 - 0,2
Y(2:1) +0
20 H8
n28 -n0,2
Cavity PVDE2-11 b 0,02 A
+n 28
+0
- 0,2 A
Y(2:1) 0
B Y (A2 : 1 )
b 0,02
Y(2:1)
a
b 0,02 A
nn28 -
20 0,2
H8
n20 H8 A
AS b 0,02 A n20 H8 A
B Y (2:1)
b 0,02 A
a
b 0,02 A A
B a Y
2,7
b 0,02 A
a
+ 0,1
B
15
23,5 PT
VOR. VOR.
aAS
-0
b 0,02 A R0,5
+ 0,05
2 ,
1,4
25 - 0
R0 AS Y
2 3 4
<n15
2
PT >2,7
20°
a
1,4 - 01,42,7+- 0,1
AS
ALLE RECHTE
15
PT
Y
0
R0,5
25 - 025 -+ 0,05
a
+ 0,1
<n15<n15 15
,2 Y
-0
R0,5 Z a
25>-23,5
>23,52,7
R0 2 ,2
+ 0,05
a
+ 0,1
15
PT
2
1,4
R0,5
0
+ 0,05
00°
<n15
,2 R 2
>23,5
R0 2 20°
RECHTE
Z0°( 2 : 1 ) Z a 2
Z a
Z a 1
UNS
Z( 2:1 )
<n12
ALLE
Z (2:1) Z ( 2 : 1 )+0,3
C 1
WIR UNSWIR
Z( 2:1 )
1
+0,3 <n
1 12
C
BEHALTEN
+0,3 <n12
C +0,3
3 4
<n12
C
OF A PATENT.
BEHALTEN
M4x9/13
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
A PATENT.
+1
A PATENT.
n21 - 0 M4x9/13
PATENT.
M4x9/13
M18x1,5 H6 M4x9/13
EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
GRANT
b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
OF AOF
a
THE OF
0,5
.
GRANT
1 2 3 4
o28 `0,1 o28 `0,1

D
GRANT
3
GRANT
9,5
11,5
Y
THE OF
14,8
28 `0,1
D
OF THE
>23 PT
D
EVENT
Z 2
DER ERTEILUNG
o0,1
D
OF THE
28
o28 `
IN THEOF
<n6
EVENT
+1
n21 - 0
a
IN THE EVENT
ERTEILUNG
A
EVENT
M18x1,5 H6 o>36
IN THE
r n0,03 A HE4/14 10 03
RESERVED
IN THE
FALL
0,5
1 o>36
<n14 Rz6,3
RESERVED
o>36 a
DER
o>36 =
RESERVED
DEN
n15 H8
RESERVED
Cavity SMSVP
11,5
Y
E
FALL
a Rz6,3
ALL RIGHTS
A =a
FUER
2 +1 Rz6,3
Z n 21
03.03.2014 -0 = Rz6,3
MOD. NO. a
DATUM AEND.-NR.
FUER DEN
E =
DATE
ALL RIGHTS
E
GEZ.
Lu.B. H6 AEND.-DATUM
30.11.2017
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
ALL RIGHTS
M18x1,5
<n6
V28
Y (2:1)
DRAW. MOD. DATE
E 0,02 A 0,03 A 03.03.2014

DATUM AEND.-NR.
b
ALL RIGHTS
Y( 2:1 ) r n DATE GEPR. M.K. GEAEND.

MOD. NO.
P. J. VERANT. H. W.
Lu.B.03.03.2014
DATUM AEND.-NR.
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
GEZ. CHECK MODIF. RESP.

n18,2 - 0
+ 0,1 DATUM DATE
a 03.03.2014
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. NO.
AEND.-NR. 30.11.2017 NAV. V28
0,5
b NAV. S.
4 xVERANT. H.
DRAW. REVISION
MOD.NO.
DATE
M.K.Lu.B. P. J.30.11.2017
DATE GEZ. MOD. AEND.-DATUM
r n0,03 A
IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
Z( 2:1) REVISION V28
B
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbHGEZ.GEPR.DRAW.
Lu.B.
GEAEND.
MOD. DATE
AEND.-DATUM
30.11.2017 H. W.
A4
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
CHECK MODIF.FORMAT RESP.VERANT. V28

D-78467 Konstanz M.K. P. J. H.H. W.
3
DRAW. GEPR. MOD. DATE

GEAEND.
30°
SIZE
4 xJ.b RESP. H.S. W.
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
1
REVISION NAV.
M.K.Y P.
9,5
° GEPR. CHECK MODIF. RESP.

11,5
GEAEND. VERANT.
20<n14
REVISION NAV. NAV.
14,8
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. CHECKHALBZEUG

MASZSTAB
4 x b NAV. S. H.
IS CONFIDENTIAL.
MODIF.REVISION
ISO 2768-mK
4A4
>23 PT
SCALE RAW MAT. NO. FORMAT

x b NAV. S. H.
REVISION
D-78467 KonstanzValveTech GmbH
WEBER-HYDRAULIK REVISION
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE Z
WERKSTOFF
- 2 SIZE
REVISION
FORMAT
A4
NAV.
SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
n15 H8 D-78467 Konstanz

END-78467
ISO 1302
28
A4
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG FORMAT SIZE
ISO 2768- mK TOL. SCALEMASZSTABRAW MAT.
MATERIAL
A Konstanz NO. SIZE
HE4 /14 10 03
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. HALBZEUG
TOL.ISO
/ GEN.2768- mK MASZSTAB
KANTEN / EDGE
<n6
THIS DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
DIESE VORLAGE
DRAWING-NO.
ALLG.
OBERFLAECHEN TOL.
/ SURFACE RAW MAT. NO.
SCALE HALBZEUG
WERKSTOFF
ISO 2768-
ENOBERFLAECHEN
ISO 1302 mK / SURFACESCALE
a
F KANTEN / EN
GEWICHT ca.
approx.13020.000 kg
EDGEISO
RAW MAT.
MATERIAL NO.
WERKSTOFF
ENTSTANDEN AUS -
- FROM HE4 /14 10 REPL.
ERSATZ FUER
03 FOR / PART NO.

OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE MATERIAL
WERKSTOFF
DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
45° EN
ISO ISO 137151302
WEIGHT DERIVATE
HE4 /14
ERSATZ10 03
MATERIAL
DRAWING NO.
F
KANTEN / EDGE
THIS DOCUMENT
ZEICHN.-NR.
GEWICHTISO ca. 13715
DIESE VORLAGE
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR.

approx. ca. 0.000 kg HE4 /14 10 03
Stufenbohrung
KANTEN / EDGE
DOCUMENT
DRAWING NO.
F18,2
ZEICHN.-NR.
ENTSTANDEN AUS FUER
ISOGEWICHT
13715
777.0025
+ 0,1
n -0
0.000 kg
DRAWING NO.
F
ENTSTANDEN
1
AUS ERSATZ FUER
A Z (2:1) Z ( 2 : 1 ) GEWICHTWEIGHT
BENENNUNG ca. approx.
0.000
/ TITLE kg DERIVATE
ENTSTANDEN AUSFROM
< n 14ERSATZ REPL.
FUER
ART.-NR. /FOR
PART NO.
Stufenbohrung
WEIGHT approx.
777.0025
zu PVDE2-11
PAGE/ PART2NO. 2
30°
Stufenbohrung
THISTHIS
BLATT VON
Rz6,3 n15 H8
0° a
777.0025
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR.
C Stufenbohrung
=
OF
zu PVDE2-11
A
BLATT 777.0025
2 2 VON
zu PVDE2-11 PT = Passungstiefe
PAGE
BLATT
2
OF VON
2
zu PVDE2-11 BLATT PAGE
PAGE 2 VON
OF
OF
2
Y( 2:1 ) HE4/14 11 04
E GRANT OF A PATENT.
*NG3 Compakt +-Tiefe

0,1 = 24,5mm
n18,2 0
45° r n0,03 A Z( 2:1)
DATUM
MOD. NO.
° 30°
GEZ.
Lu. B. 20
AEND.-DATUM
23.03.15 V59
3 / 16
DRAW. MOD. DATE
a
GEPR.
CHECK M.Rz6,3
K. GEAEND.
MODIF. M.K. VERANT.
RESP. H.W.
= REVISION
REVISION x a NAV. S.H.
NAV.
Valve cavities 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
2 3 4
Cavity MSVT
Y(2:1)
n26
B Y(2:1) °
15
R0,2
n26 n26n20,6 +- 0,1
0
Y (152° : 1 ) r n0,03 A + 0,1

Y (2:1) n20,6 n26
n20,6 -0
R0,2 AS r n0,03 A n0,03 A 3/4-16 UNF-2B
b 0,02 A r r n0,03 A
3 15°
R0,2 a
AS 4 3/4-160,02
UNF-2B
A Rz16 n0,03A A
n0,03
n20,6
3/4-16 -0
UNF-2B
+ 0,1
r n0,03 A b rr
1
a 3/4-16 UNF-2B
Rz16 AS Rz16
X b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
1
2,7 `0,1 1
45a° Y
2,7 `0,1 13
14
Rz16
1318,5
1
18,520,5
45° 29 PT Y
8,5
<n14
13,5
2
13
>29 PT>30
2,6
>20,5
Z ( 2 : 145)°n26 Z
18,7
2,7 `0,1
<n8,5
Y
>29 PT
.
2
13
<n 9
14
1 2
2 3 4
>30
18,5 Z
>30
20,5
Z(2:1) n20,6
>33,5
C
>29 PT
<n8,5
r n0,03 A
Z (2:1) 60° 2
a
>30
Z ( 2 : 13/4-16
) a Y Z
° UNF-2B
r n0,03 A 60
a
a
a Z
1
6 60° X
a
1
n26 a
30° 1 <n12
n20,6 A30° 1
<n14,5 <n12
1 12,7 H8
n
13,5
2,6
A
3/4-16 UNF-2B <nH8
n12,7 12 HE4/14 31 03
30°
<n 9
+ 0,05
2 n15,87 -0 A
A n12,7 H8
X Y A
Cavity DBT
a
Z
D n26
13,5
n20,6
X (2 2 : 1 ) r n0,03 A
<n 9
X (2:1) 1
Z(2:1)
<n14,5 Y ( 2 : 1 ) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
15° r n0,03 A
Y 0+,20,05 30° 60°
B R -0
n15,87 Rz16
1
X
a
Z
a A
13,5
13
2,6
18,7
1 a Rz6,3
>29 PT
<n14,5
<n 9
= 2
45 °
>30
>33,5
a Rz6,3
En15,87 + 0,05
-0
Z(2:1)
=
Y
Y A( 2 : 1 ) DATUM a
29.07.2014 Rz6,3
AEND.-NR.
Y (2:1) =Z
a
DATE MOD. NO.

2 GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
15.12.2017
R0, 30° 60° 29.07.2014
DATUM AEND.-NR. V48
DATE DRAW. MOD. DATE
MOD. NO.
GEZ. GEPR.
B.M. K. P. J. H. W.
GEAEND. VERANT.
a CHECK
DATUM
DRAW. Lu.
29.07.2014
AEND.-DATUM
MODIF.
AEND.-NR.
MOD. DATE 15.12.2017
RESP. V48
DATE = MOD.REVISION
NO.
J. 8 x a H. W.S. H.
NAV.
PT = Passungstiefe GEPR.
M.Lu.
K. B. 1 REVISION
GEAEND.
P.15.12.2017
VERANT.
C RESP. NAV.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbHCHECK DRAW.
MODIF.
MOD.FORMAT
DATE
<n14,5 V48

SIZE x aJ.
NAV.
8 P. A4 S.H.H.W.
Z(2:1) WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech
DATUM GmbH
GEPR.
M. K. GEAEND.
REVISION VERANT.
NAV.
:1) Z (2:1)
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTABCHECK 12.03.2014
AEND.-NR.
HALBZEUG MODIF.
FORMAT+ 0,05
RESP.
A4 x a
° ISO 2768-f HDATE
D-78467 Konstanz SCALE
MOD. NO.
RAW MAT. NO. 15,87 0
nSIZE -
REVISION NAV.
8 S. H.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK
ALLG. TOL.
GEZ.
ValveTech
/ GEN. TOL. / SURFACE
OBERFLAECHEN GmbH
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG Lu.1 B.: 1
AEND.-DATUM
-
REVISION
A NAV.
V62
60°
DRAW. WERKSTOFF
MOD. DATE
0° EN ISOf 1302
ISO 2768- H FORMAT
A4
S RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
GEPR.SCALE
D-78467 Konstanz RAW MAT. NO.
MATERIAL
1 M.
: 1K.
GEAEND. VERANT.
SIZE
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
x HE4 / 14S. 31 H. 03
ENISOISO
ISO 1302
13715 - OBERFLAECHEN
ALLG.KANTEN / /EDGE
TOL. / GEN. SURFACE
TOL. MASZSTAB WERKSTOFF
ZEICHN.-NR.
HALBZEUG
2768- f H SCALE MATERIAL REVISION
RAWDRAWING
MAT. NO. NO. NAV.
F ISO - 1 : 1 - HE4 A4 / 14 31 03
KANTEN / EDGEGmbH
GEWICHT
OBERFLAECHEN ca.
/ SURFACE
REVISION
ZEICHN.-NR.
ENTSTANDEN
FORMAT AUS
WERKSTOFF
NAV.
ERSATZ FUER
EN 13715
ISO 1302 D-78467 Konstanz
WEIGHT approx.
HE4/14 11 22
DRAWING NO.
DERIVATE
MATERIALSIZE FROM REPL. FOR
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.GEWICHT ca.
BENENNUNG / TITLE
KANTEN / EDGE
MASZSTAB -: 1MAT.
HALBZEUG ENTSTANDEN
ZEICHN.-NR. AUS
HE4 / 14 31 03
ERSATZART.-NR.
FUER / PART NO.
ISO 2768 - f H ISO 13715 X (
= 2 )
WEIGHT approx.
SCALE RAW NO. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
PT = Passungstiefe
777.0045
DRAWING NO.
Z/ PART
( 2 : NO.
1)
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACEBENENNUNG
GEWICHT ca.1 :/ TITLE
1 WERKSTOFF
° -
ENTSTANDEN AUS Y(2:1) ART.-NR.
ERSATZ FUER
EN ISO 1302 WEIGHT approx. 15MATERIAL
Maßblatt Stufenbohrung 777.0045
2
zu MSVT R0, HE4 / 14 11 322 0° 60°2 NO. VON
DATUM
KANTEN / EDGE
12.03.2014
BENENNUNG
AEND.-NR.ZEICHN.-NR.
/ TITLE ART.-NR.
BLATT / PART
2
ISODATE
13715 MOD. NO.
D GEWICHT[KG]
GEZ.
Lu. zu
DRAWING NO.
B. MSVT MOD. DATEENTSTANDEN AUS a
AEND.-DATUM V62
PAGE
OF
777.0045
WEIGHT
DRAW.
GEAEND. DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
BLATT
PAGE 2 VON
OF 2
GEPR.
M. K. VERANT.
zu MSVTREVISION
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
x NAV. S. H.
BLATT
PAGE 2 VON
2
DBT 1
=
777.0036
REVISION NAV. OF
stiefe
ID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4 5°
4
H SCALE Stufenbohrung
OL. / GEN. TOL.
DATUM MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
- f 12.03.2014
AEND.-NR.
2768DATE RAW NO.
MOD. MAT. NO.
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
1 : 1
1302 Lu. B.
AECHENGEZ.
/ SURFACE AEND.-DATUM
WERKSTOFF V62
ISO GEPR.
DRAW. MOD. DATE
MATERIAL
M. K.
4 / 16
GEAEND. VERANT.
HE4 /S. 14H. 11 22

/ EDGECHECK ZEICHN.-NR.
MODIF. RESP.
13715 DRAWING NO.
HT[KG]
REVISION
REVISION
ENTSTANDEN AUS
x NAV.
NAV. ERSATZ FUER
H
FORMAT
A4
PT = Passungstiefe =
SIZE
NNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
0,5
Rz 16 Z
n26
2X 31 4
A
15,5 - 0,2
+0
2,4 `0,1
+ 0,1
16
n19,3 n10 H9
23 `0,1
-0
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e
r n0,03 A Valve cavities
<n13
M18x1,5 H6 2 n13,8 H9
A
Cavity EDB Y n26
a
+ 0,1
X 15,5 - 0,2
+0 Z n19,3 - 0
XX (2:1)
(2:1) Y(2:1) ( 2n: 0,03
Zr 1) A
1 M18x1,5 H6
3 4
<n13
2 15° b 0,02 A r n0,03 A

35°
n10 H9 60°
0,5
r n0,03 A Rz 16
b 0,02 A
Y B na13,8 H9
A R0,5
a
2 a X
R0,
15,5 - 0,2
R0,5
+0
2,4 `0,1
Z
16
a
23 `0,1
>n25 33,5 `0,1
<n13
+ 0,1
45° 2
-0
1
>38,5
33
+ 0,2
n17,8 - 0
n10 Y
H9( 2 : 1 ) Z(2:1)
r 0,03 A
3A Y (2:1) Y
n13,8 H9 M16x1,5 6H
b 0,02A A60° r 0,03 A 35°
a
1 2 3 4
M.K.
b 0,02 A
( ) Z
+ 0,1
a Rz6,3
1 -0
Rz 16 Rz16 a =
R0,5
a 1
RY0,5
+ 0,4
C
>11,5
2,4 - 0
13 `0,2
+ 0,2
a DATUM
25.06.2015 AEND.-NR.
-0
DATE MOD. NO. n10 H9

PT
)
15,5
Z(2:1)
45° >n25 Z (2:1) 2
GEZ.
Lu. B. r 0,03 A nAEND.-DATUM
>26
V60
-0
+1
DRAW. MOD. DATE

n13,8 H9
A
24

+ 0,2 35° CHECK MODIF. RESP. A
n17,8 - 0
Z
<n 5
,03 A 0,02TEAM
A Automationstechnik GmbH
REVISION
x NAV.
a
bFLUID REVISION NAV.
M16x1,5 6H D-78467 Konstanz

FORMAT
SIZE A4
,03 A R0,5
( )
R0,5 2768 - ma K1= SCALERz6,3
ISO Rz16 RAW MAT. NO.
X12( 2 : 11:1
a
<n
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE ) WERKSTOFF Y(2:1) Z(2:1)
EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL HE4/15 26 05
HE4 0/° 15 26 05
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
DATUM n12 H8 15° ZEICHN.-NR.
Y 25.06.2015 AEND.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
35°
13 `0,2
DATE MOD. NO.

A 6
GEWICHT
GEZ. ca.
Lu. B.0.90 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
AEND.-DATUM ERSATZ FUER
b 0,02 A
D2
V60
DRAW.approx.
WEIGHT MOD. DATE DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
a
Cavity DBG1
KATALOGZEICHNUNG GEPR. GEAEND. VERANT.
/ TITLE BENENNUNG
CHECK MODIF. RESP. ART.-NR.>n
/ PART
25 NO.
R0,5
EDB )
x
REVISION
(
NAV.
a
SAA 2017.02.14
Z R0,
2 REVISION NAV.
R0,5
<n 5
Rz16 a = Rz6,3
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH n17,8 - 0
+ 0,2
Y ( 2 : 1B
a
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4 a
Y (2:1)
)
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. Stufenbohrung MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
SIZE
r 0,03 A BLATT
PAGE
VON
Z ( 2 4: 51° ) M16x1,5 6H OF
2768 1 - m K SCALEAEND.-NR.RAW MAT. NO.
ISODATUM
OBERFLAECHEN / 25.06.2015
SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFF b 0,02 A r 0,03 A
DATE MOD. NO.
ENGEZ.
ISO <1302
L DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
n12 + 0°
1°
MATERIAL
+ 0,1
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
`
- ,2°
1 -0
30° 0 Rz 16
1 5°
V60
GEAEND.DRAWING NO. VERANT. HE4 / 15 26 05

DRAW.
KANTEN / EDGE MOD. DATE
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISOGEPR.
13715
CHECKn12 H8 MODIF.
AS RESP.
GEWICHT ca.
0.90 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
+ 0,4
A REVISION
x NAV.
)
x a
(
>11,5
Y
2,4 - 0
13 `0,2
+ 0,2
WEIGHT approx. a DERIVATE

REVISION FROM
NAV. REPL. FOR
m
15,5 - 0
GmbH
BENENNUNG / TITLE0,4 Rz16 a = Rz6,3
PT
FORMAT
A4 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
R SIZE
EDB 2
>26
-0
+1
,1 - 0,1
SZSTAB HALBZEUG
E
0
R0 +
24
LE RAW MAT. NO.

45°
1:1 Stufenbohrung
WERKSTOFF DATUM
ZDATE 25.06.2015 AEND.-NR.
<n 5
BLATT VON MOD. NO.

a
MATERIAL PAGE OF GEZ.

Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
HE4C / 15 26 05
ZEICHN.-NR. V6
Z (2:1)
DRAW. MOD. DATE
DRAWING NO. Z( 2:1) GEPR. GEAEND. VERANT.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
ENTSTANDEN AUS
+ 0°
ERSATZ FUER 1
DERIVATE FROM - ,2°
30° 0
REPL. FOR
<n12
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
ART.-NR. / PART NO. FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
AS D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
VED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
DATUM AEND.-NR. SIZE
a
DATE MOD. NO.
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB nHALBZEUG 12 H8
GEZ.
M.K. ISO 2768 - m K 13.03.2018 AEND.-DATUM
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
V15 A
RoS1:1
DRAW. MOD. DATE
BLATT VON OBERFLAECHEN /GEAEND.
SURFACE WERKSTOFF
PAGE OF
GEPR.
EN ISO 1302
VERANT.
H.W.
HE4/09 49 06
CHECK MODIF. RESP. MATERIAL
45° 1xa
KANTEN / EDGE REVISION ERP
ZEICHN.-NR. S.H. HE4 / 15 26 05
n einer GPS Norm WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH ISO 13715 REVISION ERP
DRAWING NO.
F D-78467 Konstanz
ein automatisches ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
A4
Y ( 2 : 1 ) 0.90 kg
GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
FORMAT
SIZE ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
aller GPS Normen KATALOGZEICHNUNG

ISO 2768- mk SCALE
1 : 1
RAW MAT. NO. BENENNUNG / TITLE
Z( 2:1)
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
Fluid Team Norm: DSAA 1302 2017.02.14 MATERIAL Allgemein
EDB
EN ISO + 0°
1°
3 (Konservierung) KANTEN / EDGE

HE4 / 09 49 06
`
- 0,2°
30°
1 5°
ZEICHN.-NR.
DATUM ISO 13715
Expanderbohrung)DATEGEWICHT ca.
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
DRAWING NO.
Stufenbohrung AS BLATT
PAGE
VON
en Klammern sindDRAW. M.K.

GEZ. WEIGHT approx. 0,186 kg
AEND.-DATUM
ENTSTANDEN AUS
13.03.2018
ERSATZ FUER OF
DERIVATE FROM
x REPL. FOR
a V15
ma
MOD. DATE
eitungsmaße nachGEPR. BENENNUNG / TITLE GEAEND.
RoS VERANT. H.W.R0,4 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
5 / 16
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
Teil 10 und Teil 11 1 x a ERP S.H.
,1 - 0,1
REVISION ERP
0
R0 +
45°
REVISION
LIKgekennzeichnete
ValveTech GmbH
Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
lt SizeMASZSTAB
ISO 14405HALBZEUG
SIZE BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
0,03 A A
1
2 3 <n15 4
Y
12,9
n40
Valve cavities n15 H8 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
2 n29,55A- 0
+ 0,1
r n0,03 A
Z
Cavity DBG4 M27x2 6H
>n25
<n 6
a
b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
3 Y ( 2a: 1 ) X 4 n21,4
1
1 r n0,03 A
Y (2:1)
<nB
Z(2:1) M20x1,5 6H
15 15° Y b 0,02 A r n0,03 A
3,1
n40
0,5
Rz16
22
n15 H8 30°
28,5
49,5 VOR.
+ 0,1
An29,55 - 0AS
35,5
r n0,03 A a
>11,5
x Y
3,2
12,9
PT 48
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE
ma M27x2 6H
14,6
A r n0,03 A
,4
>26 PT
1 - 0 0,1
R0
<n13
2
R0, +
2
>30
X
1
45° Z
.
Z(2:1)
1 2 3 4
<n 6
a
n40 Z
Y
Z (2:1)
3,1
a
22
+ 0,1
n29,55
C
-0
30°
28,5
1
AS
M27x2 6H 1 <n15
a
DATUM
21.01.2010
<n21 AEND.-NR.
<n13
DATE MOD. NO.

2
A
GEZ.
DRAW. M.K.
n21,5 H8
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 30.08.2017n15 H8 V26
A HE4/09 49 03
GEPR.
CHECK H.W. GEAEND.
A
MODIF. S.P. VERANT.
RESP. H.W.
Z REVISION
REVISION x a NAV.
NAV. S.P.
a
D-78467 Konstanz Y( 2:1 )

FORMAT
SIZE A4
28,5
Cavity DB12-FT
ISO 2768-
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
n40
1 YWERKSTOFF
(2:1) Z(2:1)
EN ISO 1302<n21
MATERIAL
- 15° Z ( 2 : 1 )
+ 0,1
n29,55 - 0
DISO 15 ° r n 0,03 A
<n13
2X (/21.01.2010 ZEICHN.-NR. ,1
DATUM AEND.-NR.
HE4 / 0930°49 03 a M27x2 6H 30°
KANTEN EDGE
X (2:1) 2:1) R0
DATE
13715 n21,5 H8 MOD. NO.
DRAWING NO.
GEWICHTM.K.
GEZ.
4 A 30.08.2017
AEND.-DATUM
b 0,02
AUSA r n0,03ERSATZ
AAS FUER V26
,
R0 0.000 GEAEND.
kg
DRAW. ca. MOD. DATE ENTSTANDEN
WEIGHT approx. DERIVATE FROM AS REPL. FOR
GEPR.
H.W. S.P. RESP.
VERANT.
H.W. a X / PART5
R0, NO.
CHECK MODIF.
Z a ax
1
BENENNUNG / TITLE REVISION ART.-NR.

a
B x a S.P.
NAV.
Stufenbohrung
m
4
777.0062
a
REVISION NAV.
,
0 1
alveTech GmbH
R0
0,1 -+ 0,
stanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
Y (2:1) Y ( 2 : 1 ) Y
zu 15DBG4 45°
22 R
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
3,1
Z(2:1) BLATT VON

SCALE
1 RAW MAT. NO.
° 45 ° PAGE OF
EN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
0,1
28,5
) <n21 WERKSTOFF
- R
MATERIAL
30°
35,5
a
,4
R0 HE4 / 09 49 03
( )
ZEICHN.-NR.
n21,5 H8 AS
PT 48
DRAWING NO. Rz16 a Rz6,3

=
49,5
5
A R0,
00 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
a
<n13
DERIVATE FROM
E REPL. FOR
ART.-NR. / PART NO.

DATUM
22.07.2009
AEND.-NR.
2
DATE MOD. NO. DATUM
21.01.2010 AEND.-NR.
rung 777.0062
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ.
M.K. AEND.-DATUM
11.11.09 V63
45 ° M.K. 30.08.2017
DRAW. MOD. DATE GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
GEAEND. Z
V26
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR.
H.W. VERANT.
1) CHECK MODIF. GEPR.
H.W.
RESP. GEAEND.
S.P. VERANT. H.W.
C
a
xa
BLATT VON CHECK MODIF. RESP.
Z(2:1) PAGE
REVISION NAV.
( )
OF
Z (2:1) REVISION
x a NAV. S.P.
NAV.
REVISION NAV.
,1 Rz16 a Rz6,3ValveTech REVISION
R0 D-78467 Konstanz =
WEBER-HYDRAULIK FORMAT
GmbH A4
30° a
SIZE
D-78467 Konstanz
1
FORMAT
SIZE A4
AS ISO 2768 22.07.2009
DATUM
- AEND.-NR. ALLG.
SCALE TOL. /NO.
RAW MAT. GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
<n21
1:1 ISO 2768-
RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
DATE MOD. NO.

SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
,
OBERFLAECHEN
M.K. 5
/ SURFACE WERKSTOFF
11.11.09
ENR0ISO
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. 1302 MOD. DATE OBERFLAECHEN
MATERIAL / SURFACE
V63
WERKSTOFF
21,5 H8
nMATERIAL -
H.W. EN ISO 1302
HE4 / 09 13 18
KANTENGEPR.
/ EDGE GEAEND. VERANT.
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.RESP.
A
HE4 / 09HE4/09
49 0313 18
CHECK MODIF.
x a13715
DRAWING NO.
REVISION NAV.
ISO DRAWING NO.
F
REVISION ENTSTANDEN NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbHGEWICHT[KG] AUS ERSATZ FUER
45 ° D-78467 Konstanz WEIGHT FORMAT GEWICHT

SIZE
DERIVATEca.
FROM
WEIGHT approx.
A4 0.000 kg ENTSTANDEN AUS
REPL. FOR
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. BENENNUNG
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
Stufenbohrung
ISO 2768 - SCALE RAW MAT. NO. BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
1:1
Stufenbohrung 777.0062
)
( HE4 / 09 13zu18DBG4
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
Y(2:1)
Rz16 MATERIAL
a Rz6,3 Z(2:1)
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
D für DB12-FT-XWN-350
ZEICHN.-NR. = 15° BLATT VON
DRAWING NO.
X( 2:1) PAGE
R 0,1 OF BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
DATUM
GEWICHT[KG]
22.07.2009 AEND.-NR.
30° a
,4
DATE
WEIGHT MOD. NO.
BENENNUNG
GEZ.
M.K. AEND.-DATUM
11.11.09 V63 R0/ PART NO. AS
DRAW. / TITLE MOD. DATE ART.-NR.
5
Stufenbohrung
GEPR.
H.W. GEAEND. VERANT. R0,
a
CHECK MODIF. RESP.

REVISION NAV.
xa
H für DB12-FT-XWN-350 REVISION
FORMAT
NAV.
A4
BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
6 / 16
SIZE
AB HALBZEUG 45 °
RAW MAT. NO.
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
Rz16 a Rz6,3
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e Valve cavities
2 3 4
2
Cavity DRV 3 4
G1/2
<17
2
<n 7
2 3 4 HE4/18 19 03
2 3 4
G
Cavity RKR G size G Ø D max. Ø F (+0,1) H max.
nF
nF G 1/4“ 7 mm 11,4 mm 3 mm
Z(2:1)
Z Z(2:1)
(2:1) G 3/8“ 9 mm 14,9 mm 3 mm
2
2 G 1/2“ 12 mm 18,6 mm 4 mm
59°
59° G 3/4“ 17 mm 24,1 mm 5 mm
a
a
Z
Z
<H<H
1
1D
<n
<nD
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. JS AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V4
HE4/14 31 13
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x ERP
ERP
G
FORMAT
A4
Cavity RHR ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
D-78467 Konstanz
size G Ø D max. Ø F (+0,1) H max.
SIZE
G nF
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
ISO 2768-
G 1/4“ 7 mm 11,6 mm 3 mm
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
nF
Z(2:1)
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF
-
G 3/8“ 9 mm 15,1 mm 3 mm
MATERIAL
Z (2:1) 2
HE4 12
/ 18
mm19 03
KANTEN / EDGE
Z(2:1) ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
2 DRAWING NO.G 1/2“ 18,8 mm 4,5 mm

59° - G 3/4“ 16 mm 24,5 mm 4 mm
a approx.
59° BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
a
DRV Z
Z
Stufenbohung
<H
1 BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
<H
1 <n D
<n D
HE4/14 31 12
DATUM
MOD. NO.
DATUM
30.07.2014 AEND.-NR.
GEZ.
DATE
MOD. NO.
MOD. DATE
V50
GEZ.
GEPR.
GEAEND.
MOD. DATE VERANT.
V50
CHECK
GEPR. MODIF.
GEAEND. RESP.
VERANT.
CHECK REVISION
MODIF.
REVISION x NAV.
RESP.
NAV.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH REVISION
x NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
REVISION
SIZE A4 NAV.
D-78467
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. KonstanzMASZSTAB HALBZEUG
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 -
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. SCALE
MASZSTAB RAW MAT. NO.
HALBZEUG
ISO 2768/ SURFACE
- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
1.0737
OBERFLAECHEN WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302
1.0737 7 / 16
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE MATERIAL
WERKSTOFF
EN /ISO
EDGE 1302
HE4 / 14 31 13
KANTEN MATERIAL
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO / EDGE
13715
HE4 / 14 31 13
KANTEN DRAWING NO.
ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
GEWICHT ca.
- DRAWING NO. AUS
ENTSTANDEN ERSATZ FUER
-
WEIGHT
GEWICHTapprox.
ca. DERIVATE FROM
ENTSTANDEN AUS REPL. FOR
ERSATZ FUER
22 33 4
4
G
Cavity RBR G nF size G Ø D max. Ø F (+0,1) H max.

nF G 1/4“ 7 mm 11,6 mm 3 mm
Z( 2:1 )
Z (2:1)
2 G 3/8“ 9 mm 15,1 mm 3 mm
Z ( 2 : 91° ) 2 G 1/2“ 12 mm 18,8 mm 3 mm
5 a
59° a Z
<H
1
<nD
<H
1
<nD
HE4/14 31 10
Cavity RBS1 G
G size G H min.
1 2 3 4
G 1/4“ 11 mm
Z( 2:1) 1
Z( 2:1)
Z (2:1)
1 G 3/8“ 11 mm
G 1/2“ 15 mm
599°°
5 a G 3/4“ 16 mm
a
M 18 x 1,5 11 mm
>H>H
Z
Z
2
2
HE4/18 16 04
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
Cavity VCD
V39
DATUM
DRAW.
GGEPR.
MOD. DATE
MOD. NO.
GEAEND. VERANT. size G H min.
GEZ.
CHECK
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
MODIF. RESP.
G 1/4“ 22 mm
V39
DRAW. MOD. DATE
2
GEPR.
REVISION
GEAEND.
REVISION x NAV.
VERANT.
NAV.
G 3/8“ 23 mm
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH CHECK MODIF. RESP.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
REVISION
SIZE
x NAV.
KeineALLG.
FLUIDTOL. / GEN.
TEAM TOL.
Automationstechnik MASZSTAB
GmbH HALBZEUG
REVISION NAV.
G 1/2“ 27 mm
ISO
Detailansicht 2768
D-78467-Konstanz SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
FORMAT
A4
G 3/4“ 31 mm
SIZE
OBERFLAECHEN
erforderlich,
/ SURFACE WERKSTOFF
-
ISOEN2768ISO 1302
- SCALE MATERIAL
RAW MAT. NO.
da das Ventil HE4 / 14 31 10

KANTEN / EDGE
-
ZEICHN.-NR.
ENISOISO13715
1302 DRAWING NO.
>H
unten nicht
MATERIAL
HE4 / 14 31 10
GEWICHT[KG]
KANTEN / EDGE ENTSTANDEN AUS
ZEICHN.-NR. ERSATZ FUER
ISO 13715
aufstößt!
WEIGHT DERIVATE
DRAWING NO.FROM REPL. FOR
.
RBR
BENENNUNG / TITLE 1 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
RBR
Stufenbohrung RBR
DATUM
DATUM
DATE
DATE
23.04.2018
23.04.2018
AEND.-NR.
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
MOD. NO.
BLATT
PAGE
. VON
HE4/14 31 06
J.S.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM OF
V5
Stufenbohrung RBR J.S.

GEZ.
DRAW. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE V5
DRAW. MOD. DATEBLATT VON
GEPR. GEAEND. PAGE VERANT.
GEPR.
CHECK GEAEND.
MODIF. VERANT.OF
RESP.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION
REVISION xx NAV.
NAV.
NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH REVISION NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
FORMAT
SIZE A4
A4
SIZE
ISO
ISO 2768
2768 --
SCALE
SCALE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
RAW MAT. NO.
EN
WERKSTOFF
--
EN ISO
ISO 1302
1302
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
HE4
HE4 // 181604
ISO
ISO 13715 181604
13715
GEWICHT[KG]
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NO.
RBS1
8 / 16
RBS1
Stufenbohrung
Stufenbohrung RBS1
RBS1
DATUM
MOD. NO. BLATT
BLATT
VON
VON
Lu B
GEZ. PAGE
AEND.-DATUM OF V8
DRAW. MOD. DATEPAGE OF
3 4
n30,18
r n0,03 A
n21,03
r n0,03 A
3/4-16 UNF-2B
r n0,03 A
n17,3
Cavity VCL G b 0,02 A size G Ø D min. H min.
0,79
1 2 G 1/4“ 83mm 5 mm 4
M.K.
Rz 16
n30,18
r n0,03 A 2 G 3/8“ 11 mm 5 mm
Keine n21,03
r n0,03 Detailansicht X G 1/2“ 14 mm 5 mm
14,15
2,7 `0,1
A
19,05
3/4-16 UNF-2B
r n0,03 erforderlich,
28,58
A 2
Y
da das Ventil
n17,3
n30,18
A
<n7,9
b 0,02 A
>H
unten nicht
0,79
a
Rz 16
n21,03
aufstößt! 1
6 UNF-2B >n D 1
X
14,15
2,7 `0,1
<n11,11 HE4/14 21 02
19,05
n17,3
b 0,02 A 2 + 0,1
n12,7 - 0
Y
A
<n7,9
Cavity VCM
Z n30,18
a
r n0,03 A
14,15
n21,03
1 r n0,03 A
2 B
XX (2:1)
( 2:1 )
<n11,11 Y(2:1) 3/4-16 UNF-2B
Z(2:1)
15° r n0,03 A
<n7,9
+ 0,1
n12,7 - 0 n17,3
A 60°
GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
a
a
b 0,02 A
0,79
Rz 16
R1,59
1
n11,11
X
14,15
2,7 `0,1
45°
19,05
+ 0,1
12,7 -0
Y(2:1) Z(2:1)
28,58
A 2
Y
Y (2:1)
60°
<n7,9
a
C Z
a
R1,59
01.01.1601 25.02.2010
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATUM DATE AEND.-NR. MOD. NO.
DATE MOD. NO.
1) Z(2:1)
GEZ.
GEZ.
Lu. B.
DRAW. M.K.
AEND.-DATUM
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 1 22.11.2017
V6
V33
Z (2:1)
ONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
DRAW. MOD. DATE

45° H.W. S.P. VERANT. H.W.
GEPR. GEAEND.
<n11,11
GEPR.
X.X.
CHECK GEAEND. MODIF.VERANT. RESP.
60°
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
x
REVISION
NAV.
REVISION 1 x
+ 0,1
n12,7 - 0
a NAV.
NAV. S.P.
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH REVISION NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
A4
FORMAT
A4 A
R1,59
FORMAT SIZE
ISO 2768 -ISO 2768-

HALBZEUG ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
RAW MAT. NO. SCALE
HE4/10 08 02
ENDATE
ISO 1302 25.02.2010 AEND.-NR.
WERKSTOFF
WERKSTOFF
MOD. NO.MATERIAL - OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE
DATUM / SURFACE
OBERFLAECHEN

GEZ.
M.K. AEND.-DATUM
22.11.2017
NO. / 14 HE4 / 10 08 02
HE4 VERANT. 21 02
V33
KANTEN / EDGE DRAW.
ISOGEPR.
13715 X ( 2 MOD.
: 1 )DATE
ZEICHN.-NR.
D ISO 13715
GEWICHTCHECK
ca. H.W. DRAWING
- ENTSTANDEN
NO. DRAWING
GEAEND.
MODIF. S.P.
ENTSTANDEN RESP.
AUS H.W. Y ( 2ERSATZ
: 1 ) FUER Z(2:1)
GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT approx. °
15REVISION
AUS ERSATZ FUER
WEIGHT DERIVATE FROMDERIVATE
REVISION 1 x a
FROM
NAV. S.P.
NAV. REPL. FOR REPL. FOR
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbHBENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
A4a 60°
BENENNUNG / TITLE FORMAT ART.-NR. / PART NO.
VCL VCM
D-78467 Konstanz
777.0065
SIZE
LLG. TOL. / GEN. 25.02.2010
DATUM AEND.-NR.
TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
DATE MOD. NO.
ISOGEZ.2768-
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
R1,59
/ M.K.
22.11.2017
AEND.-DATUM
OBERFLAECHEN
DRAW.
ENGEPR.
ISO 1302
SURFACE
Stufenbohrung
MOD. DATEWERKSTOFF
GEAEND. MATERIAL
-
V33
BLATT BLATT
PAGE
VON VON
OF
H.W. S.P. VERANT.
H.W.
PAGE OF
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
1 x aNO. NAV. HE4S.P. / 10 0845°02

ANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715 REVISION
REVISION
DRAWING
NAV.
GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx.
- FORMAT ENTSTANDEN AUS
SIZE A4 FROM
DERIVATE
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
HALBZEUG / TITLE
BENENNUNG ART.-NR. / PART NO.
RAW MAT. NO.
VCM E
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
- 777.0065
Maßblatt Stufenbohrung 25.02.2010
DATUM AEND.-NR.
HE4 / 10 08 02
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
DATE MOD. NO.

GEZ.
MOD. DATE 22.11.2017 V33
DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR GEPR.

CHECK H.W. GEAEND.
MODIF. S.P. VERANT.
RESP. H.W.
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
1 9x /a 16NAV. S.P.
REVISION NAV.
777.0065
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
g BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
ISO 2768-
MASZSTAB
SCALE
HALBZEUG
RAW MAT. NO.
Y
A 1
<n12
13
2 Valve cavities 3 4 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
<n10
2 n12,7 H8
A
Z
Cavity STO/DBT2 n26
a
+ 0,1
n20,6 - 0
r n0,03 A
1 Y (2:1)
Y(2:1) Z(2:1)
3/4-16 UNF-2B
15° r n0,03 A
3
<n12
,2 4 G3/8
60° n13,85
n12,7 H8
B R0
a
r n0,03 A
n11 H7 a
b 0,02 A
A
b 0,02 A r n0,03 A Rz16
1
Y
SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
30°
2,7 `0,1
13
12
G3/8
45° X
18
8
r n0,03 AM.K.
20
11
12
<n10
1 2 3 4
28 PT
2
>29
Z(2:1) n11 H7
28 PT
0,02 A Z (2:1)A
r n0,03
29,5
Y
Z
35
>37
60° a = Rz6,3
a
a
a
X
8
<n 9
11
C 2
12
Z
DATUM
15.12.2017 AEND.-NR. 1
G3/8 A DATE MOD. NO.
29,5
30° Y <n12
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V35
n11 H7 GEPR.
H.1 W. GEAEND. VERANT.
RESP. n12,7 H8
a
CHECK MODIF.
<n 7 A
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. HE4/17 50 04
<n 9
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech
2 GmbH Z Konstanz
D-78467
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB a Rz6,3
HALBZEUG
ISO 2768-m K SCALE =RAW MAT. NO.
Cavity 1:1
EN ISOSTE -
13021 MATERIAL
Y(2:1) r n0,03 A
G3/8
Z(2:1)
<n 7
29,5
ISO15.12.2017 HE4 / 17 50 04
DATUM
KANTEN / EDGE AEND.-NR. ZEICHN.-NR.
DATE
13715 MOD. NO. DRAWING NO.
n11 H7
0,02
b V35 15°A n0,03 A r
GEZ.
P. J. AEND.-DATUM
D
XXWEIGHT
( 2 : 1 ca.)
(2:1)
GEWICHT
DRAW. - MOD. DATE ENTSTANDEN AUS 2
,ERSATZ FUER
60°
a
R0 REPL. FOR
EINES
approx. DERIVATE FROM

BH.5° W. / TITLE
CHECK
BENENNUNG MODIF. Y ( 2 : 1 RESP.
) Z (ART.-NR.
2a: 1 ) / PART NO. a
4
9
2 1x
Maßblatt Stufenbohrung x
REVISION NAV.
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG<n
Z REVISION NAV. ,5
veTech GmbH
R0 X
8
FORMAT
A4 +0,2 Rz16
11
12
tanz SIZE -0,05

MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
zu DBT2 / STO BLATT
2 VON
2 30°
28 PT
1 SCALE RAW MAT. NO. PAGE

29,5
Y
OF
45°
<n 7 1 : 1 WERKSTOFF
-
35
>37
MATERIAL
Y(2:1) Z ( 220: °1 )
Y (2:1)
a
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. HE4 / 17 50 04 R0
,5
Rz16
<n 9
- ENTSTANDEN AUS+0,2 ERSATZ FUER

-0,05 2
DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR Z a = Rz6,3
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
Stufenbohrung
E
C
20° 1
DATUM
MOD. NO.
<n 7
BLATT
PAGE 2 VON
OF 2 GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V35
Z (2:1)
Z(2:1) GEPR.
H. W. GEAEND. VERANT.
DATUM AEND.-NR.
31.07.2014 CHECK MODIF. RESP.
TS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
DATE MOD. NO. ,5

Rz16 R0
REVISION
x NAV.
2 GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech
MOD. DATEGmbH
-0,05 Lu. B. V53
REVISION NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
GEPR.
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
MASZSTAB
VERANT.
RESP.
HALBZEUG
M. K. SIZE
REVISION
SCALE
REVISION
RAWNAV.
MAT. NO.
NAV. ISO 2768-m K x HE4/14 31 21
X(2:1)
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACEFORMAT WERKSTOFF 1 : 1A4 -
D-78467 Konstanz SIZE MATERIAL EN ISO 1302
DATUM AEND.-NR.
31.07.2014
HE4 / 17 50 04
DATE MOD. NO.HALBZEUG
5 ° KANTEN / EDGE
Y ( 2 : 1 ) ZEICHN.-NR. Z(2:1)
GEZ.
x 4RAW MAT. NO.
SCALEAEND.-DATUM
1 DATE DRAWING NO. ISO 2768 Lu.
- B. ISO 13715
F
V53
DRAW. MOD.
GEWICHT VERANT.
ca. ENTSTANDEN AUS
- 0,5
ERSATZ FUER
D M. K.
EN ISO 1302
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF. MATERIAL
WEIGHT approx.
RESP. +0,2 DERIVATERz16
FROM RREPL. FOR
-0,05
HE4 / 14 31 21
KANTEN / EDGE REVISIONZEICHN.-NR.
BENENNUNGNAV. / TITLE
REVISIONDRAWING NO. NAV. ISO 13715 x ART.-NR. / PART NO.
D-78467 Konstanz GEWICHT[KG]
FORMAT
SIZE
ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER A4
G. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG 20°
ISO 2768 - SCALE BENENNUNG
RAW MAT. /NO.TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
zu DBT2 / STO BLATT
2 VON
2
STE 777.0049
ERFLAECHEN / SURFACE PAGE OF
WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302
DATUM
MATERIAL
MOD. NO.
Stufenbohrung HE4 / 14 31 21
NTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715 Lu. B.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM V53
DRAW. DRAWING NO.
MOD. DATE BLATT VON
PAGE OF
GEPR.
WICHT[KG]
CHECK
IGHT
M. K. 10 / 16 GEAEND.ENTSTANDEN AUS
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
NENNUNG / TITLE
REVISION
REVISION
NAV.
NAV. x ART.-NR. / PART NO.
STE A4
777.0049
FORMAT
SIZE
HALBZEUG
8,5
12,1 `0,1
n16 Y
1,6
Z 2
M10x1-6H
A
1
n8,92
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e
<n3,5 A Valve cavities
9,7 `0,1
<n3,5
Cavity STD n16
Y
Z 2 B r n0,03 A
M10x1-6H
Y (Y 2(2:1)
:1)
n8,92
1 n11,1 - 0
+ 0,01
b 0,05 A
A
9,7 `0,1
DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
<n3,5
<n3,5
1,5
Z( 2:1 )
12°
8,5
12,1 `0,1
Rz 6,3 Y
1,6
b 0,03 A 0
-0,1 Z 2
,2
R0M.K. 1
45 °
1 2 <n3,5 A 3 4
C
Z( 2:1 )
Z (2:1)
1 2 3 4
M.K.
6,3
b 0,03 A 0
CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
-0,1
A Y(2:1)
n11,1 - 0
+ 0,01 HE4/09 18 08
M14x1,5-6H
+ 0,1
n12,4 - 0 Z ( A2 : 1 )
A DATUM 12°
28.07.2009 AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
Cavity KK-M14
RzRz10 6,3
M.K.
a
GEZ.
DRAW.
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE 25.10.2017
M14x1,5-6H b 0,03 A
V30
0
D H.W. S.P. VERANT. H.W.
GEPR. GEAEND.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
-0,1
+ 0,1
+ 0,1
n12,4NAV.
13,7 - 0
-0
2 REVISION
8 x+0,2
a NAV. S.P. A
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH R0, REVISION a
D-78467 Konstanz b 0,03 A
FORMAT
SIZERz 10 A4
a

45 °
B ISO 2768- SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
+ 0,1
8
13,7 - 0
EN ISO 1302AEND.-NR.
WERKSTOFF
-
DATUM
DATE 28.07.2009 MOD. NO.
MATERIAL +0,2 n8 `0,1 a
HE4 / 09 18 08
M.K. 0,03 A
ISO 13715 MOD. DATE 25.10.2017
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM b V30
DRAWING NO.
VOR.
DRAW.
BH.W. S.P. RESP. H.W.

MODIF.-
CHECK
GEWICHT ca. ENTSTANDEN AUS Stufenbohrung KK-M14 x 1,5 K
ERSATZ FUER
FALL

für Kupplungen mit kurzem Stift
RECHTE
8 x a NAV. S.P.
REVISION NAV.
BENENNUNG / TITLEREVISION ART.-NR. / PART NO.
veTech GmbH n8 `0,1
Stufenbohrung 777.0064
DEN
tanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
E
VOR.
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
Cavity KK-M14
KK-M14xx1,5 1,5KK
ALLE
UNSFUER
Stufenbohrung
zu- STD
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
pin 28.07.2009
BLATT DATUM
VON AEND.-NR.
for couplings
für Kupplungen mitwith short
kurzem
DATEStift
RECHTE
WERKSTOFF PAGE OF MOD. NO.

MATERIAL GEZ.
M.K. AEND.-DATUM
25.10.2017
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
V30
DRAW. MOD. DATE
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
C HE4 / 09 18 08 GEPR.
H.W. GEAEND.
S.P. VERANT. H.W.
WIR
+ 0,5 CHECK MODIF. RESP.

n19 - 0
UNS ALLE
- ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
REVISION
REVISION 8 x a NAV.
NAV. S.P.
BEHALTEN

ART.-NR. / PART NO. D-78467 Konstanz M14x1,5-6H
FORMAT
SIZE A4
rung 777.0064
PATENT.

a
C ISO 2768- + 0,1

n12,4 - 0 RAW MAT. NO.
IST WIR
SCALE
A
2,1 `0,05
+ 0,5
n19 0 WERKSTOFF
-
-
SCHUTZRECHTES
BLATT VON EN ISO 1302

BEHALTEN
MATERIAL
OF AIS
PAGE -0,05
a
OF
M14x1,5-6HZEICHN.-NR.a
+0,2
HE4 / 09 18 08
KANTEN / EDGE
THEADOCUMENT
VORLAGE

b 0,03 A
F
PATENT.
a
10,1
+ 0,1 ENTSTANDEN AUS

GEWICHT ca.
- n12,4 - 0 ERSATZ FUER
+ 0,1
GRANT
15,8 - 0
A
2,1 `0,05

SCHUTZRECHTES
BENENNUNG / TITLE +0,2 a ART.-NR. / PART NO.

-0,05
Stufenbohrung
a
a
777.0064
+0,2
DIESE
b 0,03 A
D
OFTHIS
OF
b 0,03 A
EINES
10,1
+ 0,1
GRANT
zu STD
15,8 - 0
BLATT VON
PAGE
+0,2 n8 `0,1
OF
EVENT
a
ERTEILUNG
b 0,03 A
THE
D Cavity KK-M14
KK-M14xx1,5 1,5LL
FALL DER EINES
Stufenbohrung
THE
for couplings
mitwith longStift
pin
IN OF
für Kupplungen langem

n8 `0,1 HE4/07 22 01
THE EVENT
ERTEILUNG
RESERVED
Stufenbohrung KK-M14 x 1,5 L

für Kupplungen mit langem Stift 11 / 16
DEN
IGHTSIN
DER
E
RVED
UER
DATUM
13.08.2014 AEND.-NR.
LL
A r n0,03 A
Z
16 0,8
a
X
n34,14
1 2 1 3 4
Valve
A cavities 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
+ 0,3
2,6 - 0
18,3
<n14,3
/8-14 UNF-2B
2n15,9 `0,03
<n11
n20,6 - 0
+ 0,1
Cavity YC-10-2 A n34,14
+ 0,05
n27,38 -0
Z r n0,03 A 7/8-14 UNF-2B

n26,19 - 0 r n0,03 A
a + 0,05
X ( 2X :(2:1)
1)
+ 0,1
A n20,6 - 0
+ 0,05
1n24 - 0 1-14
0,02 r n0,03 A
A UNS-2B
2 r n0,03 A 3 A ( 2b 4
18,3
r n0,03 Y :1 )
<n14,3 n23,71 - 0
+ 0,1
0,8
Rz16
15° r n0,03 A
X
<n11
2
Y n15,9 `0,03
B 61°
0,8
AS A
+ 0,3
>15,9
-0
18,3
Z
R0,2
2,6
a
23,8
a
+ 0,05
n27,38 - 0
>15,88
3 4 X
>34,5
RECHTE VOR. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
r 1n0,03 A
<n11
,6
4 `0,1
R1 2
24,6 `0,1
+ 0,05
n26,19 Y
45°
-0
+ 0,05
n 24
<n14,3
-0
A
39,3 `0,1
Y (UNS-2B
1-14 2:1 ) Z
+ 0,1
47,83 - 0
r n0,03 A
a
YA(2:1) 2
<n28,5
+ 0,1
n23,71 -0
>57,2
n0,03 A 61°
8 -r
+ 0,05
0 AS 1
0,8
+ 0,05 a <n14,3
Rz6,3
-0 a =
A C Y
n15,9 `0,03
,6
a
NS-2B
( 2:1 ) R1
X A
+ 0,145
° Z
24,6 `0,1
1 -0 Z (2:1) DATUM
04.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
61°
.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V63
1 X(2:1) GEPR.
CHECK
2
1 M. K.
GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
3 4
2
<n28,5
+ 0,05
6
24
<nn17,5
-0 REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H. HE4/14 10 04
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik n0,03
rGmbH A Y( 2: 1 )
D-78467 Konstanz
a Rz6,3 + 0,05
FORMAT
SIZE A4
= n 22,23 - 0
15°HALBZEUG
24,6 `0,1

ISO 2768 - f r
H 0,03 A
nSCALE RAW MAT. NO.
Cavity T-3A Y OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFF

AS
61° n27,38 -+ 00,05
EN ISO 1302
A
a
MATERIAL
r n0,03 A
2
DATUM
DZ KANTEN / EDGE
DATE
ISOGEZ.
13715
04.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
ZEICHN.-NR.
R0,2 DRAWING NO.
MOD. NO. a HE4 / 14 10n26,19
04 + 0,05
<n28,5
-0
Rz6,3 Lu. B.
AEND.-DATUM
DRAW.
a GEWICHT[KG] MOD. DATE
ENTSTANDEN AUS
V63
ERSATZ FUER A
X ( 2 : 1X) (2:1) =
1,6 1-14
WEIGHTGEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
DERIVATE FROMVERANT.
RESP. RREPL. FOR UNS-2B
n0,03 A
45° r
+ 0,05
n26,7 - 0
1
REVISION NAV.
x S. H. + 0,1
C-10-2 777.0026
FLUID TEAM n0,03 A
rAutomationstechnik GmbH
REVISION NAV. n23,71 - 0
DATUM
D-78467 04.03.2014
Konstanz < n 17,5
AEND.-NR. FORMAT Y ( 2 : 1r) n0,03 A4 A Z(2 :1)
DATE
30° MOD. NO. SIZE
a
Lu. B. n22,23 AEND.-DATUM

Stufenbohrung
0,8
GEZ. TOL.
G. TOL. / GEN. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
SO 2768 DRAW.
- f H SCALE
+ 0,05
MOD. b
- 0 DATE
RAW 0,02
MAT. NO. A
V63
45°
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
1
OF
AM. K. 1 : MODIF.
1 WERKSTOFF RESP.
RFLAECHEN n0,03
r CHECK / SURFACE
EN ISO 1302 REVISION
REVISION
AS
MATERIAL
x NAV.
NAV. S. H. +0,3max
>15,88
HE4 / 14 10 04
bH / EDGE Rz6,3
TEN ZEICHN.-NR. X a =
SO 13715
FORMAT
A4
4 `0,1
24,6 `0,1
SIZE DRAWING NO.

a
STAB HALBZEUG
WICHT[KG]
B
8
R0, FOR
E
RAW MAT. NO.
7,5
GHT DERIVATE FROM REPL.
:1
39,3 `0,1
WERKSTOFF
NENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
45 °
+ 0,1
MATERIAL DATUM
04.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
-0
+ 0,05
-10-2 777.0026
3 -0 DATE MOD. NO.
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 14 10 04
47,83
2
<n28,5
DRAWING NO. GEZ.

Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
>57,2
V63
DRAW. MOD. DATE
ENTSTANDEN AUS Y ( 2 : 1 )ERSATZ FUER Z(2:1)
tufenbohrung Y (2:1)
ART.-NR. / PART NO.

BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF
a
=1
Rz6,3 GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
2A 45°
REVISION
x NAV.
S. H.
777.0026
REVISION NAV.
DATUM
+0,3max DATE D-78467 Konstanz
AEND.-NR.
Y NO.
MOD. 26.02.2014 FORMAT
SIZE A4
a
ISO 2768 Lu.

- f B.H
GEZ./ GEN. TOL.
ALLG. TOL. AEND.-DATUM
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
BLATT
1
VON
1 V2
IST ALLE
PAGE OF DRAW. SCALEMOD. DATE

RAW MAT. NO.
Z
GEPR.
OBERFLAECHEN
CHECK / SURFACE
GEAEND.
MODIF. WERKSTOFF RESP. M. K.
VERANT.
1 :1
:1 ) 8
R0, Z ( 2 :
MATERIALEN ISO 1302
WIR UNS
1) REVISION NAV.
x S. H.
HE4 / 14 10 04
KANTEN / EDGE REVISIONZEICHN.-NR. NAV.
DIESE VORLAGE
ISO 13715
FC A4
FORMAT DRAWING NO.
Z (2:1) D-78467 Konstanz
GEWICHT[KG]
SIZE
1
WEIGHT
ISO 2768 - f H <nDERIVATE
17,5 FROM REPL. FOR
UTZRECHTES BEHALTEN
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.

+0,3max
a
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE Rz6,3 1 : BENENNUNG
1 WERKSTOFF/ TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
EN ISO= 1302
C-10-2 777.0026
+ 0,05
MATERIAL n22,23 - 0
RANT OF A PATENT.
r n0,03 A
HE4 / 14 09 12
ISO 13715 AEND.-NR. DRAWING NO. HE4/14 09 12
DATUM
DATE 26.02.2014 MOD. NO.
Stufenbohrung
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
1
GEZ.
WEIGHT Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
DERIVATE FROM V2 REPL. FOR
OF
12 / 16
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
= GmbH
EAM Automationstechnik
a Rz6,3 T-3A X(2:1) REVISION
REVISION
FORMAT
x
+ 0,05
-
NAV.
NAV. S. H. 777.0018
Y
A
a
1-14 UNS-2B
Z
+ 0,1
n23,7 - 0 X
4 `0,1
21,4
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e 1 Valve cavities
A
<n22
2 n17,5 `0,1
Cavity T-5A
+ 0,05
n22,23 - 0 + 0,05
n27,38 - 0
r n0,03 A
21,4
r n0,03 A
Y + 0,05
n26,19 - 0
a
A
X ( 2 2X
: 1(2:1)
<n22
) Z
+ 0,05
1-14 UNS-2B
n26,7 - 0 r n0,03 A
+ 0,1
r n0,03 A n23,7 - 0
Y(2:1) n0,03
rZ ( 2 : A1 )
30° 1
b 0,02 A
0,8
n17,5 `0,1 45°
a
Z
n22,23 - 0 B + 0,05 AS
+0,3 max
r n0,03 A X
4 `0,1
a
>15,9
21,4
R0,8
1 32,9 `0,1
+ 0,1
41,48 - 0
n17,5 `0,1
45°
<n22
+ 0,05
n26,7 - 0 2
+ 0,05
n22,23 - 0
>50,8
Y (2:1)Y ( 2 : 1 ) Z(2:1)
a Rz6,3
b 0,02 A =Y
45°
a
AS
DATUM
MOD. NO. Z
+0,3 max
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
C
V81
DRAW. MOD. DATE
a
(2:1) Z ( 82 : 1 )
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
R0,
5°
REVISION
REVISION x
1 NAV.
NAV.
S. H.
5° 4 Z (2:1)
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
n17,5 `0,1
SIZE
+0,3 max
+ 0,05
n22,23 - 0
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:1 a WERKSTOFFRz6,3 r n0,03 A
EN ISO 1302 =
MATERIAL HE4/14 09 13
R0,8
HE4 / 14 09 13
ISO 13715 27.02.2014
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DRAWING NO.
DATE
GEWICHT[KG]
X ( 2 : 1 ) ENTSTANDEN AUS
MOD. NO.
ERSATZ FUER
GEZ.
WEIGHTDRAW. Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
DERIVATEn
MOD. DATE
+ 0,05
26,7 - 0
FROM V81
REPL. FOR
GEPR.
BENENNUNG / M. K. TITLE r n 0,03 A
GEAEND. VERANT. ART.-NR. / PART NO.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
D T-5A
a
=
Rz6,3
3
REVISION
REVISION
0° NAV.
NAV. x S. H. Y(2:1)
777.0020 Z (2 : 1)
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH 0,02 A
b 5°
FORMAT
A4 4
27.02.2014 Stufenbohrung
D-78467 Konstanz
DATUM AEND.-NR. SIZE
DATE
MOD. NO.
HALBZEUG
MASZSTAB
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
ISO 2768 - f Lu.
GEZ.
H B. AEND.-DATUM
SCALERAW MAT. NO. V81
AS
DRAW. MOD. DATE +0,3 max
1302 M. K.
EN ISOCHECK
a
MATERIAL
MODIF. RESP.
x HE4 S./ H.14 09 13

KANTEN / EDGE REVISION
ZEICHN.-NR. NAV.
ISO 13715
nik GmbH
REVISION
DRAWING NO.
NAV. R0,8
ENTSTANDENA4
FORMAT
GEWICHT[KG]
45°
SIZE AUS ERSATZ FUER
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
BENENNUNG
SCALE RAW/ TITLE
MAT. NO. ART.-NR. / PART NO.
1:1
T-5A 777.0020
WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
a Rz6,3
=
EHE4 / 14 09 13
ZEICHN.-NR.
Stufenbohrung DRAWING NO. BLATT

PAGE 1 VON
1
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
OF DATUM
MOD. NO.
ART.-NR. / PART NO.

GEZ.
MOD. DATE
777.0020 M. K.
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S.
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1 D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
HE4 / 14 09 13
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
T-5A 777.0020
Stufenbohrung BLATT
1 VON
13 / 16
PAGE OF
r n0,03 A Z
<n4,7
+ 0,05
n16,65 - 0
A
M16x1,5-6H 1
r n0,03 A <n9,5
+ 0,1
n14,48 - 0
r n0,03 A Valve cavities + 0,05 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
A r n0,03 A
n11,1 - 0
>0,8
Cavity T-8A
3,6 `0,1
11,1 `0,1
A 1 X 2 3 n17,86 - 0
+ 0,05 4
Y 2
X ( 2 : 1 )X (2:1) r n0,03 A
+ 0,05
Z n16,65 - 0
n17,15 - 0
+ 0,05
<n4,7 Y( 2:1 ) A
r n0,03 A M16x1,5-6H
1 + 0,1
30° r n0,03 A -0
n11,91 Z(2 :1)
<n9,5 r n0,03 A n14,48 - 0
+ 0,1
b 0,02 A
+ 0,05 r n0,03 A a
n11,1 - 0
B °
11,1 `0,1
75
>0,8
r n0,03 A AS + 0,05
n21,82 - 0
2 3 r n0,03 A 25
° 4 +0,25
a
3,6 `0,1
+ 0,05
11,1 `0,1
a 13,5 `0,1 n20,63 - 0
9,8
+ 0,1
A X
<n4,7
19,05 - 0
M20x1,5-6H R0,8
Y 2
45 ° r n0,03 A
n18,54
+ 0,1 Z
<n4,7
-0
Y( 2:1 ) r n0,03 A
Y (2:1)
3 4 1
>0,8
+ 0,05
-0
+ 0,1
n11,91 - 0 Z(2 :1) <n9,5
r n0,03 A + 0,05
n21,82 - 0
4 `0,1
+ 0,05
>12,7
r n0,03 A X a n11,1 - 0
20,2 `0,1
C75° r n0,03 A
+ 0,05
n20,63 -0
A
32,2 `0,1
°
25M20x1,5-6H +0,25
+ 0,13
224.02.2014
DATUM AEND.-NR.
<n22
39,8 - 0
KATALOGZEICHNUNG
r n0,03 A DATE MOD. NO.
>45,2
+ 0,1
n18,54 -0
GEZ.
Lu.B. AEND.-DATUM
06.06.2017 V38
SAA 2017.06.08
R0,8
DRAW. MOD. DATE
0,05 r n0,03 A Y
. GEPR.
M.K. GEAEND.
S.P. VERANT.
1 2 3 4
0
X(2:1) CHECK MODIF. RESP.
>0,8
+ 0,1
10,05- 0 Z(2 :1) + 0,05
REVISION
0 x a NAV.
NAV.
0 Z (2:1) n17,15 - 0
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH Y( 2 REVISION
:1 )
a
A r n0,03 A D-78467 Konstanz

FORMAT
A4
4 `0,1
Z SIZE
-6H a + 0,1
X 0° TOL. / GEN. TOL.
3ALLG. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG n11,91 - 0 Z(2 :1)
20,2 `0,1

r n0,03 A
b 0,02 A
+ 0,1
-0
+0,25
EN ISO 1302
1 WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
- a
<n13,5ZEICHN.-NR. °
75 HE4/14 08 20
<n22
A D AS
HE4 / 14 08 20
KANTEN / EDGE
2
0,8 + 0,05
n17,45 - ENTSTANDEN
0 25
° +0,25
GEWICHT ca.
0.000 kg AUS ERSATZ FUER
a
n0,03 A
Cavity T-10A 24.02.2014
Y DATUM WEIGHT approx. r
AEND.-NR. DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
DATE MOD.a NO. n21,82
+ 0,05
-0
BENENNUNGAEND.-DATUM
/ TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
20,2 `0,1
GEZ.
Lu.B. 06.06.2017 R0,8
Stufenbohrung
r n0,03 A
777.0008
V38
DRAW. MOD. DATE
45° GEAEND.
a
+ 0,05
n20,63
Z
GEPR.
CHECK M.K. MODIF. S.P. RESP.
VERANT. -0
A
X ( 2 : 1X )(2:1)
zu T-8A
n22
0 x a NAV.
REVISION NAV.
2 REVISION M20x1,5-6H BLATT VON
BER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH + 0,1 PAGE OF
n21,11 - 0 r n0,03 A
<
D-78467 Konstanz
r n0,03 A
1
FORMAT
SIZE A4 + 0,1
n18,54 - 0
L. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB <n13,5
HALBZEUG
2768- 30°
SCALE RAW MAT. NO. Y ( 2 : 1r) n0,03 A Z( 2:1)
b 0,02 A
AECHEN / SURFACE + 0,05
WERKSTOFF
-
>0,8
n17,45 -0
ISO 1302
a
24.02.2014 AEND.-NR.
r n0,03 A NO.
MOD.
MATERIAL
AS
45°
HE4 / 14 08 20
/ EDGE
B E
ZEICHN.-NR. +0,25max
13715
Lu.B. AEND.-DATUM
DRAWING NO. 06.06.2017 V38
4 `0,1
MOD. DATE
>12,7
a
M.K.
T ca.
0.000 kg GEAEND. ENTSTANDEN
VERANT. AUS
S.P. ERSATZ FUER
X DATUM
24.02.2014 AEND.-NR.
KATALOGZEICHNUNG
20,2 `0,1
approx. MODIF. RESP.FROM

DERIVATE REPL. FOR DATE MOD. NO.
x a 0,5 NO.
REVISION NAV.
5
NNUNG / TITLE REVISION 0 ART.-NR. /RPART
GEZ.
Lu.B. AEND.-DATUM
06.06.2017 V38
32,2 `0,1
SAA 2017.06.08
NAV. DRAW. MOD. DATE
TZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
ufenbohrung FORMAT
A4
777.0008
GEPR.
M.K. GEAEND.
S.P. VERANT.
+ 0,13
0,05
5 °
<n22
39,8 - 0
SIZE CHECK MODIF. RESP.

0 4 2
>45,2
REVISION
0 x a NAV.
T-8A
NO. REVISION NAV.
Z (BLATT
2:1 ) VON
A -
F
Y (2:1)
Y(2 :1) PAGE D-78467
OF Konstanz Y a
FORMAT
SIZE
Rz6,3 A4
=
45° ISO 2768-
.
O. HE4 / 14 08 20 +0,25max
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
a
EN AUS ERSATZ FUER

OBERFLAECHEN
EN ISO DATE
130227.02.2014 ZMOD.
DATUM/ SURFACE AEND.-NR.
WERKSTOFF
NO.
MATERIAL
-
ROM REPL. FOR GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
DRAWING NO. VERANT. HE4 / 14 08 20

KANTEN / EDGE V61
DRAW. ZEICHN.-NR.
MOD. DATE
ART.-NR. / PART NO. ISO GEPR.
13715 M. K.
C F
GEAEND.
5
R0Z, ( 2 : 1 )
777.0008
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
GEWICHT ca.
WEIGHT approx. 0.000 kg REVISION ENTSTANDEN AUS
1 DERIVATExFROMNAV. S. H.
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
REVISION NAV.
Z (2:1) FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
BENENNUNG / TITLE < 13,5
n ART.-NR. / PART NO.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
Stufenbohrung
SIZE
777.0008
BLATT VON
PAGE +0,25max
OF
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG + 0,05
n17,45 - 0
ANT OF A PATENT.

a
RAW MAT. NO.
Rz6,3
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1: 1= r n0,03 A
zu T-8A
WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL HE4/14
BLATT 09 14 VON
PAGE OF
14 / 16 HE4 / 14 09 14
DATUM
ISO 13715MOD. NO. DRAWING NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu.GEWICHT[KG]
B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
ENTSTANDEN
V61 AUS ERSATZ FUER
X ( 2 : 1 )WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR

GEPR.
CHECK M. BENENNUNG
K. GEAEND.
/ TITLE
MODIF.
+ 0,1
VERANT.
RESP. ART.-NR. / PART NO.
r
+ 0,05 + 0,1 Y
21,82 - 0 n18,54 - 0
r n0,03 A
+ 0,05
20,63 - 0
a
>0,8 A X Z
0x1,5-6H
A
4 `0,1
ValveTech | 110420_cavities2_e 1 Valve cavities

>12,7
+ 0,1
18,54 - 0
18,2
<n13,5
+ 0,05
n17,45 - 0
Cavity T-13A
<n17,5
2
r n0,03 A + 0,05
n21,82 - 0
Y r n0,03 A
+ 0,05
n20,63 - 0
18,2
X(2X
: 1(2:1)
) A
a
+ 0,05 M20x1,5-6H
<n17,5
2 Z n21,13 -0
r n0,03 A
r n0,03 A n18,54 - 0
+ 0,1
30° 1 r n0,03 A
B <n13,5 b 0,02 A
Y(2 :1) Z(2 :1)
>0,8
45° X
a
+ 0,05
n17,45 - 0 AS +0,25max
5
R0,
4 `0,1
r n0,03 A
>12,7
18,2
1 a
27,4 `0,1
+ 0,13
<n13,5
35,05 - 0
<n17,5
2
>40,4
7,45 - 0
+ 0,05 45°
Y
Y (2:1) Y(2 :1) Z(2 :1) a Rz6,3

=
a
2A
45°
C DATUM
28.02.2014
Z
AEND.-NR.
5 +0,25max DATE MOD. NO.
R0, GEZ.
Lu. B. 1
AEND.-DATUM V51
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR.
M. K. <n13,5
GEAEND. VERANT.
Y(2 :1) Z(2 :1) CHECK MODIF. RESP.
45°
REVISION
+ 0,05
17,45 - 0
nREVISION x NAV.
S. H.
Z (2:1)
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz r n0,03 A FORMAT
A4
SIZE
5 +0,25max
R0, ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
X ( 2 EN
: 1 )ISO a1 : =1 Rz6,3
WERKSTOFF
HE4/14 09 20
1302 MATERIAL
HE4 / 14 09 20
KANTEN / EDGE + 0,05
n21,13 -0 ZEICHN.-NR.
DATUM ISO 13715
28.02.2014 AEND.-NR.
r n0,03 A MOD. NO.
DRAWING NO.
DATE
D
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B.
WEIGHT 30°
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
DERIVATE
V51FROM REPL. FOR
Y(2 :1) Z(2 :1)
GEPR.
M.a K.BENENNUNG / TITLE
GEAEND. b 0,02 A
VERANT. ART.-NR. / PART NO.
CHECK Rz6,3
MODIF. RESP. 45°
D TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH T-13A
= REVISION
REVISION xAS NAV.
NAV. S. H. 777.0022
0,5
+0,25max
DATUM
28.02.2014
D-78467 Konstanz AEND.-NR.
Stufenbohrung
FORMAT
SIZE A4 R
DATE
L. / GEN. TOL.
MOD. NO.
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG a
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
2768 - Lu.
f B.
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. H SCALE MOD. DATE
RAW MAT. NO.
V51
GEPR.
M. K.
ECHEN / SURFACE 1 GEAEND.
WERKSTOFF VERANT.
:1
ISO 1302
CHECK MODIF.
MATERIAL
RESP.
REVISION NAV.
x S. H. 45°
HE4 / 14 09 20
EDGE ZEICHN.-NR.
REVISION NAV.
13715 FORMATDRAWING NO.
A4
T[KG] SIZE
HALBZEUG DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
a Rz6,3
RAW MAT. NO.
NUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO. =
WERKSTOFF
E
13A
MATERIAL
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 14 09 20
777.0022 DATUM
MOD. NO.
enbohrung
DRAWING NO.
BLATT
1 VON
1
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V51
PAGE OF
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
ART.-NR. / PART NO. REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
777.0022 FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH

D-78467 Konstanz
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
FORMAT
SIZE A4
BLATT
1 VON
1 ISO 2768 - f H SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
PAGE OF
HE4 / 14 09 20
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
T-13A 777.0022
Stufenbohrung BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
15 / 16
C
33,3
.
1
1 <n25,4 2 3 4
<n38
Valve cavities 2 110420_cavities2_e | ValveTech
+ 0,05
n31,75 - 0
r n0,03 A
Cavity T-16A 33,3 n39,58
Y r n0,03 A
n36,53
A
X (2:1) XZ ( 2 : 1 )
A
<n38
a
2
D n37,29 - 0
+ 0,05 Y( 2: 1)
r n0,03 A
M36x2-6H
Z(2 :1)
r n0,03 A ° n34,11
45r n0,03 A
30° b 0,02 A +0,5 max
0,8
1
<n25,4 AS R0,8
4,8 `0,1
a
>17,5
n31,75 - 0
+ 0,05 X
a
r n0,03 A
33,3
B45° a Rz6,3
52,4 `0,1
=
E
+ 0,1
62,13 - 0
DATUM
03.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
<n38
Y (2:1) Y(2:1) 2
DATE MOD. NO.

>72,1
05
Z (2 :1) GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V2
45 ° GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
A +0,5 max REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH Y
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
R0,8
SIZE
ISO 2768 - Z
a
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
Z (2:1) Z(2 :1) OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE WERKSTOFF

C +0,5 max
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. HE4_141001 - Stand 0
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
a
=
Rz6,3ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
1
DATUM
03.03.2014
T-16A
AEND.-NR. <n25,4
DATE
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B.
MOD. NO.
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V2
n31,75 - 0
+ 0,05 777.0023
GEPR.
CHECK
Stufenbohrung
M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
r n0,03
VERANT.
RESP.
A BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
HE4/14 10 01
Rz6,3
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbHa
D-78467 Konstanz
= FORMAT
A4
SIZE
ATUM
ATE 03.03.2014
ISO 2768 - AEND.-NR.
SCALE
MOD. NO. RAW MAT. NO. X(2:1)
OBERFLAECHEN
EZ.
Lu.
EN ISO 1302
RAW. B. / SURFACE AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
D WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL n37,29 - 0
V2 + 0,05 Y( 2: 1)
Z(2 :1)
r n0,03 A
M. K. HE4_141001 - Stand 0
EPR. / EDGE GEAEND. VERANT.
45 °
KANTEN ZEICHN.-NR.
ISO 13715
HECK MODIF. RESP.
DRAWING NO.
GEWICHT[KG]
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
30°
NAV. AUS
ENTSTANDEN S. H. b 0,02FUER
ERSATZ A +0,5 max
WEIGHT FORMAT
SIZE A4

ALBZEUG
AS R0,8
T-16A
AW MAT. NO.
WERKSTOFF 777.0023
StufenbohrungHE4_141001 - Stand 0
MATERIAL
a
BLATT VON
EICHN.-NR. PAGE OF
RAWING NO.
NTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
ERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR 45 ° a Rz6,3
=
E ART.-NR. / PART NO.
777.0023 DATUM
MOD. NO.
BLATT VON
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
PAGE OF GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
WEBER-HYDRAULIKALLG. ValveTech
TOL. / GEN. GmbH
TOL. MASZSTAB www.weber-hydraulik.com
HALBZEUG
ISO 2768
Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz - SCALE
RAW MAT. NO.
Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 EN ISO 1302 MATERIAL
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR. All rights reserved

HE4_141001 - Stand 0
F GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
16 / 16
T-16A 777.0023
2
1 2 3 4
:1)
Z(2
G1/4 30° a
G1/8Valvecavities
0,05 A 3
  0,05 A R0,4
 0,05 A
8,7
3-way designs
+ 0,5
+2 T
2,5 - 0
<5
+ 0,02
P
8 - 0
5,5 - 0
Z  0,05 A
2
7
3
+0,2
>23,2
,2
14,5 - 0
+0
a
110430_cavities3_e
4 - 0 PT
+ 0,5
1 07.2018
2 -0
Z(2:1)
+2
<5,6
<5
30°
4,4
a
>18
Z
- 0,2
+0
Table of contents
a
8
a Content
+0,2 2 Page
11 H
11
Rz6,3 R0,2
A Cavitya FTRW-2,5
= 1
Cavity1 FTRW-5 2
Cavity EEPDRD3-04 2
4 <3,8
Cavity SMSV6 3
Cavity M(S)V3/2 3
a
W-5
ng f ür FTR
Cavity C-10-3
7,9 0,05 4
bohr u
Stufen A
Cavity T-11A 4
. Cavity T-2A 5
1 2 .-NR.
AEND NO.
3 V19
4
NOTE Rz6,3
a = 014 PT= reaming depth MOD
.
31.07.2
NT. UM
.-DAT
VERA .
AEND DATE
DATU
M RESP
MOD
.
Lu. B.
DATE V .ND.
GEAE .
N A
GEZ. .
DRAW
x NAV.
MOD
V
IF
IS ION
Cavity FTRW-2,5
R E
G1/8 A4
R. ION
GE P
K REVIS
CHEC AT
FORM
 0,05 A S IZ E
Z(2:1) 8,7
Z (2:1)
A utoma
tionste
EAM A 7 Konstan
chnik
z
GmbH
HALBZEU0,05
G
O. A
81 -160
A T. N + 0,02
30° 3
T B M
6 A
D-784 
ID T W
4,4
4
FLU S RA
MASZ
a . TOL.
f H 1 : 1 M
SCAL
E
WER
KSTO
ATE 0,05 A
L
FF
HE4 / 1 ER
2768N / S-URFACE für FTRW-2.5

EN R IA
. TO L
./G TZ FU
ALLG R. ERSA OR
ISOStufenbohrung HN.-N O. .
T NO
F
EPL.
ZEIC N
3 R
/ PAR
R0,2OBERFLAEISC O 1302
ING
HE
DRAW N AUS
A R T .-NR.
EN / E DG E
D E
TA N
ENTS TE FROM
5
A
KANT
EN
1 3 7 1 DERIV
1
ISO [KG]
4 - 0 PT
VON
+ 0,5
1 OF
2 -0
ICHT T
Z(2:1)
+2
GEW BLAT
HT
TITLE PAGE
<5,6
WEIG G/
NNUN
VSC-n1b4ohrung
BENE
30°
4,4
a
>18
F Z
- 0,2
Stufe
+0
a +0,2 2
DOC
11
R0,2
THIS
B 1
<3,8
EHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
7,9 0,05
A
HE4/14 31 15
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V16
GEPR. a = Rz6,3
GEAEND. VERANT.
C CHECK MODIF.
REVISION
x
RESP.
NAV.
REVISION NAV.
1/ 5
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - f H
NT.
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.

1 2 3 4
B
Cavity FTRW-5 G1/4
 0,05 A 16
ZZ (2:1)  0,05 A3
(2:1) Z(2:1)
14 H8
30°  0,1 B
5,5 - 0 PT
30°
+ 0,5
a
2,5 - 0
B a
+2
6,5
Rz10
<6
R0,4
<a5
R0,4
>23,2
Z
- 0,2
+0
9,2
2 3
17 PT
+0,2
14,5
a
19
21,7
7
Z
C
30 PT
>32
1 2
Z
<5
<6
a
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
a
A 1
11 H8
A 12 H8
 0,1 B HE4/14 31 16
Rz6,3 Rz6,3
= 16 a =
 0,05 A
D Cavity
0,1 A
B
1416H8

M4x9/13
0,05
EEPDRD3-04 
B 14 H8

 0,1 B
6,5
ZZ(2:1)
(2:1) Rz10
<6 <6
a
B
30°
6,5
a Stufenbohrung für FTRW-5 Rz10

9,2
3
17 PT 17 PT
19
21,7 21,7
R0,5
9,2
Z
30 PT 30 PT
3
- 0,2
>32
+0
>36
19
2
28
Z
>32
Z
2
E
<6 <6
a
Z
2014 AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
DATUM
31.07.2014 AEND.-NR.
a
DATE MOD. NO.

. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V19
A GEZ.
+ 0,2
DRAW.
1 Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
MOD. DATE
V19
GEAEND. VERANT. 28 - 012
GEPR. H8 GEAEND. VERANT.
MODIF. RESP.
CHECK 1
 0,1 AB
MODIF. RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. >36 REVISION
x NAV.
12 H8 REVISION NAV.
FORMAT
SIZE A4 FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
 0,1 B
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 1:
M4x9/13 1 WERKSTOFF
HE4 / 14 31 16Z ( 2 : 1 ) KANTEN / EDGE

ISO 13715 M4x9/13
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4 / 14Rz6,331 16
DRAWING NO.
a
F 0°
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS = ERSATZ FUER
Z3 ( 2 : 1 ) a WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR

ART.-NR. / PART NO. BENENNUNG / TITLE PT = Passungstiefe
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
30° a
R0,5 VSC-14 DATUM
06.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
- 0,228 - 0,2
DATE MOD. NO.
Stufenbohrung
+0
1 R0,5 1
>36
BLATT VON
PAGE OF
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
BLATT
PAGE
V22
1 VON
OF 1
GEPR.
+0
>36
CHECK MODIF. RESP.

28
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ISO 2768 - f H SCALE RAW MAT. NO. + 0,2
28 - 0
+ 0,2
HE4 28/>36140 10 06
KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR. -
HE4/14 10 06
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS >36 ERSATZ FUER

2/5
EEPDRD3-04 777.0027
Stufenbohrung BLATT
PAGE 1a =VON
OF
Rz6,3
1
3
C 1
25
30 P
+ 0,
31,1 - 0
<6
Z <8
0,5
Rz16
a
X 15 H8
+0,5 2 n26
A
<6
A
3
Y
11,5
9
14,6
2 3 3 1 r n0,05 A
4 M20x1,5
25,5
30 PT
n16 H8
<6
<8
Z r n0,05 A
Cavity SMSV6 21
a
15 H8
+ 0,1
X (2:1)X ( 2 : 1 ) +0,5 A2 n26 18,2 - 0
2,4
B Rz16
1
Y(2:1) Z(2: 1 0,05
) A X
20°
D 18,55
+0,1 M20x1,5
<n 6
1 r n0,05 A
a
+ 0,2
13 - 0,5
-0
45° 20°
11,3
14,5 - 0
Y
+0
<8 n16 H8 M18x1,5
 0,05 A r n0,05 A  0,05 AR0,5

3
27,5
2,4 30,2
15 H8
B
<n6
40 PT
A n26 Z
>41
Y (2:1) Z(2:1) Rz16
1
X
0,5
Rz16
a
Y (2:1) X
18,55
+0,1 M20x1,5 2
<6
<n 6
-0
3
45° r n0,05 A 20°
+ 0,2
13 - 0,5
11,3
14,5 - 0
Y YZ
+0
11,5
9
n16 H8
14,6
 0,05 A R0,5 a Rz6,3
r n0,05 A
a
3 =3
2,4 27,5
25,5
+ 0,03
30 PT
30,2
C
31,1 - 0
<6
<n6
40 PT
Z Z PT = Passungstiefe
E( 2 : 1 )
>41
Z(2:1) Rz16 1
1
a
a
. Z (2:1) DATUM
12.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
2
2
1 2 DATE
3+0,5n15 H8
MOD. NO.
4
<n 6
5° 20°
+ 0,2
Lu. B. A
13 - 0,5
11,3
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
14,5 - 0
Y
+0
A PATENT.
V24
Z DRAW. MOD. DATE
a Rz6,3
R0,5 GEPR.
= M. K. GEAEND. VERANT.
C 3
CHECK a 1
MODIF. RESP.
27,5
30,2
REVISION
<8
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
<n6
PT = Passungstiefe
40 PT
Z
D-78467 Konstanz 1
FORMAT
A4
THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF
SIZE
a
12.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG 15 H8 DATUM
ISO 2768 - f H MOD. NO.
2 15 H8
nRAW A DATE
A
SCALE MAT. NO.
Lu. B. A 1 DATE
MOD. : 1 MATERIAL
AEND.-DATUM
WERKSTOFF
GEZ.
DRAW.
V24 HE4/14 11 21
EN ISO 1302
M. K.= GEAEND.
Rz6,3
VERANT. GEPR. Z
a
S. H.HE4 / 14 11 21
MODIF. RESP. CHECK
D FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH

a
ZEICHN.-NR. KANTEN / EDGE

ISO 13715 REVISION
x
DRAWINGNAV.
NO.
F GEWICHT[KG]
REVISION
PT = Passungstiefe A4
NAV.
Cavity M(S)V3/2 WEIGHT
FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz
1
SIZE DERIVATE FROM
n26
REPL. FOR
12.03.2014
ALLG. TOL. / GEN.DATUM
TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
ISO 2768DATE - f H
AEND.-NR.
SMSV6 3/2
X X( 2( 2: 1: )1 )
777.0035
SCALE RAW
MOD.MAT.
NO. NO.
X (2:1) n15 H8
OBERFLAECHEN GEZ./ SURFACE
Lu. 1 : 1 MATERIAL
B. AEND.-DATUM Y ( 2 : 1 )
A
WERKSTOFF Z(2:1) M20x1,5 V24
EN ISO 1302 DRAW.°
0 r n0,05 A
D 2 MOD. DATE
+0
n21,8 -0,2
GEPR.
M. K. 18,55 +0,1 Stufenbohrung
GEAEND. VERANT.
KANTEN / EDGE CHECK
ISO 13715 -0ZEICHN.-NR.
MODIF.
Y ( 2 : 1 )4x
DRAWING
REVISION NO. 5° HE4 /S.Z14( H.2 11: 1 21
RESP.
NAV. ) 20° r n0,05 A PAGE
n16 H8
BLATT
1 VON
OF 1
r n 0,05 A
1 5°
GEWICHT[KG] REVISION NAV.
utomationstechnik GmbH ENTSTANDEN AUS
 0,05 ADERIVATE
FORMAT5° FROM ° FOR
ERSATZ FUER
20REPL. R0,5
467 KonstanzWEIGHT SIZE 4 A4 R0,5
R0,2
2,4
Rz6,3
B Rz16 a
1
OL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG X =

2-: f1 ) H
SMSV6 3/2 777.0035
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
SURFACE 1:1 WERKSTOFF a
<n 6
02 n21,8 +0 PT = Passungstiefe
+ 0,2
13 - 0,5
E Stufenbohrung
11,3
MATERIAL
14,5 - 0
Y
+0
-0,2
ZEICHN.-NR.
HE4Z /( 214: 1 )11 21
BLATT
1 DATUMVON 1
Y (2:1)
PAGE
07.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
OF
YDRAWING
( 2 : 1NO.
)
r n0,05 A 3
27,5
DATE MOD. NO.

30,2
20°
Lu. B. a Rz6,3
45°
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
DERIVATE FROM R0,5
REPL. FOR MOD. DATE =
V27
<n6
40 PT
DRAW.
R0,2 Z GEAEND.
>41
TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO. GEPR.

M. aK.= Rz6,3 VERANT.
E3/2 777.0035
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
a
PT = Passungstiefe
a
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
2
NAV. S. H.
PT = Passungstiefe
12.03.2014 A4
hrung
DATUM FORMAT
AEND.-NR.
D-78467VONKonstanz Z NO.
1 1
BLATT DATE MOD. SIZE
Z (2:1) PAGETOL. /DATUM GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
ISO 2768 - f07.03.2014
OF
Y(2:1) Z(2:1 ) ALLG. GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
AEND.-NR. V24
H
a
DATE SCALE DRAW.

MOD.RAW
NO. MAT. NO. MOD. DATE
20° Lu. B. 1 : 1 M. K.
45°
GEZ. / SURFACE AEND.-DATUM
C R0,5 OBERFLAECHEN CHECK WERKSTOFF MODIF. V27 RESP.
DRAW.
EN ISO 1302
MOD. DATE
MATERIAL
GEPR.
a Rz6,3
GEAEND.
M. K.
REVISION
VERANT.
1
NAV.
x S. H.
HE4S. /H.14 A4
RESP. REVISION
10 22
NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH=
KANTEN / EDGE
CHECK ZEICHN.-NR.
MODIF.
ISO 13715
DRAWING NO.
x NAV. FORMAT
F
n15 H8 FUER
REVISION NAV. SIZE
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GEWICHT[KG]
GmbH ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ
PT = Passungstiefe A
A4
FORMAT
ISO 2768 - f H
D-78467 Konstanz WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
HE4/14 10 22
SCALE RAW
SIZEMAT. NO.
DATUM
BENENNUNG
07.03.2014
MASZSTAB
OBERFLAECHEN / TITLE
/HALBZEUG
SURFACE
AEND.-NR. 1:1 WERKSTOFF ART.-NR. / PART NO.
ISO 2768 - f H SCALE EN ISO 1302
MSV 3/2 und MV 3/2 777.0030
DATE RAW MAT.
MOD. NO.
NO. MATERIAL
1B. : / EDGE
1 WERKSTOFF
Lu. HE4 / 14 11 21
GEZ.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE KANTEN AEND.-DATUM ZEICHN.-NR. V27
EN ISO 1302 DRAW.
ISO 13715MATERIALMOD. DATE
K. Stufenbohrung
DRAWING NO.
F KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
GEPR.
CHECK M.GEWICHT[KG] GEAEND.
ZEICHN.-NR.
MODIF.
VERANT.
HE4 / 14 10 22
ENTSTANDEN AUS
RESP. ERSATZBLATT
FUER
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
x S. H.
WEIGHT DRAWING NO.
REVISION NAV.DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR
GEWICHT[KG] REVISION AUS NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH BENENNUNG ENTSTANDEN
/ TITLE ERSATZ FUER ART.-NR. / PART NO.
A4
SMSV6 3/2
FORMATFROM
777.0035
WEIGHT DERIVATE REPL. FOR
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. BENENNUNG
MASZSTAB / HALBZEUG
TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
D-f H
ISO 2768
MSV
1 : 1 3/2 undStufenbohrung
SCALE
MV 3/2
RAW MAT. NO.
777.0030
EN ISO 1302
WERKSTOFF BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
Stufenbohrung
MATERIAL
HE4 / 14 10 22 1 1
KANTEN / EDGE ZEICHN.-NR. BLATT VON
PAGE OF
3/5
GEWICHT[KG]
X ( 2 : ENTSTANDEN
1) AUS ERSATZ FUER
+0
BENENNUNG / TITLE n21,8 -0,2 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
 0,025 B
OF A PATENT. 2
<6,4
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEH
.
Y
+ 0,2
A1 2 3 4
15,9
18,3
2,6 - 0 21,6 - 0
a
R1,6
Z
a
34,1
B 3
38,1
+ 0,3
<6,4
47,6
0,8
Rz16 <14,3
Valve cavities X R1,6 A 110430_cavities3_e | ValveTech
DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT
+ 0,05
2
<6,4
Y 15,88 -0
+ 0,2
15,9
 0,025 B
2 3 4
18,3
21,6 - 0
R1,6
DA
+ 0,05
Cavity C-10-3 Z 21,82 - 0
30,2
a
3  0,05 A
<6,4
1  0,05 A
X ( 2 : 1 )R1,6
X (2:1) <14,3 7/8-14 UNF
a
+0,05
A  0,025 B + 0,05
+ 0,05
15° 24 -0 2 15,88 - 0 20,63 - 0
 0,025 B  0,05 A
B R1,6 3
 0,05 A Z
4+ 0,05  0,05 A 20,62 - 0
+ 0,05
a
a  0,025 B 21,82 - 0
 0,05 A M20x1,5-6H
 0,025 B 1 Y ( 2<: 114,3
) Z (2:1)  0,05 A
a
+ 0,1
R0,2A ° 1°  0,05 A 18,54 - 017,48 - 0
+ 0,05
18,3 SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
24 -0
+0,05
45 + 0,05 6 + 0,05
15,88 - 0 20,63 - 0  B0,05 A
a  0,025
 0,025 B  0,05 A 45°
0,05 A + 0,05 Rz6,3
B a
a
a
21,82 -0 R0,5 =
 0,025EB
 0,05 A
<10,7
B
+ 0,3
Y Y( (2:1)
2:1) M20x1,5-6H
-0
Z (2:1)
 0,05 A 07.03.2014
a
0,8
DATUM AEND.-NR.
Rz16 + 0,1
2,6
2
5,6
45° 61°
DATE MOD. NO.
X
>17,5
16,51
+ 0,05 18,54 - 0
20,63
 0,05 A
-0
GEZ.
MOD. DATE 3 V24
Y X
<6,4
 0,05 A
45° M. K.
+ 0,2

15,9
18,3
+ 0,1321,6 0
CHECK
a Rz6,3 MODIF. RESP.
4
-
a
= x
12,7
R0,5 18,3 REVISION NAV.
S. H.
34,1
Y REVISION
3
NAV.
5,6 38,1
<10,7
<6,4
M20x1,5-6H A4
27,4
(2:1) DATUMD-78467 Konstanz ZZ (2:1)

(2:1)
FORMAT
47,6
35,05 - 0
07.03.2014
<17,5
 0,05 A
AEND.-NR. SIZE
° 1° + 0,1 DATE MOD. NO.
R1,6 2
>41
45 6 ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG

18,54 - 0
>17,5
ISO 2768 Lu.

- f B.H
16,51
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
SCALE RAW MAT. NO. Z V24
 0,05 A 3 85P 2
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR. X / SURFACE
M. K.
OBERFLAECHEN GEAEND.WERKSTOFF VERANT.
° +0,25
45 CHECK MODIF. MATERIAL
a REVISION Rz6,3
R1,6
RESP. EN ISO 1302
4
=REVISIONZEICHN.-NR. x
C Z
HE4
S. H. / 14 10 18
NAV.
R0,5 KANTEN / EDGE
a
12,7
NAV.
ISO 13715
18,3
Y
<10,7
DRAWING NO.
F
FORMAT
A4
+ 0,13
27,4
D-78467 Konstanz 1 07.03.2014 <114,3 REPL.

DATUM GEWICHT[KG] AEND.-NR. SIZE ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER
35,05 - 0
<17,5
<13,5
DATEMASZSTAB WEIGHTHALBZEUG MOD. NO. 2 1
DERIVATE FROM
2 Lu. B. 3 FOR
4
5,6

A
>17,5
ISO 2768 - f H
>41
16,51
GEZ. SCALE AEND.-DATUM

RAW MAT.
BENENNUNG /MOD. NO.
TITLE V24 + 0,05
ART.-NR. / PART NO.
DRAW.
3 Z DATE
85P 15,88 - 0
C-10-3
- 0A PATENT.
X
777.0028
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE GEPR.
M. K.
WERKSTOFF
RESP.0,025 B EN ISO 1302
GEAEND. VERANT.

DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTESTHIS
HE4/14 10 18
a
CHECK MATERIAL MODIF.+0,25
17,45
4
ZEICHN.-NR.REVISION
DISO 13715 HE4x / 14 10 S.18H.
KANTEN / EDGE NAV.
12,7
A
Stufenbohrung
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES
REVISION NAV.
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH Y
1 1
DRAWING NO. BLATT VON
FORMAT
A4
0,13
27,4
D-78467 Konstanz
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER PAGE OF
X (2:1) SIZE
<17,5
1
35,05OF
+
WEIGHT DERIVATE FROM

2 <13,5 REPL. FOR
Cavity
- f HT-11A
>41
15 °
+0,05
ISO 2768 + 0,05
24 -0
THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT
BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO. 21,82 - 0

SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
Z
85P
C-10-3  0,05 A
777.0028
EN ISO X1302
X( 2:1) +0,25
a
MATERIAL
(2:1)  0,05 A
HE4 / 14 10 18
a
KANTEN / EDGE
17,45
DISO 1371530° Stufenbohrung
ZEICHN.-NR.
+0,1 DRAWING NO.
21,11 -0
0,025 B Y ( 2A : 1 ) BLATT
Z ( 2 PAGE 1 +- 0,05
: 1 ) 20,63
VON
1
 Y ( 2 : 1 ) ERSATZ FUER 0 OF
GEWICHT[KG] ENTSTANDEN AUS
1 FROM Z (2:1)
5°
<413,5  0,05 A5°
WEIGHT
R0,2
DERIVATE REPL. FOR
1°4
 0,05 A 45° ART.-NR. 6/ PART NO. R0,5
a
BENENNUNG / TITLE
a
C-10-3 777.0028M20x1,5-6H
a
a Rz6,3
17,45  0,05 A =
+0,1
-0
Stufenbohrung
Y (E
Y (2:1) 2:1) A
Z(2:1)
BLATT
PAGE 1 VON 18,54
1 -0
+ 0,1
 0,05 A
OF
DATUM
07.03.2014 AEND.-NR.
45° 45°
DATE MOD. NO.
45°
A R0,5
GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM V24
R0,5
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEPR.
<10,7
CHECK MODIF. RESP.

aREVISION Rz6,3 x NAV.
S. H.
=
5,6
REVISION NAV.
E
>17,5

16,51
1) ZZ (2:1)
(2:1) D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
3 SIZE
X MASZSTAB
DATUM
28.02.2014 AEND.-NR.
45°
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 - f HDATE
SCALE RAW MAT. NO.
MOD. NO.
4
R0,5 GEZ.
Lu. B.
85P MATERIAL MOD. DATE
AEND.-DATUM
12,7
V28
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE DRAW. WERKSTOFF
18,3
EN ISO 1302 Y
GEPR.
M. K. ZEICHN.-NR. MODIF.
GEAEND. VERANT.
+ 0,13
27,4
HE4x / 14 10 S.18 H.
CHECK RESP.
35,05 - 0
<17,5
a Rz6,3 DRAWING NO.REVISION

KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715 = 2 REVISION
NAV.
F
>41
NAV.
GEWICHT[KG] GmbH
D-78467 Konstanz Z ENTSTANDEN AUS
FORMAT
SIZE A4
ERSATZ FUER
DATUM
28.02.2014
DATEALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL.
AEND.-NR.
HALBZEUG+0,25
MOD.MASZSTAB
BENENNUNG NO./ TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
ISO 2768 - f H
C-10-3 777.0028
SCALERAW MAT. NO.
GEZ.
DRAW. Lu. B. 85P
AEND.-DATUM
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE MOD. DATE WERKSTOFF
V28
GEPR. EN ISO 1302

M. K.a GEAEND. VERANT.
MATERIAL
Rz6,3 ZEICHN.-NR. 1
ISO 13715 Stufenbohrung
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
NAV. NO. S. H. HE4 / 14 09 19

KANTEN / EDGE
= <13,5
REVISION
x NAV.
DRAWING
BLATT
1 VON
1
F
REVISION PAGE OF
D-78467
DATUM Konstanz
GEWICHT[KG] FORMAT
A4 DERIVATE
28.02.2014 AEND.-NR.
WEIGHT SIZE FROM REPL. FOR
a
DATE
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB MOD. NO.
HALBZEUG
ISO 2768 GEZ.- f H B.
Lu. SCALE
BENENNUNG / TITLE
AEND.-DATUM
RAW MAT. NO. 17,45 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
T-11A
V28
85P A
777.0021
DRAW. MOD. DATE
HE4/14 09 19
1302 M. K.
EN ISO CHECK
GEPR. GEAEND.
MATERIAL
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
M Automationstechnik GmbH
KANTEN / EDGE
4 /13715
ISO 5
REVISION
ZEICHN.-NR.
REVISION
DRAWING NO.
NAV.
NAV. HE4 /S. 14
Stufenbohrung
x H. 09 19 BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
-78467 Konstanz GEWICHT[KG]
FORMAT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
SIZE A4 ERSATZ FUER
N. TOL. X ( 2 : 1MASZSTAB
)
HALBZEUG
8-f H BENENNUNG
SCALE / TITLE
RAW MAT. NO. ART.-NR. / PART NO.
+0,1
3 Z
THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT
4 >1
18,3 BEH X
5,
.
+0,3 1
1 2 3 4
a
RECHTE VOR. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES
>15,9 Y <17,5
<15,9
+ 0,05
2 22,23 - 0
ValveTech
Z | 110430_cavities3_e A Valve cavities
1
+0,3
a
AD Cavity T-2A <17,5
27,38 - 0
+ 0,05
+ 0,05  0,05 A
X(2:1)
X (2:1) 22,23 - 0
A
a
30° 26,67
+0,1
1 -0 Y(2:1) Z ( 2 : 1 ) 26,19 +- 0,05
0
 0,05 A °
 < 0,05 A
17,5 45° 45
a
+ 0,05 R0,8
22,23 - 0 1-14 UNS-2B
+0,1 A  0,05 A
-0 Y(2:1) Z (2:1) + 0,1
Y (2:1) 23,71 - 0
 0,05 A
A 45° 45° 45° a Rz6,3
=
BE R0,8 R0,8
26.02.2014
<9,5
DATUM AEND.-NR.
DATE MOD. NO.
:1) GEZ.
Lu. B. AEND.-DATUM
GEHEIMZUHALTEN.
V54
Z (2:1)
Z (2:1)
DRAW. MOD. DATE
>18,3
17,44
GEPR.
M. K. GEAEND.
3
VERANT.
45°
CHECK MODIF. RESP.
5,6
a = Rz6,3
X REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
R0,8 FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
4 FORMAT
A4
>15,9
DATUM D-78467 Konstanz

AEND.-NR.
Y 26.02.2014
18,3
SIZE
DATE MOD. NO.
+ 0,12
26,6

GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
Lu. 2768
ISO B. - f H
ISTALLE
<15,9
35,12 - 0
SCALE RAW MAT. NO. V54

DRAW. MOD. DATE
M. K. 85P 2
>45,2
GEPR. OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACEGEAEND. VERANT.

WERKSTOFF
CHECK MODIF.
Z
RESP.
MATERIAL EN ISO 1302
WIR UNS
a KANTEN Rz6,3
= / EDGE x S.+0,3
H.
HE4 / 14 09 08
REVISION NAV.
ZEICHN.-NR.
DIESE VORLAGE
REVISION NAV.
ISO 13715
CF
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH DRAWING NO.
A4
a
FORMAT
D-78467 Konstanz
DATUM
ALLG. TOL. / DATE
GEN. TOL.
AEND.-NR.GEWICHT[KG]
MASZSTAB MOD. NO. WEIGHT
HALBZEUG
SIZE ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
26.02.2014 ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
ISO 2768 - fLu.H B.
DIESE VORLAGE IST GEHEIMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN
GEZ. SCALE AEND.-DATUM

RAW MAT. NO. V54
85P
DRAW. MOD. DATE BENENNUNG / TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.
T-2A 777.0017
EN ISO 1302 M. K.
MATERIAL
CHECK MODIF. RESP.

KANTEN / EDGE REVISION
ZEICHN.-NR.
REVISION
DRAWING NO.
NAV.
NAV.
1
ISO 13715 x HE4S./ H.14 09 08
Stufenbohrung 1 1
Automationstechnik GmbH
A4
FORMAT BLATT VON
8467 Konstanz GEWICHT[KG] SIZEENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER PAGE OF
TOL.
WEIGHT
MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
DERIVATE FROM REPL. FOR <17,5
-f H BENENNUNG
SCALE RAW /MAT.
TITLE
NO. ART.-NR. / PART NO. + 0,05
85P
T-2A
22,23 - 0
777.0017
SURFACE WERKSTOFF
302 MATERIAL A
HE4/14 09 08
Stufenbohrung
ZEICHN.-NR.
DRAWING NO. HE4 / 14 09 08 BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
1
D ENTSTANDEN AUS ERSATZ FUER OF
TITLE ART.-NR. / PART NO.

X(2:1)
30° 26,67 -0
+0,1 777.0017
Y(2:1) Z (2:1)
hrung BLATT
15° VON
1
 0,05 A 45°
PAGE
4 OF
R0,8
a = Rz6,3
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V54
GEPR.
CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 85P WERKSTOFF
EN ISO 1302
WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech ZEICHN.-NR.
GmbH
MATERIAL
KANTEN / EDGE
Felix-Wankel-Str.
ISO 13715 4, 78467 Konstanz
F Phone: +49 7531 9748-0

T-2A 777.0017 5 / 5
Stufenbohrung BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
Port patterns
NG 3 to NG 25
110410_port_patterns_e
07.2018

NG 3 1
.
1 NG 3 2compact 3 4 2
NG 4 compact 2
NG 4 3
NG 6 3
NG 10 4
A NG 16 4
NG 25 5
NOTE Screw-in depth of mounting screws:

steel: approximately 1,0 - 1,3 x d
cast: approximately 1,3 - 1,5 x d
aluminium: approximately 1,5 - 2,0 x d
(d = diameter of thread)
surface roughness at sealing area: Rz = 6,3
B NG 3 24 0,1
(company standard) 12 0,2

9,5 0,2
2 0,2
M4
P
17 0,2
19 0,1
4
A B
T T
6 0,2
C 12 0,1
18 0,2
24 0,1
F THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
HE4/14 09 01
NOTE Most sandwich- and top-mount bodies have a second T-port (bottom right), unlike
most subplates, which usually just have one T-port.
1/ 5
D
Port patterns 110410_port_patterns_e | ValveTech
NG 3 compact
B 20 0,1
10 0,1
10,5 0,2
5 0,2
M5
P
1 2 3
M.K.
16 0,2
A B
3,5
21 0,1
T T
C
5 0,2
10 0,1
A 15 0,2
20 0,2
HE2/13 17 12
D 4 compact
NG 28 0,1
14 0,2
6,5 0,2
M6
B
13,5 0,2
20,5 0,2
P
E
27 0,1
14.05.2013
INES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
DATUM AEND.-NR.
A B
DATE MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE 24.06.2013 V29
GEPR.
H. W. GEAEND.
T.W. VERANT. H.W.
T CHECK MODIF.
T
RESP.
REVISION
x a NAV.
NAV.
M.K.
4
REVISION
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
SIZE A4
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 7 0,2 WERKSTOFF
1.0718 11SMnPb30
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715 14
ZEICHN.-NR.
 0,1
DRAWING NO. HE2/13 17 12
F 0,28 kg
C
BENENNUNG / TITLE 21 0,2 ART.-NR. / PART NO.
4/3-Wege Gehäuse NG3-compact

28 0,2 
153.0303
zu W43E-2YS01 BLATT
HE2/13 44 01
PAGE
VON
OF
2/5
D
A
ValveTech | 110410_port_patterns_e Port patterns
NG 4 >40
ISO 4401-02-01* 4
M5
0,75 0,1
2,25 0,2
B
11,25 0,2
20,25 0,2 T
23,25 0,1
22,5 0,1
>35
A B
P
.
C 1 2 3 4
4,3 0,2
12 0,2
19,7 0,2
A 24 0,1
* Deviation from norm:
without drilling G HE4/14 09 02
D 6
NG >51
DIN 24340 A06

0,75 0,1
5,1 0,2
ISO 4401-03-02*
CETOP 3*
M5
B
15,5 0,2
T
25,9 0,2
31,75 0,1
31 0,1
>43
6
**
RTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
A B
E P
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V
12,7 0,2 GEPR.

CHECK M. K. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
C 21,5 0,2 REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. S. H.
D-78467 Konstanz 30,2 0,2
FORMAT
SIZE A4
* Deviation fromALLG.
norm:
TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB HALBZEUG
without drilling GISO 2768 - f H
HE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
SCALE
40,5 RAW
0,1
MAT. NO.
** Deviation from CETOP 3

OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE 135 : 100 MATERIAL
WERKSTOFF
HE4/14 09 03
EN ISO 1302
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
F GEWICHT[KG]
WEIGHT
ENTSTANDEN AUS
DERIVATE FROM
ERSATZ FUER
REPL. FOR
D Lochbild (FT: NG4 - D4) 777.0011

ähnlich (ISO 4401-02-01) BLATT
PAGE 1 VON
OF 1
3/5
Port patterns 110410_port_patterns_e | ValveTech
NG 10 >72
DIN 24340 A10 M6 10

ISO 4401-05-04 **
6,3 0,2
CETOP 5*
21,4 0,2
32,5 0,2
P
46 0,1
>58
A B
T T
2 3 4 5
3,2 0,2
16,7 0,2
27 0,2
37,3 0,2
50,8 0,2
* Deviation from norm:
without drilling T
54 0,1
** Deviation from CETOP 5 HE4/14 09 04
NOTE Most sandwich- and top-mount bodies have a second T-port (bottom right), unlike
most subplates, which usually just have one T-port.
NG 16 76,6 0,1
DIN 24340 A16* 50 0,2 2 x M6
ISO 4401-07-07*
CETOP 7 34,1 0,1 4 x 19 **
18,3 0,2 2 x 4 H12x8
***
14,3 0,2
15,9 0,2
1,6 0,1
* A; B; P; T =2  7 **mm
x 10,0
55,6 0,2
57,2 0,2
X
69,9 0,1
71,5 0,1
T P
>91
4 x M10
A B Y
18,3 0,1
34,1 0,2
50 0,1
65,9 0,2
* Deviation from DIN 24340 A16 76,6 0,2

and ISO 4401-07-07: without drilling L
101,6 0,1
** Deviation from DIN 24340 A16
and ISO 4401-07-07 >122
*** Deviation from CETOP 7 HE4/14 09 05
4/5
ValveTech | 110410_port_patterns_e Port patterns
NG 25 77 0,2 4 x 25 **
DIN 24340 A25* 53,2 0,1 2 x 7,5 H12x8 ***
ISO 4401-08-08*
29,4 0,2
CETOP 8 6 x M12
17,5 0,2
4,8 0,1
19 0,2
2 x 11,2
74,6 0,2 Y
73 0,2
T P
92,1 0,1
>116
A B
X
17,5 0,1
29,4 0,1
53,2 0,2
77 0,1
94,5 0,1
100,8 0,2
* Deviation from DIN 24340 A25
and ISO 4401-08-08: 112,7 0,2
without drilling L
130,2 0,1
** Deviation from DIN 24340 A25
and CETOP 8
>154
*** Deviation from CETOP 8 HE4/14 09 06

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
5/5
Manual overrides
Designs
110510_manualoverride
07.2018
Characteristics manual override works directly on the solenoid

available as lockable or not lockable versions
lockable versions for mechanical standard settings of the valve
for cases of disturbance or implementing
1 2 3 4
M.K.
NOTE You can check the available manual overrides for the particular valves in the type
code on the datasheet of each valve.
NOTE The pictures examplify the designs of the manual overrides. The connections to the
solenoid may vary according to the different sizes of the valves.
A
Manual override with not lockable

push pin for operation the internal pin has to be pushed with a pointed object
NH (H402) when releasing the pin, it switches back into the basic position
not for continuous operation
B
CHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
M22x1,5
3,8
HE4/124818
C
GRANT OF A PATENT.
Nothandbetätigung mit Pin NH (H402)

1/ 3
1 2 3 4
Manual overrides 110510_manualoverride | ValveTech
Manual override with not lockable

push knob for operation the knob has to be pushed
DNH (H405)
when releasing the knob, it switches back into the basic position
not for continuous operation
37
10
12,5
18
HALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
AL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
M.K.
A
D
B
E
HM4/143014
1
Manual override with lockable with srew
lock nut suitable for mechanical standard settings
FNH (H301)
2
SW 17
SW 5
M10
max. 23,5
CHECK
GEPR.
DRAW.
GEZ.
DATE
DATUM
HE4/151906
H.W.
M.K.
12.01.2012
3
MODIF.
GEAEND.
MOD. DATE
AEND.-DATUM
MOD. NO.
AEND.-NR.
DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V19
GEPR.
CHECK H.W. GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
x
RESP.
VERANT.
REVISION NAV.
REVISION NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
FORMAT
A4
4
SIZE
1:1
V13

KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715
ZEICHN.-NR.
2/3
Handnotbetätigung 149.0080
PR 45 Druckknopf H403 BLATT
PAGE
VON
OF
A
D
B
C
Mutter hat Schlüsselweite 17.

andere/schönere Führungslinien!?
Ich glaube du hast
SW 17
ValveTech | 110510_manualoverride Manual overrides
1
Manual override with lockable with hand-wheel
lock nut and suitable for mechanical standard settings
hand-wheel
H302
2
32
max. 35
HM4/143010
3
4

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0
3/3
1 2 3 4
M.K.
Electrical connectors
Designs
30
1 2 3 4
M.K.
17
A
110520_el_connectors
07.2018
15,4
A
NOTE Form
You can check A connectors for the particular valves in the type code
the available
11,5
on the datasheet of each valve. Form B
B Connector DIN 29,5

43650 shape A and B 28,5
AMP Junior Timer 8,85
IMZUHALTEN. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
7,6
für eckige Magnetgehäuse
B
. FUER DEN FALL DER ERTEILUNG EINES SCHUTZRECHTES BEHALTEN WIR UNS ALLE RECHTE VOR.
AMP Junior Timer

18,1
21,5
11
für runde Magnetgehäuse
C
HE4/151705
Shape A Shape B
IDENTIAL. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
C
Connector AMP For round solenoid bodies. 11,5
Junior Timer
5,5
RIGHTS RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A PATENT.
D
17
32,3
HE4/151901
E DATUM
MOD. NO.
GEZ.
MOD. DATE
V8
GEPR.
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP. 1/ 2
E FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
A4
DATUM
FORMAT AEND.-NR.
D-78467 Konstanz DATE
SIZE MOD. NO.
A
A Electrical connectors 110520_el_connectors | ValveTech
1 2 3 4
M.K.
Connector AMP For rectangular solenoid bodies.

Junior Timer
30
17
A
B
B
15,4
11,5
B
Connector Deutsch
11,7
DT04-2P AMP Junior Timer 11,7
C
für eckige Magnetgehäuse

C
AMP Junior Timer
19
19
für runde Magnetgehäuse
C
9,2
D
31,8 9,2
D 31,8
HE4/151902 11,5
5,5
D
Unterminated wire
17
300 mm
E
E Only available for rectangular solenoidDATUM
bodies.
DATUM
DATE
AEND.-NR.
AEND.-NR.
MOD. NO.
DATE GEZ.
MOD. NO. AEND.-DATUM
DRAW. MOD. DATE
GEZ. AEND.-DATUM
GEPR. GEAEND. V7 VERANT
DRAW.
GEPR.
32,3 MOD. DATE
CHECK
GEAEND.
MODIF.
VERANT.
RESP.
CHECK MODIF. RESP. REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV.
D-78467 Konstanz
REVISION
REVISION x NAV.
NAV. FORMAT A4
E
FLUID TEAM Automationstechnik GmbH SIZE
D-78467 KonstanzALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. MASZSTAB
FORMAT
HALBZEUG
SIZE A4
ALLG. TOL. / GEN. TOL. ISO 2768HALBZEUG
MASZSTAB - SCALE RAW
04.05.2015
MAT. NO.
DATUM AEND.-NR.
ISO 2768 - SCALE
OBERFLAECHEN RAW MAT. NO.
/ SURFACE
DATE
WERKSTOFF
MOD. NO.
OBERFLAECHEN / SURFACE EN ISO 1302

WERKSTOFF
GEZ.
MATERIAL
MOD. DATE
EN ISO 1302 KANTEN / EDGE MATERIAL
ISO 13715ZEICHN.-NR.
GEPR.
HE4 / 15 19 02
ZEICHN.-NR. GEAEND. VERANT.

CHECK NO.
DRAWING MODIF. RESP.
F
KANTEN / EDGE
ISO 13715 0,04 kg GmbH x REVISION NAV.
F
REVISION NAV.
WEIGHTFLUID TEAM Automationstechnik
approx.
0,04 kg
DERIVATE FROMFUER FORMATREPL. FOR
GEWICHT ca. ENTSTANDEN AUS
D-78467 Konstanz
ERSATZ
A4
WEIGHT approx. SIZE
BENENNUNGDERIVATE
/ TITLE FROM REPL. FOR ART.-NR. / PART NO.
Deutsch Stecker
Felix-Wankel-Str. 4, 78467 Konstanz
ISO 2768 - info.de-k@weber-hydraulik.com
BENENNUNG / TITLE SCALE
ART.-NR. / PART
NO.
RAW MAT. NO.
anzuwendende Deutsch Stecker

Phone: +49 7531 9748-0 OBERFLAECHEN
Fluid Team Norm: EN ISO 1302
Fax: +49 7531 9748-44 KANTEN / EDGE
/ SURFACE WERKSTOFF
MATERIAL
All rights reserved
ZEICHN.-NR.
BLATT VON
ISO 13715
PAGE
TLV-001 (Sauberkeit/
OF
BLATT
DRAWING NO. VON
F Reinheit von Bauteilen) GEWICHT ca.

-
PAGE
ENTSTANDEN AUS
OF
ERSATZ FUER
2/2 AA 05/04 (Expanderbohrung)

- Maße in eckigen Klammern sind
Vorbearbeitungsmaße nach AMP Anschluss
Test conditions and standards
valid for WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech valves
110610_standards
07.2018
Test conditions unless otherwise noted, all tests are made with hydraulic oil after DIN 51524
type HLP 32 or HLVP 32
Oil temperature 40°C ± 3°C
Viscosity 32 cSt
Purity level (DIN EN ISO 4406) 16/14/11 or better
Applied stan- Fluid technology: DIN EN ISO 4413

dards Hydraulic oil: DIN 51524
Filtration: ISO 4406
Protection classes (IP...): EN 60529
1/ 1

Datasheet - Mục III.iii.7 Hệ Thống Nhiên Liệu -8 Và 9 Tham Khảo Webber Hydraulik GbmH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Datasheet - Mục III.iii.7 Hệ Thống Nhiên Liệu -8 Và 9 Tham Khảo Webber Hydraulik GbmH

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Datasheet - Mục III.iii.7 Hệ Thống Nhiên Liệu -8 Và 9 Tham Khảo Webber Hydraulik GbmH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalog

Felix-Wankel-Straße 4 • D-78467 Konstanz

Proportional directional valves 1

Proportional pressure relief valves 2

Proportional pressure control valves 3

Proportional throttle valves 4

Proportional flow control valves 5

Electronics and sensors 6

Manifolds and accessories 12

Appendix: general information I

Subplate Mounting Valves

direct operated, solenoid operated

Table of contents Contents Page

Characteristics  proportional directional valve in spool design

Mechanic Design : spool type, direct operated

Electric Nominal voltage: 12 V DC, 24 V DC

Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt)

Electric plug acc. to

O-rings 4,48 x 1,78

the category „port patterns“ or our online catalogue

NOTE For a detailled drawingWEBER-HYDRAULIK

4/3-Wege Prop.-Ventil NG3; N Kolben; DIN

Model Magnet options Seals

Nominal flow Spool type

Accessories and additional information

WEBER-HYDRAULIK GMBH www.weber-hydraulik.com

direct operated, solenoid operated

Table of contents Contents Page

Characteristics  proportional directional spool valve

Mechanic Design : spool type, direct operated

Electric Nominal voltage: 12 V DC, 24 V DC

Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt)

Solenoid, rotatable 360°

O-rings 9,25 x 1,78

Model Electric Nominal

W43E 4/3-way-design DIN D 12 V DC 12

Mounting interface Manual override

Nominal flow Spool type Seals

Accessories and additional information

WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH www.weber-hydraulik.com

pilot operated, solenoid operated

Table of contents Contents Page

Characteristics  proportional poppet valve

Mechanic Design: screw-in poppet valve, pilot operated

Electric Nominal voltage: 12 V DC, 24 V DC

Test conditions Oil: HLP 32, temperature: 40 ° C (~32 cSt)

electric plug according to DIN EN 175301-803,

C locating shoulder SAE08

installation torque 40-45 Nm 2 27

NOTE Please contact us for appropriate manifolds.

Series Mounting interface Revision Seals

Design Nominal flow Electric Nominal

Accessories and additional information

WEBER-HYDRAULIK ValveTech GmbH www.weber-hydraulik.com

direct operated types

pilot operated types

direct operated, solenoid operated

Table of contents Contents Page

Characteristics proportional directional valve in spool design

Characteristics proportional directional spool valve

Characteristics proportional poppet valve

Characteristics screw-in valve for cavity T-8A

Characteristics proportional pressure relief valve in spool design

Characteristics proportional pressure relief valve in spool design

Characteristics proportional pressure relief valve in spool design